NP247(2) ADMIRALTY ANNUAL SUMMARY OF NOTICES TO MARINERS - UPDATES TO SAILING DIRECTIONS AND MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS CORRECT TO 31 DECEMBER 2012 (Week 52/12) CONTENTS PART 1 CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS PART 2 SAILING DIRECTIONS UPDATES IN FORCE PART 3 CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS PART 4 MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS UPDATES IN FORCE ii iii INTRODUCTION NP247(2), Admiralty of Notices to Mariners - Updates to Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications, contains the text of all updates to current editions of Admiralty Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications which have been published in Sections IV and VII of Admiralty of Notices to Mariners, and which remain in force on 31 December 2012 (Week 52/12). HOW TO USE THIS PUBLICATION Current editions of Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications Updates to Admiralty Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications arealways appliedtothemost recent editionof thevolumeinuse. Details of themost recent edition of any particular volume can be established by consulting: Part 1 and Part 3 of this publication, published annually in January. NP131 Admiralty Chart Catalogue, published annually in December. NP234 Cumulative List of Admiralty Notices to Mariners, published 6-monthly in January and July. New editions of Admiralty Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications are announced in Section I of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. A complete listing of current editions is updated and published quarterly in Part IB of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. It is also available on the UKHO website at www.ukho.gov.uk. Sailing Directions in Continuous Revision Most volumes of Admiralty Sailing Directions are kept up to date in a “Continuous Revision” cycle. This means that once a new edition is published it will be continuously revised by its Editor for a period of approximately 3 years using information received in the UKHO, and then republished. During the life of the book, it is updated as necessary by notices published weekly at Section IV of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. These updates will normally be restricted to those critical to the safety of navigation, and information required to be published as a result of changes to national legislation affecting shipping, and to port regulations. It is recommended that updates issued in this way are cut out and pasted into the parent book. Mariners may, however, prefer to keep updates in a separate file, and annotate the text of the book in the margin to indicate the existence of an update. This latter method may be more appropriate in some volumes where significant numbers of updates, sometimes overlapping, may make the cut-and-paste method unwieldy and confusing. iv Promulgation of Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners are published weekly in Admiralty Notices to Mariners. A check-list of all extant Notices, but not the text, is published quarterly at the end of Sections IV and VII respectively of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. This volume, published annually, contains the full text of all extant Section IV and VII Notices. Action on receipt of a volume of Admiralty Sailing Directions or Miscellaneous Nautical Publication. (1) Check that the most recent Edition of the volume is held. (2) Check that the updates at Part 2 or Part 4 of this volume have been applied. (3) Check that all updates published at either Sections IV and VII of Admiralty Notices to Mariners subsequent to the publication of this volume have been applied, using the most recent quarterly check-list at Section IV or VII of the Weekly Edition. Where it is found that the most up to date information is not held, the most recent editions of all Admiralty publications can be obtained from Admiralty Distributors, and back copies of Admiralty Notices to Mariners can also be downloaded from the UKHO website. 1 - 1 UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS PART 1 CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS NP No Title Edition Supplement Published / correct from Weekly Edition Number 1 Africa Pilot Vol 1 16th (2012) 29/12 2 Africa Pilot Vol 2 16th (2011) 12/11 3: Africa Pilot Vol 3 15th (2010) 20/10 4} South-East Alaska Pilot 7th (2010) 09/11 5 South America Pilot Vol 1 17th (2011) 23/11 6} South America Pilot Vol 2 18th (2011) 50/11 7: South America Pilot Vol 3 10th (2009) 41/09 7A: South America Pilot Vol 4 5th (2010) 18/10 8: Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot 12th (2010) 29/10 9} Antarctic Pilot 7th (2009) 31/09 10} Arctic Pilot Vol 1 7th (2010) 10/11 11} Arctic Pilot Vol 2 10th (2010) 39/10 12} Arctic Pilot Vol 3 9th (2012) 34/12 13 Australia Pilot Vol 1 3rd (2011) 40/11 14: Australia Pilot Vol 2 11th (2010) 21/10 15 Australia Pilot Vol 3 12th (2012) 48/12 18* Baltic Pilot Vol 1 15th (2009) 02/10 19 Baltic Pilot Vol 2 15th (2011) 26/11 20* Baltic Pilot Vol 3 11th (2010) 24/10 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot 11th (2010) 44/10 22: Bay of Biscay Pilot 11th (2010) 34/10 23} Bering Sea asnd Strait Pilot 7th (2009) 33/09 24: Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot 3rd (2010) 30/10 25 British Columbia Pilot Vol 1 14th (2010) 47/10 26} British Columbia Pilot Vol 2 10th (2011) 12/12 27 Channel Pilot 9th (2011) 17/12 28: Dover Strait Pilot 9th (2011) 01/12 30 China Sea Pilot Vol 1 8th (2010) 43/10 31 China Sea Pilot Vol 2 10th (2012) 25/12 32 China Sea Pilot Vol 3 8th (2011) 48/11 33 Philippine Islands Pilot 4th (2011) 41/11 34: Indonesia Pilot Vol 2 5th (2009) 47/09 35 Indonesia Pilot Vol 3 5th (2011) 28/11 36 Indonesia Pilot Vol 1 7th (2012) 19/12 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot 18th (2011) 39/11 38: West Coast of India Pilot 16th (2010) 25/10 39 South Indian Ocean Pilot 13th (2011) 36/11 40 Irish Coast Pilot 18th (2010) 01/11 41 Japan Pilot Vol 1 10th (2012) 32/12 42A: Japan Pilot Vol 2 3rd (2011) 25/11 42B Japan Pilot Vol 3 9th (2011) 11/12 1 - 2 NP No Published / correct from Weekly Edition Number Supplement Edition Title 42C: Japan Pilot Vol 4 3rd (2011) 15/11 43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot 9th (2011) 33/11 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot 10th (2011) 09/12 45 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 1 14th (2011) 02/12 46 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 2 13th (2011) 18/11 47 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 3 14th (2011) 46/11 48 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 4 15th (2012) 45/12 49 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 5 11th (2011) 15/12 50} Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot 13th (2011) 36/11 51 New Zealand Pilot 18th (2010) 51/10 52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot 8th (2012) 35/12 54: North Sea (West) Pilot 8th (2009) 01/10 55 North Sea (East) Pilot 8th (2012) 46/12 56 Norway Pilot Vol 1 15th (2012) 21/12 57A Norway Pilot Vol 2A 10th (2011) 30/11 57B} Norway Pilot Vol 2B 9th (2012) 22/12 58A} Norway Pilot Vol 3A 7th (2010) 16/10 58B: Norway Pilot Vol 3B 6th (1984) 9/2004 48/04 59} Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot 14th (2008) 11/09 60}: Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 1 11th (2007) 06/08 61} Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 2 12th (2011) 13/12 62: Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 3 12th (2010) 32/10 63: Persian Gulf Pilot 15th (2010) 08/11 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot 17th (2012) 40/12 65 St Lawrence Pilot 17th (2012) 38/12 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot 17th (2011) 03/12 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot 11th (2011) 08/12 68: East Coast of the United States Pilot Vol 1 13th (2009) 10/10 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot Vol 2 12th (2011) 49/11 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot 6th (2012) 23/12 70 West Indies Pilot Vol 1 5th (2011) 18/12 71} West Indies Pilot Vol 2 17th (2012) 50/12 72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot 2nd (2010) 31/10 : New Edition scheduled for publication in 2013. } Volumes on an extended cycle of Continuous Revision of 5 or more years. 2 - 1 UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS PART 2 INDEX OF UPDATES IN FORCE ON 31 DECEMBER 2012 (Week 52/12) NP Pilot Page 1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 2 - 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 2 - 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 2 - 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 South-East Alaska Pilot 2 - 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 South America Pilot Volume 1 2 - 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 South America Pilot Volume 2 2 - 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 South America Pilot Volume 3 2 - 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7A South America Pilot Volume 4 2 - 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot 2 - 19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Antarctic Pilot 2 - 26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Arctic Pilot Volume 1 2 - 29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 2 - 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 2 - 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 2 - 31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 2 - 33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 2 - 35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 2 - 36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 2 - 44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 2 - 48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Bay of Bengal Pilot 2 - 58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Bay of Biscay Pilot 2 - 62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot 2 - 62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Black Sea Pilot 2 - 63 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 2 - 66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 British Columbia Pilot Volume 2 2 - 66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Channel Pilot 2 - 67 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Dover Strait Pilot 2 - 68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 China Sea Pilot Volume 1 2 - 72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 China Sea Pilot Volume 2 2 - 72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 2 - 72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Philippine Islands Pilot 2 - 78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 2 - 79 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Indonesia Pilot Volume 3 2 - 82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Indonesia Pilot Volume 1 2 - 82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot 2 - 82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 West Coast of India Pilot 2 - 86 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 South Indian Ocean Pilot 2 - 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Irish Coast Pilot 2 - 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 2 - 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42A Japan Pilot Volume 2 2 - 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42B Japan Pilot Volume 3 2 - 101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42C Japan Pilot Volume 4 2 - 102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot 2 - 102 . . . . . . 44 Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot 2 - 105 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1 2 - 106 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2 2 - 107 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3 2 - 109 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 4 2 - 111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 5 2 - 111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot 2 - 111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 New Zealand Pilot 2 - 111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index 2 - 2 NP Pilot Page 52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot 2 - 114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 North Sea (West) Pilot 2 - 115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 North Sea (East) Pilot 2 - 119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 2 - 119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A 2 - 120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57B Norway Pilot Volume 2B 2 - 125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A 2 - 127 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B 2 - 132 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot 2 - 141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1 2 - 142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 2 2 - 145 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 3 2 - 148 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Persian Gulf Pilot 2 - 149 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot 2 - 153 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 St Lawrence Pilot 2 - 154 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot 2 - 154 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot 2 - 157 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 1 2 - 157 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 2 2 - 160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot 2 - 160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 2 - 162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 West Indies Pilot Volume 2 2 - 162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot 2 - 162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index NP1 2 - 3 NP1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2012 Edition) Guinea – Conakry — Directions; obstruction 247 After Paragraph 8.57 1 line 2 Insert: Clear of an obstruction (3¼ miles S) with a depth of 91 m, thence: French Notice 12/44/105 (SDD 2012000 220836) [47/12] Ghana – Abidjan to Aboadi Point — Jubilee Terminal 303 Paragraph 10.19 and heading Replace by: Spare 10.19 Paragraph 10.22 4 line 6 For (10.19) Read (10.27a) 305 After Paragraph 10.27 3 Insert: Jubilee Terminal General information 10.27a 1 Position and function. The Jubilee Terminal consists of a turret-moored FPSO in position 43600N 25340W. Its function is to extract, process, store and export crude oil from the Jubilee Field. Terminal Authority: Tullow Oil Ghana Ltd. E-mail:
[email protected] Limiting conditions 10.27b 1 Maximum size of vessel handled: 350 000 dwt; Length 3665 m. Minimum size of vessel handled: 70 000 dwt; length 270 m. Arrival information 10.27c 1 Notice of ETA: Vessels should send ETA 7 days, 72, 48, 24 and 12 hours before arrival. Pilotage is compulsory; the Mooring Master boards vessels in the anchorage area. Tugs are available; a tug is employed as a holdback vessel secured to the vessels stern during the loading operation. Anchorage. An anchorage area with a radius of 3 miles, centred on 44000N 24000W, exists for vessels awaiting berthing. Restricted area. A designated Area To Be Avoided, radius 5 miles, centred on 43210N 25460W has been established. Regulations. Berthing of export tankers will only take place during daylight hours, between 0700 and 1800. Berthing must be completed by 1800. Directions 10.27d 1 The chart is sufficient guide. Berths 10.27e 1 Export tankers moor in tandem with the FPSO, with the export tanker’s bow to the stern of the FPSO, and a floating hose arrangement between the two. Services 10.27f 1 None available. Limited medical facilities may be available in an emergency. Tullow Oil Ghana Ltd (SDD 2012000 122777) [29/12] NP2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition) Equatorial Guinea – Isla de Bioko – Puerto de Malabo – Arrival information; Prohibited anchorage; Submarine cable 97 Paragraph 3.52 Replace by: 1 Anchorage may be obtained in Ensenada de Gravina (34540N 84580E), clear of a submarine cable (3.52a). Anchoring further offshore where it is cooler, will enable a vessel to be free of mosquitos. Also, during the tornado season, it gives more sea room as winds frequently blow directly towards the land. Prohibited anchorages exist in the following areas: Within 3 cables of the submarine cable (3.52a). Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in Bahia de Malabo. After Paragraph 3.52 Insert: Submarine cable 3.52a 1 A submarine cable runs NE from the W side of Ensenada de Gravina, as shown on the chart. French Notice 26/35/2011 (SDD 2011000 122423) [30/11] Cameroun – Limbe – Directions for entering harbour — Obstruction 121 Paragraph 4.63 5 lines 7 to 8 Replace by: Thence the track leads to anchorage D (4.66), or the required destination, noting an obstruction with a depth of 71m (3¼ miles NNW). French Notice 17/30/2011 (SDD 2011000 087144) [21/11] Angola – Approaches to River Congo – Soyo — Angola LNG Terminal 187 Paragraph 6.108 1 line 4 Add: Vessels should anchor clear of drilling rigs which may operate off this area and note the possible existence of underwater pipelines. Index NP2 2 - 4 188 After Paragraph 6.117 2 line 2-3 Replace by: ...(7.58), notingthepilot boardingpositionfor thePort of Soyo (Angola LNG) (3¼ miles WNW). Thence: N of Ponta Padrão (6.9). (Directions for the Port of Soyo are at 6.120c) Paragraphs 6.119 and 6.120, including headings Replace by: Port of Soyo Chart 659 General information 6.119 1 Position and function. The Port of Soyo (60695S 121990E), comprises a newly constructed Angola LNG exporting terminal and the port of Kwanda Base. It lies at the head of Baía de Diogo Câo. As well as being a major LNG exporting terminal, it is also used as a supply base for the offshore oil industry. 2 Approach and entry. The port is entered via Pululu Channel, close E of Ponta Padrão to a basin area N of the town of Kwanda. 3 Port Authority. Capitania do Porto Soyo. Limiting conditions 6.120 1 Controlling depths. The approach channel is dredged to 140 m. Depth in the Basin and alongside the LNG terminal is 140 m. Depths in the approaches to, and at the berths of Kwanda Base are maintained at 75 m. Arrival information 6.120a 1 Outer anchorages. See 6.108. 2 Pilotage. Pilot boarding position for vessels destined for the LNG terminals is 3¼ miles WNW of Ponta Padrão. Pilots for vessels bound for Kwanda Base board at the entrance to the Pululu Channel. Tugs are available. Harbour 6.120b 1 General layout. The port consists of Kwanda Base which lies on the W side at the head of Baía de Diogo Câo, and the Angola LNG terminal built on reclaimed land formerly known as Praia Quanda. Directions 6.120c 1 Caution. Due to strong surface currents at the entrance to the approach channel, 2-6 kts depending on season, vessels transit speed will be in the region of 8-10 kts to maintain the required track. Careful attention is to be paid to the steering of the vessel at this time. Approach. From the pilot boarding position the track leads ESE for 3½ miles to a position N of Ponta Padrão. 2 Port of Soyo. Directional lights. Entrance Channel Directional Light (60705S 122028E). Remaining in the white sector (1792-1802) of this light leads into the Pululu Channel marked by light buoys (lateral) passing: E of Ponta Padrão Entrance Channel Directional Light (60679S 121907E). Remaining in the white sector (1993-2001) of this light continues passage through the Pululu Channel to the turning basin N of the LNG terminal. Thence to required berth. Berths 6.120d 1 Kwanda Base: Main Quay - Can accommodate vessels of 150 m and is used by offshore support vessels, bulk and container traffic. Commercial Quay - Can accommodate vessels of 140 m and is used by oil tankers and passenger vessels. Texaco Quay - Can accommodate vessels of 100 m and is used by oil tankers ALNG Quay - Can accommodate vessels of 170 m and is used by container, bulk and RoRo vessels 2 Angola LNG Terminal: LNG Jetty - Can accommodate vessels between 125 000m 3 and 215 000m 3 . LPG Jetty - Can accommodate vessels between 35 000m 3 and 120 000m 3 . Pressurized Butane Jetty - Can accommodate vessels between 3 500m 3 and 5 000m 3 . Minor and river ports Canal de Soyo 6.120e 1 Canal de Soyo is entered between Ponta Quengue (60714S 122170E) and Ponta da Ilha, 1½ cables NE. It is occasionally used by fishing vessels and small naval craft. Sociedade Operacional Angola LNG SA (SDD 2011000 127131,131587,147980.) [49/11] Angola – Approaches to River Congo – Soyo – Angola LNG Terminal — Pilotage 188 Existing Section IVNotice Week 49/11 Paragraph 6.120a 2 lines 1-3 Replace by: 2 Pilotage. Pilot boarding positions for vessels destined for Angola LNG terminals are: For vessels of length 120 m or more in position 060300S 121200E. For vessels less than 120 m in position 060300S 121700E. Angola LNG Marine Department (SDD 2012000 106089) [26/12] Index NP2 2 - 5 Angola – River Congo to Ponta das Palmeirinhas — PSVM Terminal 202 After Paragraph 7.13 Insert: PSVM Terminal General information 7.13a 1 Position and function. The PVSM development is situated 92 miles W of the River Congo entrance. The FPSO PSVM (61460S 104390E) serves as an offloading platform. Terminal Authority. BP Exploration (Angola) Limited. E-mail:
[email protected] Limiting conditions 7.13b 1 Local weather and sea state. See 7.10. Arrival information 7.13c 1 Terminal opertions. Mooring operations are normally conducted during daylight hours only, between 0600 and 1500. Notice of ETA required. Notice is to be given on commencement of passage to terminal and 96, 72, 48, 24 and 4 hours prior to arrival. Waiting area. A designated waiting area lies N of the FPSO. This is a circular area of diameter 10 miles centred on 60750S 103670E. 2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board at position 61090S 104030E. Tugs. A tug will normally be connected prior to the export tankers final approach to the FPSO, and will remain connected to the vessels stern throughout the loading operation. Restricted area. It is prohibited to approach within 5 miles of the FPSO without a pilot or Terminal representative on board. Due to continuing exploration and construction activities within the vicinity of the Terminal, vessels due to offl oad wi l l be advi sed i n pre-arri val communications of any temporary restricted areas or areas of high vessel activity. Terminal 7.13d 1 The FPSO PSVM is situated in a depth of approximately 2000 m. It is a mounted turret moored FPSO used as a hub for subsea wells and as an offloading platform. Services 7.13e 1 See 7.13. BP Exploration (Angola) Ltd (SDD 2012000 012504) [06/12] Namibia – Walvis Bay — Controlling depths; arrival information; directions for entering harbour; berths 240 Paragraph 8.49 1 line 1 For 128 m Read 140 m 241 Paragraph 8.60 1 line 6 For 6 cables Read 7 cables Paragraph 8.61 1 line 3 For (225284S 143000E) Read (225182S 143005E) 242 Paragraph 8.69 2 lines 2 to 4 Replace by: ...Buoy (225162S 142687E), the track leads ESE for about 4¼ miles to the vicinity of the Fairway Buoy (safe water) (225182S 143005E) and the pilot... Paragraph 8.70 1 line 2 For (225284S 143000E) Read (225182S 143005E) Paragraph 8.70 1 line 5 For 4 miles Read 5 miles Paragraph 8.74 1 line 3 For 128 m Read 140 m South African Notices 7/58/2011; 7/61/2011 (SDD 2011000 149087) [37/11] Namibia – Walvis Bay — Outer anchorage 241 Paragraph 8.60 1 lines 1-4 Replace by: 1 There are 3 designated anchorages, the limits of which are shown on the chart. Vessels may anchor as advised and directed by Port Control. The holding is generally good on a mud bottom. South African Notice 5/60/2012 (SDD 2012000 111977) [30/12] NP3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition) South Africa – Mossel Bay — Vessel traffic service; outer anchorage; pilotage 85 After Paragraph 2.64 1 line 4 Insert: Vessel traffic service 2.64a 1 Vessel traffic service is in operation for the control of shipping. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals 6(3). Reporting points are shown on the chart. Paragraph 2.66 1 lines 1-4 Replace by: 1 Anchorage may be obtained as indicated on the chart 3½ miles NNE of Cape Saint Blaize Light (341117S 220938E). Index NP3 2 - 6 Paragraph 2.67 1 lines 1-5 Replace by: 1 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board 1½ miles ENE of Cape Sai nt Bl ai ze i n posi ti on 3410 52S 221123E. See Amiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). South African Notice 82/2011, South African Chart 1020 (SDD 2011000 229900, 2012000 036208, 050082) [14/12] South Africa – South coast – Storm Point — Depth 94 After Paragraph 2.116 1 Insert: 2 S of shoal patch (3½ miles ESE) with a least depth of 4 m (reported 2010), 5 cables offshore, over which the sea breaks in heavy weather. Thence: South African Notice 77/2010 (SDD 2010000 144921) [41/10] South Africa – Port Elizabeth – Outer anchorages — Shoal depth 102 After Paragraph 2.166 1 line 4 Insert: Caution. A shoal with a depth of 105 m (Reported 2011) lies in the SE corner of No 2 anchorage in position 335237S 254733E. South African Notice 66/2011 (SDD 2011000 162972) [39/11] South Africa – Port of Ngqura — Directions; Leading lights 107 Paragraph 2.192 3 and 4 Replace by: 3 Entry leading lights: Front (fluorescent orange rectangle with white vertical stripe on lattice tower, red and white bands, 51 m in height) (334835S 254066E). Rear (similar structure, 60 m in height) (5½ cables NNW of front light). 4 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position (335290S 254280E), the alignment (3424) of these lights leads through the entrance channel for 2½ miles, passing with positions from the front light: Clear of fairway buoy (safe water) (3½ miles SSE), thence: E of a light buoy (E cardinal) (2½ miles SSE). South African NM 32/2011 (SDD 2011000 027288) [10/11] South Africa – Algoa Bay — Directions; depth 109 Paragraph 2.203 5 line 1 For 158 m Read 132 m South African Notice 41/2011 (SDD 2011000 061289) [17/11] South Africa – Durban — Directions; major light; directional light 154 After Paragraph 4.31 1 line 12 Add: Durban North Breakwater Light (round metal tower green platform, 10 m in height) (29520S 31035E). 162 After Paragraph 4.69 1 line 10 Add: Durban North Breakwater Light (29520S 31035E) (4.31). Paragraph 4.71 3-5 Replace by: 3 From the boarding position the track leads SW within the white sector (2176-2178) of the Port entry light (grey metal lattice tower with platform, 41 m in height) (29531S 31026E), passing (with positions from the Port entry light). 4 NW of the head of South Breakwater (pier) (1½ miles NE) from which a light (4.31) is exhibited, thence: SE of the head of the North Breakwater (1¼ miles NE), fromwhich a light (4.31) is exhibited, thence: 5 Through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral) marking the narrowest part of the entrance, thence: Into the harbour and as required for berthing. South African NM 10/2010 (Lights and Fog Signals) (SDD 2010000 190238) [01/11] South Africa – Durban offshore oil terminal — General information; arrival information 157 Paragraph 4.40 1 Replace by: 1 Position and function. Durban offshore oil terminal (300047S 305841E), is situated 9 miles SW of the entrance to Durban. It is used for the discharge of crude oil via a SBM and subsea pipeline to shore tank farms. After Paragraph 4.42 1 line 2 Insert: The SBM is operated independently of Durban port, and onl y the vessel ’ s agent can gi ve advi ce concerning operations at the terminal. 157-158 Paragraph 4.42 1 lines 3-6 Replace by: Notice of ETA required. ETA messages should be sent at least 10 days prior to the first day of the allocated SBM berthing date range, with updates every 24 hours. Any changes of ETA in excess of one hour within the the final 24 hours must be advised immediately. See also 1.39. 158 Paragraph 4.42 2 Replace by: 2 Anchorages. The primary anchorage for vessels waiting to berth at the SBM is at least 6 miles NE of the Durban Fai rway Li ght Buoy (2950 02S 310558E) (4.32). Vessels must keep 6 miles to seaward of the 20 m depth contour. Index NP3 2 - 7 A secondary anchorage, to be used only if instructed by the authorities, lies 2½ miles SSW of the SBM. Vessels must keep 3 miles to seaward of the 20 m depth contour. Pilotage is compulsory for vessels securing to the SBM. The pilot will normally board the vessel by helicopter approximately 2 miles E of SBM, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(3). Tugs. A tug is available and is compulsory for all vessels while moored to the SBM. SMIT Amandla Marine (Pty) Ltd (SDD 2011000 165117) [39/11] Mozambique – Baía de Maputo — Depths; Recommended route; Directions 185 Paragraph 5.19 1 lines 1-8 Replace by: 1 The route from No 1N to No 6 Light Buoy follows a recommended route shown on the chart. The route is a channel 100 m wide with a maintained depth of 11 m. After Paragraph 5.20 1 line 3 Insert: Traffic regulations 5.20a 1 Recommended route. A recommended route, the limits of which are shown on the chart, is established in Canal do Norte. It follows the route from No 1N Light Buoy to the pilot boarding area at No 6 Light Buoy. 186 Paragraph 5.25 1 line 5 to 3 line 7 Replace by: From a position in the vicinity of No 1N Light Buoy (N cardi nal ) (2538 13S 3253 07E), the recommended route marked by light buoys (lateral), leads generally S for 17½ miles to No 5 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (255540S 325154E), passing: Wof BaixoCutfield(253927S325297E), thence: E of shoals extending E from Ponta da Macaneta (255196S 324474E), a low sandy point with a stranded wreck (position doubtful) close by. Paragraph 5.26 1 & 2 Replace by: 1 Thence the track continues: E of Baixo Fawn (255341S 325062E) at the entrance to Baía de Maputo, thence: W of shoal ground (255353S 325346E) which forms the W extremity of Baixos da Inhaca, thence: NWof Ponta dos Elefantes (255782S325355E), the steep-to Wextremity of Ilha dos Portugueses; No 5 Light Buoy lies 3 miles NW of Ponta dos Elephantes. 2 Caution. Mari ners shoul d note that the recommended track turns sharply W in the vicinity of No 5 Light Buoy. Paragraph 5.29 2 line 1 For Local knowledge is required Read Canal do Sul is no longer considered suitable as an approach channel (2012). 187 Paragraph 5.38 1 lines 2-3 Replace by: ...3252E), which leads into Baía de Maputo (5.17).The port is entered via a... Paragraph 5.41 1 line 2 For dredged (2006) to a depth of 94 m Read maintained depth 11 m (2012) Harbour Master, Maputo (SDD 2012000 128135) [45/12] Mozambique – Beira — Approach and entry; arrival information; directions 201 Paragraph 5.158 1 line 2 For 13 miles Read 9 miles Paragraph 5.158 1 line 3 For 20 miles Read 24 miles 202 Paragraph 5.167 1 line 3 For (195603S 350246E) Read (195378S 345921E) Paragraph 5.168 1 line 3 For (195603S 350246E) Read (195378S 345921E) 204 Paragraph 5.175 1 line 4 For (195603S 350246E) Read (195378S 345921E) Paragraph 5.177 2 lines 3 and 4 For (195603S 350246E) Read (195378S 345921E) Paragraph 5.178 1 lines 6 and 7 Replace by: ...9 m should make to a position 4 miles ESE of Light Buoy A, thence followa WNWcourse to the vicinity of Light Buoy A. Paragraph 5.179 1 line 2 For (195603S 350246E) Read. (195378S 345921E) 207 Paragraph 5.196 1 line 4 For (195603S 350246E) Read (195378S 345921E) Mozambique NM 59/2011 (SDD 2011000 185047) [01/12] Mozambique – Beira — Berths; SBM 205 After Paragraph 5.182 1 Insert: Single Buoy Mooring. An SBM has been established in position 195663S 351608E. It is to be used for mooring bulk carriers engaged in coal transhipments. A 1 mile exclusion zone exists around the buoy. SMIT Amandla Marine (Pty) Ltd (SDD 2012000 161943) [39/12] Index NP3 2 - 8 Tanzania – Msasani Bay — Submarine cable; anchorage 290 Paragraph 8.92 1 Replace by: 1 General information. Msasani Bay lies between Ras Kankadya (644N 3917E) and Kunduchi (8.93), 5 miles NW. The bay is sheltered from the swell by Byongoyo, 1¼ miles N of Ras Kankadya, and offers good anchorage during either monsoon. Caution. A submarine cable has been laid from Msasani, in the S part of the bay, leading N and then E through the entrance channel between Bongoyo and Ras Kankadya. 291 Paragraph 8.92 5 lines 3-8 Replace by: ...about 15 m. 390 Index Left column Delete: Masasani Bay 8.92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391 Index Centre column After Msangazi, Mto Add: Msasani Bay 8.92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tanzania Port Authority (SDD 2010000 087338) [25/10] Tanzania – Msasani Bay — Submarine cable; anchorage 290 Existing Section IV Week 25/10 Paragraph 8.92 1 line 2 For N Read S UKHO [51/10] Kenya – Mombasa — Pilotage; buoyage 331 Paragraph 10.30 1 lines 1 to 5 Replace by: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels unless exempted by the port authorities, and is available 24 hours. The pilot boards 4 miles SE of Ras Serani (10.26), as shown on the chart. 334 Paragraph 10.37 2 lines 6 to 7 Delete Marine Safety Information Kenya (SDD 2010000 082530) [41/10] Kenya – Lamu Bay and approaches — Directions; obstruction 349 After Paragraph 10.117 2 line 7 Insert: WNW of shoal patch (3¼ miles S), on which the sea breaks, thence: (SDD 2011000 062177) [28/11] NP4 South-East Alaska Pilot (2010 Edition) Nil NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition) Brazil – Rio Amazonas — Directions; light 85 Paragraph 3.53 2 lines 1-3 Delete 86 Paragraph 3.57 5 lines 4-5 Replace by: ...covered in mangroves. Banks,... Brazil Notice 15/79/12 (SDD 2012000 166404) [37/12] Brazil – Rio Pará — Directions; racon 93 Paragraph 3.125 1 line 5 Delete Brazil Notice 15/80/12 (SDD 2012000 166404) [37/12] Brazil - North coast — Directions; light 121 Paragraph 4.28 1 line 7 Including existing Section IVNotice Week 17/12 For (11010S 453820W) Read (11000S 453810W) Brazil Notice 14/68/12 (SDD 2012000 154512) [34/12] Brazil – North coast — Directions; platform; light 142 Paragraph 4.227 1 line 3 Replace by: Production PlatformPAGII (45245S361622W). 143 Paragraph 4.229 1 line 3 Replace by: ...positions from Production Platform PAG II (45245S 361622W)): Paragraph 4.229 2 lines 7-10 Replace by: NNE of the designated oilfield area (centred 3 miles SW) (4.178) in which lies Guamaré Oil Terminal (4.241), thence: Index NP5 2 - 9 Paragraph 4.229 3 line 2 For Agulha Light Read Production Platform PAG II Captain F Carvalho, Petrobras (SDD 2012000 176359) [38/12] Brazil – North coast — Guamaré Oil Terminal; platform; light 144 Paragraph 4.241 1 lines 1-2 For 45200S 362100W Read 45242S 362245W Paragraph 4.245 1 line 2 For WNW of Agulha Light (4528S 36163W) (4.229) Read W of Production Platform PAG II (4.227) Captain F Carvalho, Petrobras (SDD 2012000 176359) [38/12] Brazil – E coast — Directions; Offshore marks 201 Paragraph 6.106 2 line 8 Delete 212 After Paragraph 6.182 2 line 12 Insert: 3 Offshore marks: FPSO Espirito Santo (lit) (211241S 394464W) (6.187a). FPSO Capixaba (lit) (211405S 395750W). Marine Superintendent FPSO Espirito Santo (SDDs 2011000 088571; 100562) [25/11] Brazil – E coast — Offshore terminal 213 After Paragraph 6.187 1 line 6 Insert: Offshore terminal Espirito Santo 6.187a 1 General information. FPSO Espi ri to Santo (211241S 394464W) is moored within the BC-10 oilfield. Approach to FPSO and berthing during daylight only; unberthing may occur at anytime. Pilotage from Brazilian mainland ports see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5). Tugs available. Compulsory for berthing, one remains secured during loading operations. 2 Tankers loading at Espirito Santo are not permitted to approach closer than 2 miles without a pilot. Berth. In tandem; moored astern of FPSO. Repairs. None. Other facilities. None. No garbage is to be thrown overboard in the vicinity of the terminal. FPSO Espirito Santo Terminal Regulations (SDDs 2011000 088571; 092909) [25/11] NP6SouthAmericaPilot Volume 2(2011 Edition) Canal Beagle – West Part – Canal Thomson — General information; directions 220-221 Paragraph 5.276 to 5.280 including heading Replace by: CANAL THOMSON General information Chart 1373 (undetermined datum), Chilean Chart 12750 (WGS84 datum), 12720 (yendegaia datum) (see 1.10) Route 5.276 1 From the head of Bahía Cook (5510 00S 701000W) (5.371) the route leads NNW, NNE, then N, for about 17 miles, to a position ENE of Isla Timbal Chico (545420S 701460W) in the W entrance to Paso Darwin (5.264) and the junction of Canal Thomson with Brazo Noroeste del Canal Beagle (5.257) and Canal O’Brien (5.283). Depths 5.277 1 The fairway has depths of more than 100 m over a least width of 1 mile. Pilotage 5.278 1 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (7) and 5.54. Traffic regulations 5.279 1 See 5.285. Directions (continued from 5.375) Track 5.280 1 From a posi ti on ESE of Isl otes Sal i entes (550803S 701516W) the track leads NNW, passing: ENE of Islotes Salientes; Islotes Salientes Light (white GRP tower, red band; 3 m in height) (550803S 701516W) is exhibited from the E islet of the group. Thence: 2 ENE of Islotes Miño (550725S 701420W), thence: WSW of Islote Goddard (550600S 700980W), thence: ENE of the islets lying off the E side of Isla Herrera (550630S 701580W), thence: WSW of Islote Redondo (550520S 701100W), thence: 3 WSW of Islotes Pollera (550435S 701290W); Islotes Pollera Light (red GRP tower, lateral; 3 m in height), is exhibited from the W islet. Thence: ENE of the dangers (550410S 701720W) lying E, and NE, of Punta Mariana, thence: ENEof the dangers (550320S701760W) lying N of Punta González, and: 4 WSW of Baj o Ana Mari a (5502 34S 701400W), a shoal, covered by kelp, lying W of the W end of Isla Dos Cumbres; a light buoy (lateral) marks the shoal. Index NP6 2 - 10 The track then leads NNE, passing: ESE of the rocks, islets and other dangers (550100S 701600W) fronting Isla Kelvin (550040S 701780W), thence: 5 WNW of a dangerous rock (5500 90S 701260W) lying close off the SW side of Isla Thomson, thence: WNW of Islote Uribe (545910S 701180W ) the largest of the islets and rocks lying off the NW corner of Isla Thomson, thence: ESE of the E extremity of Isla Cook (545780S 701380W). 6 The track then leads N, passing: W of Punta Howard (545645S 701220W), a point of sheer cliffs, thence: E of Isla Maruja Light (white GRP tower, red band, 4 m in height) (545603S 701410W) exhibited from the E extremity of Isla Maruja (545610S 701460W) the largest island of the Islas Ferrer. Thence: E of Isla Timbal Chico (545420S 701460W) the E islet of the Grupo Timbales (5.283). 7 The track continues a short distance N to a position ENE of Isla Timbal Chico. Useful mark: Pico Huemul (545560S 708080W) (5.263). (Directions for Canal O’Brien continue at 5.287, Directions for Brazo Noroeste del Canal Beagle are given at 5.263, and for Canal Pomar at 5.292) Chilean Chart 12750 (SDD 2012000 045357) [25/12] Bahia Cook – General information — Directions 235-236 Paragraph 5.371 to 5.375 including heading and existing section IV Notice Week 10/12 Replace by: BAHÍA COOK General information Charts 1373, 554 (undetermined datums), Chilean Chart 12750 (WGS84 datum) (see 1.10) Description 5.371 1 Bahía Cook (551000S 701000W), bounded SE by Islas Christmas and Isla Hoste, and NW by Isla Londonderry, is an extensive arm of the sea forming probably the best approach from SW to the W part of Canal Beagle (5.243) and Canal O’Brien (5.283). Though the bay has not been fully surveyed it is free of dangers in the fairway. 2 From a posi ti on SW of Isl otes (Rocas) Cabrestantes (552380S 701300W) the route leads NNE for about 25 miles to a position at the junction of the route with Brazo Sudoeste del Canal Beagle (5.245) and Canal Thomson (5.276), ESE of Islotes Salientes (550803S 701516W). Depths 5.372 1 There is a least depth (551580S 701852W) of 29 m close to track. Pilotage 5.373 1 A pilot boarding area for vessels entering Chilean channels from S is situated, as shown on the chart, about about 2½ miles SE of Islotes Salientes Light (550803S 701516W). See 5.54. Directions Other aids to navigation 5.374 1 Racon: Rocas Sandwich Light (551255S 702580W). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Automatic Identification System: Rocas Sandwich Light (551255S 702580W). See Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Track 5.375 1 From a posi ti on SW of Isl otes (Rocas) Cabrestantes (552380S 701300W) the track leads NNE, passing: WNW of Islotes (Rocas) Cabrestantes (5.355), thence: WNW of Islotes Ripita (552020S 701240W), a group of islets and rocks, thence: WNW of Cabo Carfort (551670S 701280W) the W extremity of Isla Hamond; see 5.372. Thence: 2 WNW of a shoal (551530S 701670W) with a depth of 26m, thence: ESEof Islotes Sandwich(551255S702580W), a large group of islets and rocks; Islotes Sandwich Light is exhibited from the group. Thence: ESEof ashoal (551260S701880W) withadepth of 16 m lying ESE of the Islotes Exterior, thence: 3 WNW of Islote Niño (551140S 700910W), thence: ESE of Islotes Salientes (550803S 701516W) (5.280); Islotes Salientes Light is exhibited from the E islet of the group. Useful marks: Islote Redondo (550520S 701100W). Islotes Pollera Light (550435S 701290W) (5.280). (Directions continue for Canal Thomson at 5.280; directions for Brazo Sudoeste del Canal Beagle are given at 5.250) Chilean Chart 12750 (SDD 2012000 045357) [25/12] Chile – Canal Cockburn — Directions; light 243 Paragraph 6.24 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 From a position NW of Islote Negro (54312S 72028W) the track leads NE, passing (with positions relative to the SE islet (54253S 71592W) of Islas Clavel): Index NP6 2 - 11 Paragraph 6.24 2 lines 3-6 Replace by: SE of Islas Clavel, a small group of islets, thence: 244 Paragraph 6.28 1 lines 6-7 Delete 252 Paragraph 6.92 1 line 1-6 Replace by: 1 From a position in Canal Cockburn, SSW of Islas Clavel (6.24), Paso Sur (54250S 72030W) leads N, between Isla Henry and Islas Clavel, to a position NE of Isla Ballena (54207S 72073W), passing (with positions relative to the SE islet (54253S 71592W) of Islas Clavel): Paragraph 6.93 1 line 1-7 Replace by: 1 From a position in Canal Cockburn, ENE of Islas Clavel (6.24), Paso Aguila (54240S 71590W) leads NW, between Islas Clavel and Isla Vidal Gormáz, to a position NE of Isla Ballena (54207S 72073W), passing (with positions relative to the SE islet (54253S 71592W) of Islas Clavel): NE of Islas Clavel, thence: Chilean Notice 141/11/11 (SDD 2011000 192402; 234905) [10/12] Chile – Estrecho de Magallanes – Puerto Sara — General information; directions; leading lights 275-276 Paragraph 7.76 to 7.82 including headings Replace by: Puerto Sara Chilean Chart 11512 (WGS84) General information 7.76 1 Position and function. Puerto Sara (523750S 701180W), an oil terminal on the W shore of Bahía Gregorio (7.84), comprises an offshore mooring terminal for use by tankers loading crude oil and oil products, and a jetty for loading and discharge of clean oil products. Port Authority. Puerto Sara is a satellite port of Punta Arenas, see 7.162. Limiting conditions 7.77 1 Density of water is 1025 g/cm 3 . Maximum size of vessel handled: Offshore terminal; length 250 m, draught 149 m, 75 000 dwt. Clean oil quay; length 120m draught 70 m, 6500 dwt. 2 Local weather. Winds from E create a swell which affects both the offshore terminal and the clean oil quay. The prevailing winds are from W and WNW with the most frequent gales from NW and N; see 7.12. Arrival information 7.78 1 Port operations. Berthing and unberthing from the offshore terminal are undertaken in daylight only at HW slack which usually occurs about 33 minutes before HW Puerto Montt (412891S 725704W). Mariners are advised to anchor off the terminal about 1 hour before the predicted time of slack water; observation of the small buoys marking the flexible pipelines will give a good indication of the time of commencement of slack water, a time which may be advanced or delayed by the prevailing wind. 2 Maximum permitted wind speed during berthing and unberthing operations is 10 m/second (19 kn); during periods of winds with an E component the maximum permitted wind speed is reduced to 5 m/second (10 kn). 3 Berthing is undertaken with the assistance of two tugs which take ship’s lines to mooring buoys and provide two wires, one on each quarter, laid from permanent moorings. On close approach to the berth the port anchor is let go, good holding ground of mud and shell; the starboard anchor is then let go, over poorer holding ground of rock and pebbles taking care to avoid dragging, and the stern is swung to starboard to make secure at the berth on a heading of 230. As prevailing winds are from W extra lines should be passed to the appropriate buoys. 4 Berthing at San Gregorio Clean Oil Quay is carried out during daylight at slack water; maximum permitted wind 10 m/second (19 kn), with an E component then 5 m/second (10 kn). Departure undertaken day or night at slack water; similar maximum permitted wind speeds. The exact time of slack water in the vicinity of San Gregorio Clean Oil Quay has not been fully ascertained and, given it is of short duration, then all manoeuvres are undertaken when some stream is flowing, however there is no set on, or off, the quay. Vessels berth on heading 013. 5 Notice of ETA required. See 7.171. Outer anchorage. Anchorage may be obtained, as shown on the chart, about 3 miles NE of Cabo Gregorio in depths between 23 and 24 m. Pilotage is compulsory; if not embarked, pilot boards in the pilot and waiting area 1½ miles ENE of Cabo Gregorio (523905S 701275W) (7.92), as shown on the chart. Tugs are available. Quarantine. See 7.175. Harbour 7.79 1 General layout. The offshore oil terminal lies SE of Puerto Sara Quay (523757S 701175W) (ruins 2008) in depths between 25 and 28 m. San Gregorio Clean Oil Quay is situated close NNE of Cabo Gregorio. Index NP6 2 - 12 Tidal streams set S with the in-going stream and N with the out-going; see Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 4. Directions for entering harbour 7.80 1 Offshore Oil Terminal Leading Light Beacons: Front light beacon (white triangle with orange bands on white post with red bands, 11 m in height) (523739S 701183W). Rear light beacon (white metal framework tower, red bands, 5 m in height) (523721S 701198W). 2 From a position in the pilot and waiting area (7.78) the alignment (334) of these light beacons leads NNW towards the offshore terminal berth. Anchor positioning beacons: Beacon (523817S 701242W) (common). Beacon (523818S 701258W). 3 The alignment (2655) of these beacons indicate the position to drop the port anchor. Beacon (523817S 701242W) (common). Beacon (523819S 701257W). The alignment (256) of these beacons indicate the position to drop the starboard anchor. 4 Useful marks: Oil storage tanks (523728S 701200W). Radio masts (523825S 701260W). Berths 7.81 1 Offshore terminal. The berth (5238 07S 701143W) consists of a submarine pipeline laid from shore to the vicinity of four mooring buoys and two permanent ground moorings. San Gregorio Clean Oil Quay (523890S 7012 49W) i s connected to the shore by a footbridge. The berth consists of a T-shaped head with a berthing face of 30 m and two mooring dolphins. Vessels over 70 m in length must not exceed a forward draught of 60 m. The quay is fairly well protected from the prevailing winds. Port services 7.82 1 Facilities. Dirty ballast accepted at Clean Oil Quay. Supplies. Fuel oil, diesel oil and fresh water available from Clean Oil Quay. Chilean Chart 11512; Chilean Notice to Mariners 65-2012 (SDD 2012000 054222; 116984) [42/12] NP7 SouthAmerica Pilot Volume 3 (2009 Edition) Aids to navigation — Automatic Identification System 4 Paragraph 1.24 1 line 5 Replace by: ...conditions. For details see The Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. The... UKHO (HH. 007/200/02) [12/10] Pacific Ocean – Outlying dangers — Breakers 71 After Paragraph 2.5 6 line 8 Add: Breakers (60649N 820688W) Panamá to Papeete 72 After Paragraph 2.6 8 line 6 Insert: Breakers (60649N 820688W) reported (2010). SY Black Arrow (SDD 2010000 037291) [13/10] South Pacific Ocean – Isla San Ambrosio — Off-lying shoal 77 After Paragraph 2.49 Add: Off-lying shoal 2.49a 1 A shoal reported (2009) lies in position 2628S 7950W. US Notice 48/608/09 (SDD 2009000 174333) [51/09] Chile – Bahía de Quellón — Pilot boarding place 141 Paragraph 4.60 2 lines 3-4 Replace by: ...vessels under 12 m in draught, 2¾ miles W of the light. These pilot boarding places are... Chilean Notice 12/121/2009 (SDD 2010000 006410) [05/10] Chile – Bahía Ancud — Pilot boarding place 186 Paragraph 6.58 1 line 2 For 1½ miles Read 2¼ miles Chilean Notice 12/120/2009 (SDD 2010000 006409) [05/10] Chile – Bahía Coronel — Arrival information; pilotage 205 Paragraph 6.270 1 line 3 For 1 mile ESE Read 1¼ miles S Chilean Notice 7/93/12 (SDD 2012000 159653) [35/12] Chile – Punta Peña Blanca to Punta Concón — Directions; buoy 223 Paragraph 6.480 3 line 1 Replace by: 3 Cl ear of an ODAS l i ght buoy (speci al ) (325980S 714920W), thence: WNW of Punta Angeles (3301S 7138W), high and... Chilean Notice 12/122/2009 (SDD 2010000 006411) [05/10] Index NP7 2 - 13 Chile – Valparaíso — Arrival information; anchorage 226 Paragraph 6.498 1 Replace by: 1 Anchorage may be obtained at 22 alphabetically listed anchor berths. Chilean Notice 7/91/12 (SDD 2012000 159653) [35/12] Chile – Quintero — Anchorages 233 Paragraph 7.42 2 and 3 Replace by: Anchorage may be obtained at 17 alphabetically listed anchor berths. Chilean Notice 4/38/2012 (SDD 2012000 099496) [25/12] Chile – Puerto Huasco — Directions; lights 248 Paragraph 7.205 including heading Replace by: Spare 7.205 249 Paragraph 7.206 5 lines 4-5 Replace by: ...Península Guacolda, dark in colour. 250 Existing Section IV Notice Week 27/10 Paragraph 7.225 1 line 2 Replace by: ...Península Guacolda. See Admiralty List of Radio... Paragraph 7.229 1 lines 3-7 Delete Paragraph 7.230 1 line 3 Replace by: ...thence N of Península Guacolda, to the pilot... 251 Paragraph 7.246 including heading Replace by: Spare 7.246 Light List Vol. G 2009/10; Chilean Notice 9/115/2012 (SDD 2012000 205489) [44/12] Chile – Puerto Huasco — Pilotage; anchorages 250 Paragraph 7.223 Including heading Replace by: Spare 7.223 Paragraph 7.225 1 Replace by: 1 Compulsory. The pilot boards about 5½ cables NE of Península Guacolda Light. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(7). Paragraph 7.236 2 Replace by: 2 Anchorage may be obtained in an irregular shaped area centred 4½ cabl es NW of Isl ote Cayo (282739S 711363W), in depths from 21 to 77 m. Chilean Notice 5/48/10 (SDD 2010000 097025) [27/10] Chile – Puerto Antofagasta — Wreck 270 Paragraph 8.67 2 line 6 Add: A dangerous wreck lies ½ cable S of the root of Molo Este. ENC CL5AN015 (SDD 2009000 067167) [41/09] Chile – Mejillones del Sur — Port limit; pilotage; anchorages; terminal 275 Paragraph 8.111 1 Replace by: 1 E from Punta Angamos Li ght (2301 58S 703103W) to shore (230158S 702080W) on opposite side of Bahía Mejillones del Sur. Paragraph 8.120 1 line 2 For Volume 6(5) Read Volume 6(7) 276 Paragraph 8.121 1 line 3 Replace by: ...Terminals, 2½ miles ENE for Interacid Terminal and 4¾ miles NNE for the LNG Terminal.... Paragraph 8.121 1 line 5 For Volume 6(5) Read Volume 6(7) Paragraph 8.128 1 lines 12-13 Replace by: E. 297 distant 15 miles, 1¼ miles WSW of Puerto Angamos pierhead. GNL1. 014 distant 29 miles, 9½ cables Nof Muelle GNL. GNL2. 019 distant 36 miles, 1½ miles NNE of Muelle GNL. After Paragraph 8.129 5 Insert: Muelle GNL (LNG Terminal) (5¼ miles ENE) consists of jetty extending 740 m NW from the shore, from which a light is exhibited. Chilean Notice 2/10/2010 (SDD 2010000 042035) [14/10] Index NP7 2 - 14 Peru – Isla Asia to Isla San Lorenzo — Directions; wreck 315 Paragraph 9.229 3 lines 2-3 Replace by: WSW of a dangerous wreck (48 miles NW), thence: WSW of Isla Callao (Isla Frontón) (52½ miles NNW) (9.291), thence: Peru 7/33/09 (SDD 2009000 100991) [41/09] Peru – Cerro Azul — Light 316 Paragraph 9.246 2 line 4 Replace by: ...promontory from which a light (black GRP tower, white band, 11 m in height) is exhibited, lies... Light List Volume G (2008/09) No 2044 (SDD 2008000 085271) [41/09] Peru – Punta Pacasmayo to Isla Lobos de Tierra — Directions; wreck 339 Paragraph 10.180 3 lines 1-2 Replace by: SW of Production platform SM-1 (48 miles NW). A dangerous wreck lies 7¼ miles NE. Thence: ENC PE300124 (SDD 2009000 052992) [41/09] Peru – Paita to Punta Cabo Blanco — Directions; platform 346 Paragraph 10.265 1 line 4 For an obstruction Read a platform (disused) ENC PE300113 (SDD 2009000 048914) [41/09] Ecuador – Manta — Harbour regulation 373 After Paragraph 11.241 Insert: Harbour regulation 11.241a 1 No 1 Light Buoy (special) (05597S 804286W) is for the exclusive use of submarines. Ecuadorian Chart 10401 (SDD 2011000 082131) [47/11] Colombia – Buenaventura — Anchorages; light 385 Paragraph 12.70 1 line 8 Replace by: No 3A 6½ miles NE Least charted depth 63 m No 5 1½ miles ENE Least charted depth 89 m 387 After Paragraph 12.85 1 line 5 Insert: Aguacate Light Beacon (green tower, red band) (3537N 77038W). Paragraph 12.86 1 line 4 Delete Colombian Chart 760 (SDD 2009000 017369) [41/09] Colombia – Bahía de Málaga — Directions; light buoy 388 Paragraph 12.100 2 line 5 For starboard hand Read W cardinal Paragraph 12.104 3 line 2 For starboard hand Read W cardinal Colombian Chart 150 (SDD 2009000 017480) [41/09] NP7A South America Pilot Volume 4 (2010 Edition) Navigation and Regulations – Charts — Foreign charts 3 Paragraph 1.14 2 line 3 Delete Paragraph 1.14 2 line 5 For 6058 Read 7376 Instructions nautiques H5 (SDD 2010000 029291) [18/10] Navigation and Regulations – Radio facilities — DGPS 4 After Paragraph 1.26 1 line 5 Insert: Within the area covered by this volume DGPS data is broadcast from: Cayenne (Montabo) (45600N 521800W). UKHO (HH. 07A/200/02) [18/10] Guyane Française – Îles du Salut to Fleuve Maroni — Directions 73 Paragraph 2.67 3 line 6 For 54362N 535742W Read 54457N 535709W French Chart 7376 (SDD 2010000 021155) [18/10] Index NP7A 2 - 15 Guyane Française – Fleuve Mana — Charts; description; directions 73 Paragraph 2.69 Chart heading Replace by: Chart 517 (datum undetermined) Paragraph 2.69 1 line 2 For 54362N 535742W Read 54457N 535709W Paragraph 2.69 1 line 3 For 54500N 535262W Read 54476N 535426W Paragraph 2.69 2 line 4 For 54850N 535630W Read 54838N 535598W French Chart 7376; Instructions nautiques H5 (SDD 2010000 021155; 029291) [18/10] Guyane Française – Fleuve Maroni — Charts; general information; depth; directions; landmarks; useful marks; anchorage 73 Paragraph 2.70 Chart heading For French Charts 5883, 6058 Read French Chart 7376 74 Paragraph 2.70 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: ...entered between Pointe Française (54457N 535709W) and Hoek Galibi (Pointe Hollandaise on French Chart 7376),... Paragraph 2.70 2 line 2 For 15 m Read 12 m Paragraph 2.70 3 line 2 For 54362N 535742W Read 54457N 535709W Paragraph 2.70 5 line 9 For 2 m NE Read 3½ miles NNE Paragraph 2.70 6 line 6 For 54850N 535630W Read 54838N 535598W Paragraph 2.71 Replace by: 1 Landmark: Radio tower (54474N 535938W), situated on Hoek Galibi (2.70). Paragraph 2.72 1 line 4 For 54362N 535742W Read 54457N 535709W Paragraph 2.72 2 lines 3-4 For 54850N 535630W Read 54838N 535598W Paragraph 2.72 3 Replace by: 3 ESE of a stranded wreck (548 38N 535598W); a dangerous wreck lies 8 cables WNW and Tijger Bank, which dries, lies 9 cables farther WNW. Another stranded wreck (54659N 535792W) lies off the SE side of the bank. Thence: WNW of a drying bank (54566N 535687W) extending NNE from Pointe Française, thence: WNW of Pointe Française (54457N 535709W). Paragraph 2.72 4 lines 2-3 For 54283N 535823W Read 54302N 535792W Paragraph 2.72 5 Replace by: 5 Useful marks: House (54475N 535674W) standing in Les Hattes. Pylône (54482N 535909W) standing on Hoek Galibi (2.70). Radio mast (53033N 540169W). Light (53041N 540213W) exhibited from the wreck of the Edith Cavell, lying close NW of Saint-Laurent du Maroni. Paragraph 2.73 1 Replace by: 1 Good anchorage may be obtained in Fleuve Maroni 4¾ cables N of Pointe Panato (54302N 535792W) in 7 m. French Chart 7376; Instructions nautiques H5 (SDD 2010000 021155; 029291) [18/10] Guyane Française – Fleuve Maroni — General information; directions 74 Paragraph 2.70 4 line 6 Replace by: ...SL Light Buoy (55180N 535176W) where the pilot... Paragraph 2.72 1 line 7 Replace by: ...Buoy (safe water) (55180N 535176W). Existing Section IV Notice Week 18/10 Paragraph 2.72 3 Replace by: 3 ESE of a stranded wreck (548 07N 535700W), position doubtful; a dangerous wreck, position approximate, lies 8 cables WNW. Tijger Bank (Banc Hollandaise), which dries, lies 1¾ miles WNW of the stranded wreck. Another stranded wreck (54659N 535792W), lies off the SE side of the bank. Thence: WNW of a drying bank (54566N 535687W), extending NNE from Pointe Française, thence: WNW of Pointe Française (54457N 535709W). Paragraph 2.72 4 line 3 For Arouba Read Arouaba French Chart 7376 (SDD 2010000 063631) [20/10] Surinam – Fleuve Maroni to the approaches to Suriname Rivier — General information; directions 75 Paragraph 2.78 1 line 2 For 54362N 535742W Read 54457N 535709W Paragraph 2.79 1 line 1 For 54482N 540072W Read 54506N 535912W Paragraph 2.80 1 line 2 For 54362N 535742W Read 54457N 535709W Paragraph 2.80 1 line 4 Replace by: ...depth of 27 m. Kaaimanshoofd (Cape des Caïmans) (54998N 540165W), should be... French Chart 7376 (SDD 2010000 021155) [18/10] Index NP7A 2 - 16 Surinam – Nickerie Rivier — Pilotage; directions; buoyage 80 Paragraph 2.133 3 lines 5-6 Replace by: ...the vicinity of V-COR/N Light Buoy (60206N 570052W). For further details see Admiralty List of... 81 Paragraph 2.134 1 lines 9-10 Replace by: ...position is reached close to V-COR/N Light Buoy (safe water) (60206N 570052W). Paragraph 2.134 2 line 3 Replace by: ...by a light buoy and light beacons (port hand). To the E of the... Paragraph 2.134 2 line 8 For close SE Read 4 cables ENE Paragraph 2.134 3 line 3 For Buoy Read Beacon Netherlands Notice 36/440/10 (SDD 2010000 146226) [40/10] Guyana – Corentyn River — General information; directions 83 Paragraph 2.143 3 lines 4-5 Replace by: ...the vicinity of V-COR/N Light Buoy (60206N 570052W). Paragraph 2.144 2 line 7 Replace by: ...V-COR/N Light Buoy (safe water) (60206N 570052W). Paragraph 2.144 3 lines 4-5 Replace by: Clear of V-COR/N Light Buoy (60206N 570052W), thence: SE of CM 1 Light Buoy (60088N 570220W), thence: SE of CM 3 Light Buoy (55900N 570384W), thence: Netherlands Notice 36/440/10 (SDD 2010000 146226) [40/10] Guyana – New Amsterdam to Georgetown — Directions; wreck 86 Paragraph 2.177 2 Replace by: 2 NE of a dangerous wreck (652 95N 574995W), position approximate. Another dangerous wreck, position approximate, lies 5¼ miles W. Maritime Administration Department, Guyana (SDD 2010000 021053) [18/10] Trinidad – East coast — Directions; light 119 Paragraph 4.36 1 lines 7-9 Replace by: Galera Point Light (red lattice mast, white bands, on white round tower) (104993N 605466W). Photograph (4.36) caption Replace by: Klein Curaçao Light (7.35) (Original dated 2009) MV UBC Sacramento (HH. 07A/200/02) [23/10] Venezuela – Isla Coche — Major light 160 After Paragraph 5.29 3 line 8 Insert: Isla Coche Light (104730N 635920W) (5.70). 162 Paragraph 5.53 1 Replace by: 1 Major lights: Punta Ballena Light (orange stone tower, 30 m in height) (105984N 634666W). Isla Coche Light (104730N 635920W) (5.70). 165 Paragraph 5.70 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: Major lights: Punta Ballena Light (105984N634666W) (5.53). Isla Coche Light (orange truncated conical GRP tower, white band, 12 m in height) (104730N 635920W). 167 After Paragraph 5.92 1 line 5 Insert: Major light: Isla Coche Light (104730N 635920W) (5.70). Venezuelan Notice 008/10 (SDD 2010000 084237) [23/10] Venezuela – Puerto La Cruz — Port authorities; anchorage; harbours; hazards; directions; berths 173 Paragraph 5.139 1 lines 9-10 Delete Paragraph 5.144 1 lines 6-8 Replace by: A designated anchorage area for vessels bound for Bahía Guanta and Bahía de Pertigalete has been established 1 mile NE of Isla Redonda (101541N 643555W), as shown on the chart. 174 Paragraph 5.149 3 Replace by: 3 Bahía de Pertigalete. Situated 1¾ miles E of Bahía Bergantín, this bay contains a cement terminal on its E side. Index NP7A 2 - 17 After Paragraph 5.149 3 Insert: Hazards 5.149a 1 Ferry (see 5.159) passes N of the entrances to Bahía Bergantín, Bahía de Guanta and Bahía de Pertigalete. Small craft may be encountered in the approaches to the harbours, as yacht harbours are situated in Bahía de Guanta, Bahía de Pozuelos and Bahía de Barcelona. Paragraph 5.154 1 lines 2-3 Replace by: ...Borracha (101782N 644442W) the track leads generally SSE for 11 miles to the pilot station in Bahía de Pozuelos, passing: Paragraph 5.154 3 Replace by: WSWof an unnamed islet (101698N644014W). 3 The track then leads SE to the pilot boarding place (5.146), 6¾ cables SW of Punta Baregán (101534N 643847W) (5.133). 175 Paragraph 5.161 2 lines 1-6 Delete BA Chart 1498 (HH. 07A/200/02) [23/10] Venezuela – Puerto La Cruz — Pilot boarding position 173 Paragraph 5.146 1 lines 2-3 Replace by: ...pilot boards in Bahía de Pozuelos in position 101490N 643897W, 9½ cables W of Isla Burro (5.155). For... UKHO (HH. 07A/200/02) [18/10] Venezuela – Puerto Jose — Pilot boarding position 176 Paragraph 5.174 5 lines 8-9 Replace by: ...speeds of less than force 7. Pilot boards in position 100880N 645148W, 3¼ miles E of Isla Píritu Adentro Light (5.176). 178 Paragraph 5.174 6 lines 1-6 Delete UKHO (HH. 07A/200/02) [18/10] Venezuela – Puerto La Guaira and Catia La Mar — Anchorages; pilotage 187 Paragraph 6.23 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 General anchorage. The main anchorage area off Puerto La Guaira is centred about 1½ miles NE of the head of the North Mole (6.30), as shown on the chart. The... Paragraph 6.23 2 lines 6-8 Replace by: Dangerous cargoes. Vessels carrying dangerous cargoes are required to anchor in an area, E and N of the main anchorage, centred about 1¼ miles NNW of Punta Mulatos (6.29). 3 Quarantine anchorage l i es E of the mai n anchorage, centred about 2 miles NNW of Punta Mulatos (6.29). Paragraph 6.24 1 Replace by: 1 Pilotage is compulsory and available from 0600 to 2400 local time. The pilot boards about 1 mile NW of the head (6.30) of North Mole, W of the main anchorage. 190 Paragraph 6.45 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 Outer anchorage. Vessels awaiting a berth should anchor N of the outer mooring buoys in depths from 13 to 18 m. Prohibited anchorages. Two areas have been established (2010), centred 2 miles ENE and 5 cables NW from Punta Arrecife (6.43). Venezuelan Notice 36/10 (SDD 2010000 122652) [37/10] Venezuela – Archipielago Las Aves — Directions; light 205 Paragraph 7.7 1 lines 12-13 Delete Paragraph 7.8 1 line 3 Replace by: Aves de Sotavento Light (120349N 674064W). 209 Paragraph 7.20 1 lines 1-4 Delete Paragraph 7.20 1 line 6 Replace by: Aves de Sotavento Light (120349N 674064W). After Paragraph 7.20 2 line 6 Insert: Aves de Sotavento Light (orange and white GRP tower, 12 m in height) (120349N 674064W). Venezuelan Notice 30/10 (SDD 2010000 111033) [33/10] Nederlandse Antillen – Klein Curaçao — Light 211 Paragraph 7.35 1 line 4 Replace by: Klein Curaçao Light (square brick building with white concrete tower, 23 m in height) (115939N 683858W). Index NP7A 2 - 18 212 Photograph (7.35) caption Replace by: Galera Point Light (4.36) (Original dated 2009) MV UBC Sacramento (HH. 07A/200/02) [23/10] Aruba – South coast — Directions 228 Paragraph 7.166 2 lines 1-5 Replace by: 2 S of the entrance (122523N 695408W) to the SE part of Sint Nicolaasbaai, marked by a light buoy and light beacons (7.188), thence: S of a light buoy (special, position approximate) (122406N 695490W), thence: UKHO (HH. 07A/200/02) [18/10] Aruba – Sint Nicolaas — Pilot boarding position 229 Paragraph 7.180 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: Reef berths. About 1½ miles WSW of the berths (7.189). Paragraph 7.180 2 line 2 For WSW Read W Paragraph 7.180 2 line 3 For 1½ miles SW Read 5 cables WSW Paragraph 7.186 1 line 6 For WSW Read W 230 Paragraph 7.187 1 lines 2-3 Replace by: ...track leads NNWto thepilot boardingposition (7.180), on the following leading line: Valero Aruba Refinery & UKHO (SDD 2010000 017758) [18/10] Colombia – Punta de la Garita – Directions — Light 280 Paragraph 9.144 1 lines 4-5 Delete Paragraph 9.147 1 line 7 For 9.144 Read red and white tower Colombian Notice 50/10 (SDD 2010000 049964) [20/10] Colombia – Bahía de Cartagena – Directions – Bocachica — Leading lights; useful mark 283 Paragraph 9.178 2 Delete Paragraph 9.178 3 lines 1-3 Replace by: 3 From the vicinity of the Fairway Light Buoy (101898N 753592W), the track leads E through a channel, marked by light buoys... 284 After Paragraph 9.178 4 line 7 Add: Useful mark: No 2 Light Beacon (red and white framework tower) (101927N 753053W). Colombian Notice 95/10 (SDD 2010000 123448) [35/10] Colombia – Bahía de Cartagena – Bocachica — Directions; deep-water channel 284 Paragraph 9.178 5 Delete Colombian Notice 007/2010 (SDD 2010000 021053) [18/10] Colombia – Golfo de Urabá — Directions; buoy 292 Paragraph 9.238 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 From a position about 10 miles NE of Cabo Tiburón (9.232), from which a light (9.235) is exhibited, the track leads SE, passing: SW of a wave recorder buoy (special) (84998N 771104W), thence: Colombian Notice 53/10 (SDD 2010000 062694) [18/10] Colombia – Golfo de Urabá — General information; depths; directions; landmark; lights; description; anchorages; pilotage; berths 292 Paragraph 9.245 Including heading Replace by: Spare 9.245 293 Paragraph 9.248 1 line 1 Replace by: 1 Landmark: Tank (80572N 764370W). Major lights: Paragraph 9.249 2 lines 8-14 Replace by: ENE of Isla Los Muertos Light (80797N 764904W) (red tower, white bands), thence: WSW of Punta Yarumal (Yarumul) (80608N 764461W), from which a light (9.248) is exhibited 5¾ cables NNW, thence: ENE of the shoal water extending 2½ miles SE of Boca Coco Grande (Boco del Coco) (80543N 764976W). Index NP7A 2 - 19 Paragraph 9.249 3 lines 1-2 Replace by: 3 The track then leads to a position 1½ miles W of Punta Las Vacas (80382N 764458W), the W entrance point... Paragraph 9.249 3 line 4 For 1½ cables NW Read 1¾ cables NNE Paragraph 9.251 2 lines 3-6 Replace by: ...deepest mouth, Bocas Roto (9.249), Boca Matuntugo, Boca Coco Grande (Boco del Coco) (9.249), Boca Urabá, Boca del Leoncito (80138N 765018W) and Boca Pichindicito (80123N 765182W). These mouths, except the latter, are navigable by canoes and... Paragraph 9.252 2 lines 1 and 3 For Cocogrande Read Coco Grande 294 Paragraph 9.254 2 lines 1-5 Delete Paragraph 9.255 1 line 5 For 1½ Read 1 Paragraph 9.255 1 lines 7-8 For 3 miles SSE Read 2 miles SW Paragraph 9.255 2 line 1 For 1¾ miles Read 1½ miles Paragraph 9.257 1 line 1 For 1¾ miles Read 1½ miles Paragraph 9.257 1 line 7 Replace by: ...(75632N 764498W) exhibited from the... Paragraph 9.258 Replace by: 1 Río León Anchorage. This anchorage off the mouth of Río León (75630N 764508W), in the SE corner of Bahía Colombia, is used between May and December for loading bananas and lumber from barges. The reported anchorage is, in a depth of 18 m, about 2½ miles WNW of the river mouth. 2 Pichindi Anchorage, on the S side of the delta of Río Atrato, lies between Boca del Leoncito (9.251) and Boc1a Pichindicito, 1 mile W. It is used between December and May, when the anchorage affords some shelter from the prevailing N and NE winds; vessels load bananas and lumber as off Río León. 3 Anchorage may be obtained about 1 mile SSE of a buoy (special) (80114N 765122W), in a depth of 22 m. By day, the light buoy is reported to be difficult to distinguish against the land, but the mooring buoys about 2 and 4 cables E of the light buoy are more easily seen. The coastline in the vicinity of the anchorage does not show up well on radar; shoaling has also been reported off Boca Pichindi. 4 Alongside berths. There are two berths at Punta Las Vacas which are used by tankers, of 800 gt or less, to discharge refined petroleum products loaded at Bahía Cartagena (9.151); maximum allowed draught 30 m. There are also several small wharfs situated in Bahía Turbo used by local vessels. BA Chart 2262 (HH. 07A/200/02) [20/10] NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot (2010 Edition) Pacific Ocean – Guardian Bank north-westwards — Depths 83 After Paragraph 2.49 3 line 4 Insert: In 2010, a vessel on passage between these depths and Guardian Bank reported soundings between 20 5 m and 32 m between posi ti ons 10206N 088190W and 10183N 088143W. MV Apostolos 2 (SDD 2010000 061387) [29/10] Mexico – Golfo de California – Guaymas — Directions; lights 192 Paragraph 6.59 including heading Replace by: Spare 6.59 193 Paragraph 6.60 1 Replace by: 1 Leading lights: Front light (red diamond on white concrete rectangle, 8 m in height), (275479N 1105121W) on Isla Morrito (6.56). Rear light (similar structure) (275610N 1105128W) on Isla Tío Ramón. Paragraph 6.60 2 line 2 For 355 Read 357 BA Chart 42 [23/11] Mexico – Bahía de la Paz – Bahía Pichilingue and approaches — Depth; leading lights 199 Paragraph 6.96 5 line 5 For 94 m (31 feet) Read 49 m (16 ft) 200 Paragraph 6.101 2 Replace by: 2 The alignment (339½) of Bahía Pichilingue leading lights, standing on the E shore of Isla San Juan Nepomuceno, leads to the charted anchorage position about 1 cable E of Muelle SCT (6.102): Front Light (white concrete tubular tower, 7 m in height) (24161N 110199W). Rear Light (similar structure, 3 m in height) (about 40 m from front light). Mexican Cuaderno de Faros 2009; Mexican ENC MX503232 (SDDs 2009000 124251; 2010000 101785) [37/10] United States of America – California – Approaches to San Diego — Directions; dangerous wreck 250 After Paragraph 7.159 3 line 13 Insert: Clear of a dangerous wreck (322960N 1171370W), thence: 260 Paragraph 8.39 3 line 6 For wreck Read wrecks USNGA Notice 45/18740/11 (SDD 2011000 206156) [47/11] Index NP8 2 - 20 United States of America – California – Entrance to San Diego Bay — Directions; rock 261 Paragraph 8.40 5 lines 1 to 5 Replace by: 5 W of a DG platform, 2½ cables E of Ballast Point. A submerged jetty, marked by lights (white diamonds, orange border on piles), extends to the shore from close S of the platform. United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 8 (HA. 369/001/003/01) [29/10] United States of America – California – San Clemente Island — Safety Zone 263 Paragraph 8.55 1 line 5 Replace by: ...including gunfire, rocket fire and bombing. A Safety Zone extends out to 3 miles around the island and Security Zones... 453 After §165.1131 and detail Insert: §165.1141 Safety Zone; San Clemente 3 NM Safety Zone, San Clemente Island, CA. (a) Location. The following area is a safety zone: All waters of the Pacific Ocean surrounding San Clemente Island, from surface to bottom, extending from the high tide line on the island seaward 3 NM. The zone consists of the following sections (see Figure 1): Comps Please Insert Part Page diagram: NP8 Figure 1 San Clemente Island Safety Zone Configuration (1) Section A Beginning at 3302030N 11835510W; thence to 3304558N 11837042W; thence running parallel to the shore at a distance of approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to 3302492N 11830390W; thence 3301174N 11833528W; thence along the shoreline returning to 3302030N 11835510W. (2) Section B Beginning at 3257180N 11830528W; thence to 3259360N 11828198W; thence running parallel to the shore at a distance of approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to 3255498N 11824132W; thence to 3253318N 11826312W; thence along the shoreline returning to 3257180N 11830528W. (3) Section C Beginning at 3253318N 11826312W; thence to 3255498N 11824132W; thence running parallel to the shore at a distance of approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to 3247162N 11818138W; thence to 3249060N 11821030W; thence along the shoreline returning to 3253318N 11826312W. (4) Section D Beginning at 3249060N 11821030W; thence to 3247162N 11818138W; thence running parallel to the shore at a distance of approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to 3248228N 11831414W; thence to 3250420N 11829222W; thence along the shoreline returning to 3249060N 11821030W. (5) Section E Beginning at 3250420N 11829222W; thence to 3248030N 11831408W; thence running parallel to the shore at a distance of approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to 3253372N 11835558W; thence to 3256078N 11832570W; thence along the shoreline returning to 3250420N 11829222W. (6) Section F Beginning at 3256078N 11832570W; thence to 3253372N 11835558W; thence running parallel to the shore at a distance of approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to 3259570N 11839462W; thence to 3301048N 11836198W; thence along the shoreline returning to 3256078N 11832570W. (7) Section G Beginning at 3301048N 11836198W; thence to 3259570N 11839462W; thence running parallel to the shore at a distance of approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to 3304558N 11837042W; thence to 3302030N 11835510W; thence along the shoreline returning to 3301048N 11836198W. Figure 1: San Clemente Island Safety Zone Configuration Index NP8 2 - 21 (8) Wilson Cove Beginning at 3301168N 11833528W; thence to 3302492N 11830390W; thence running paral l el to the shore at a di stance of approximately 3 NM from the high tide line to 3259360N 11828198W; thence to 3257180N 11830528W; thence along the shoreline returning to 3301168N 11833528W. (b) Definitions. The following definition applies to this section: designated representative, means any commissioned, warrant and petty officers of the Coast Guard on board Coast Guard, Coast Guard Auxiliary, and local, state, and Federal law enforcement vessels who have been authorized to act on behalf of the Captain of the Port (COTP). (c) Enforcement. (1) This regulation will be enforced at all times in Section G and the Wilson Cove section of the safety zone described in paragraph (a) of this section. Mariners must obtain permission in accordance with the procedure described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section before entering either of those sections (paragraphs (a)(7) and (8)). (2) This regulation will be enforced in Sections A through F of the safety zone described in paragraphs (a)(1) through (6) of this section except when the Coast Guard notifies the public that enforcement of the zone in specified sections is temporarily suspended. At al l other ti mes, mari ners must obtai n permission in accordance with the procedure described in paragraph (d)(2) of this section before entering either of those sections. (3) The COTP will provide notice of suspended enforcement by means appropriate to affect the widest publicity, including broadcast notice to mariners, publication in local notice to mari ners, and posti ng the schedul e of restricted access periods by date, location and duration at: www.scisland.org (d) Regulations. (1) The general regulations governing safety zones found in 33CFR165.23 apply to the safety zone described in paragraph (a) of this section. (2) Mariners requesting permission to transit through any section of the zone may request authorization to do so from Fleet Area Control and Surveillance Facility (FACSFAC) San Diego by either calling 619-545-4742 or establishing a VHF bridge to bridge radio connection on Channel 16. Immediately upon completing transit, the vessel operator must promptly notify FACSFAC of safe passage through the safety zone. Fai l ure to expeditiously notify FACSFAC of passage through the safety zone will result in a determination by the Navy that the vessel is still in the safety zone, thereby restricting the use of the area for naval operations. If the Navy determines that facilitating safe transit through the zone negatively impacts range operations, the Navy will cease this practice and enforce the safety zones in these two areas without exception. (3) All persons and vessels must comply with the instructions of the U.S. Navy, Coast Guard Captai n of the Port or the desi gnated representative. (4) Upon being hailed by U.S. Navy or U.S. Coast Guard patrol personnel by siren, radio, flashing light, or other means, the operator of the vessel must proceed as directed. (5) The U.S. Coast Guard may be assisted in the patrol and enforcement of the safety zone described in paragraph (a) of this section by the U.S. Navy and local law enforcement agencies. United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edn Change 17 (HA. 369/001/003-01) [39/10] United States of America – Pacific coast – Begg Rock — Buoyage 266 Paragraph 8.73 2 lines 7-9 Delete 4BR Light Buoy (starboard hand) is moored about 2½ cables NNW of the rock. US Notice 48/18020/11 (SDD 2011000 215357) [49/11] United States of America – California – Approaches to Long Beach and Los Angeles — VTS; Precautionary area 275 Paragraph 8.120 1 line 4 For excluding Read including United States Coast Pilot 7 2011 (SDD 2011000 003853) [30/11] United States of America – San Pedro Bay and approaches — Regulations concerning entry; tankers 275 Paragraph 8.123 1 Replace by: 1 State of California regulations have established escort regulations for tankers, carrying 5000 tonnes or more of oil, underway in the Los Angeles/Long Beach harbours and approaches. Escort tugs should be in position in the S boundary of the pilot boarding area prior to an inbound vessel arriving within 2 miles of the breakwaters. Masters are to ensure anchors are ready for letting go prior to entering pilot boarding areas. A pre-escort conference will: 2 1. Confirm the number and position of escort tugs. 2. Establish radio frequencies to be used. 3. Confirm destination. 4. Discuss any other pertinent information. 3 Adverse weather, unusual port/traffic congestion or other conditions/circumstances may require additional tugs. Outbound laden tankers are not required to use tugs once they have cleared the breakwaters but all tankers shifting within the harbours must comply with the escort requirements. Full details of the regulations can be found at: www.dfg.ca.gov/Ospr/ US Coast Pilot 7 42nd Edition 2010 (HH.008/200/003) [49/10] Index NP8 2 - 22 United States of America – California – San Francisco Bay – Alcatraz Island — Directions; fog signal 335 Paragraph 10.53 2 lines 8 and 9 Replace by: ...vicinity of the island. USOCS 27/18650/10 (SDD 2010000 103735) [29/10] United States of America – Port of San Francisco – San Francisco – Oakland Bay Bridge — Directions; passage 338 Paragraph 10.70 2 lines 6-8 Delete 339 Paragraph 10.79 2 lines 1-4 Replace by: 2 Under the San Francisco-Oakland Bay Bridge (10.70), thence: Captain W. Lemke - San Francisco Bar Pilots (HH.008/200/03) [50/10] United States of America – Pacific Coast – San Francisco — Limiting conditions; Vertical clearances; San Francisco - Oakland Bay Bridge 338 Paragraph 10.70 3 lines 1-9 Replace by: 3 A second bridge, with a design clearance of 341 m (112 ft), is under construction (2010) E of Yerba Buena Island and to the N of the present bridge. The Coast Guard requests mariners use the temporary main channel between piers I and J on the existing bridge, and piers E-3 and E-4 on the bridge under construction, where the approximate mid-span vertical clearance is 341 m (112 ft). Paragraph 10.70 4 lines 8-10 Delete Vessels to bridge. Paragraph 10.70 5 lines 4-8 Replace by: Fixed red light fromeach side of the bridge at the foot of towers of Piers I, J and K Fixed red light from each corner of Pier C and red axis lights along the channel axis on each side. US Coast Pilot 7 Change 18; US Notice 49/18649/11 (SDD 2011000 178551; 2011000 221205) [51/11] United States of America – California – San Francisco Bay – Port of Richmond — Project depth 348 Paragraph 10.160 1 line 3 For 107 m (35 ft) Read 116 m (38 ft) United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 24 (HA.369/001/003-01) [39/10] United States of America – California – San Pablo Bay — Safety Zone 351 Paragraph 10.186 1 line 3 Add: ...A safety zone is established in San Pablo Bay N of the Pinole Shoal Channel (See Appendix V). 454 After §165.1183 and detail Insert: §165.1184 Safety Zone; Coast Guard Use of Force Training Exercises, San Pablo Bay, CA. United States Coast Pilot 7 2011 Edition Change 12 (SDD 2011000 125910) [30/11] United States of America – West coast – Reading Rock to Point St George — Directions; Light 380-381 Paragraph 11.101 5 lines 5-6 Replace by: ... is moored 1 mile W of NW Seal Rock, from which a light is exhibited. There is a ... US OCS Notice 41/18600/12 (SDD 2012000 203035) [43/12] United States of America Pacific Coast – Oregon – Chetco River — Entrance depths 390 Paragraph 12.18 1 lines 1-4 Replace by: 1 Controlling depths. The project depth for the entrance channel and turning basin is 42 m (14 ft). US Notice 27/18602/11 (SDD 2011000 125920) [30/11] United States of America Pacific Coast – Oregon – Yaquina Bay — Directions; depths 400 Paragraph 12.106 1 line 6 Replace by: ...depths of from 12 to 76 m (4 to 25 ft) extending 12 miles... 401 Paragraph 12.106 2 line 2 For charted depth of 15 m (5 ft) Read depth of 24 m (8 ft) Paragraph 12.107 1 lines 11-13 Replace by: ...Light Buoy (port hand). Between the jetties, numerous submerged rocks lie along the outside of the charted entrance channel limits. United States Coast Pilot 7 2011 Edition Change 14 (SDD 2011000 125910) [30/11] Index NP8 2 - 23 United States of America – West coast – Columbia River — Safety and Security Zone Regulations 410 After Paragraph 13.13 1 line 5 Insert: Security and Safety Zone regulations for large passenger vessels may be in force in Columbia River. See Appendix V for further details. 455 After §165.1310 and detail Insert: §165.1318 Security and Safety Zone Regulations, Large Passenger Vessel Protection, Captain of the Port Columbia River Zone. United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 24 (HA.369/001/003-01) [39/10] United States of America – Willamette River – Portland — Traffic Regulation 418 Paragraph 13.78 1 lines 7-8 Replace by: Traffic regulation. Regulated Navigation Areas and a Safety Zone are established on parts of the Willamette River at Portland; see Appendix V. 458 After existing Section IV Notice 30/11 (§165.1335 and detail) Insert: §165.1338 Safety Zone; TriMet Bridge Project, Willamette River; Portland, OR. United States Coast Pilot 7 2011 Edition Change 18 (SDD 2011000 178551) [42/11] The following notice is to be implemented at 0000 UTC on 1st December 2012 United States of America – Pacific Coast — Traffic regulations 427 Paragraph 14.4 1 lines 6-8 Replace by: All vessels, including barges, that carry oil or hazardous materials in bulk as cargo or cargo residue, and all ships of 400 gt and over solely in transit, should avoid the area bounded by the... IMO SN.1/Circ.309 [46/12] United States of America – Oregon – Grays Harbor — Directions; breakers 431 After Paragraph 14.43 1 line 6 Insert: In rough weather, hazardous breakers are found on North and South Jetties. Both should be given a wide berth. United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 11 (HA 369/001/003/01) [29/10] United States of America – Pacific Coast — Navigation Safety Regulations; electronic position fixing devices 449 Paragraph §164.41 and detail Replace by: §164.41 Electronic position fixing devices. (a) Each vessel calling at a port in the continental United States, including Alaska south of Cape Prince of Wales, except each vessel owned or bareboat chartered and operated by the United States, or by a state or its political subdivision, or by a foreign nation, and not engaged in commerce, must have a satellite navigation receiver with: (1) Automatic acquisition of satellite signals after initial operator settings have been entered; and (2) Posi ti on updates deri ved from satel l i te information during each usable satellite pass. (b) A system that is found by the Commandant to meet the intent of the statements of availability, coverage, and accuracy for the U.S. Coastal Confluence Zone (CCZ) contained in the U.S. “Federal Radionavigation Plan” (Report No. DOD–NO 4650.4–P, I or No. DOT–TSC–RSPA–80–16, I). A person desiring a fi ndi ng by the Commandant under thi s subparagraph must submit a written application describing the device to the Coast Guard Deputy Commander for Operations (CG–DCO), 2100 2nd St. SW., Stop 7471, Washi ngton, DC 20593–7471. After reviewing the application, the Commandant may request addi ti onal information to establish whether or not the device meets the intent of the Federal Radionavigation Plan. Note: The Federal Radionavigation Plan is available from the National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Va. 22161, with the following Government Accession Numbers: Vol 1, ADA 116468 Vol 2, ADA 116469 Vol 3, ADA 116470 Vol 4, ADA 116471 United States Coast Pilot 7 2011 Edition Change 14 (SDD 2011000 125910) [30/11] Index NP8 2 - 24 United States of America – Pacific Coast — Regulated Navigation Areas; Security Zones 454 Paragraph §165.1154 lines 1-2 Replace by: §165.1154 Security Zones; Moored Cruise Ships, San Pedro Bay, California. US Coast Pilot 7 Change 4; US Notice 8/12 (SDD 2012000 040193) [11/12] United States of America – Oregon – Columbia River – Port of Portland — Regulated Navigation Area 458 After §165.1325 (c) (5) line 2 Insert: §165.1326 Regulated Navigation Area: Port of Portland Terminal 4, Willamette River, Portland, Oregon. United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 9 (HA 369/001/003/01) [29/10] United States of America Pacific Coast – Columbia River — Safety and Security Zone Regulations 458 After existing Section IV Notice 29/2010 (§165.1326 and detail) Insert: §165.1335 Security Zone; Vessels Carrying Hazardous Cargo, Sector Columbia River Captain of the Port Zone. United States Coast Pilot 7 2011 Edition Change 14 (SDD 2011000 125910) [30/11] United States of America – Willamette River – Portland — Traffic Regulation 458 After existing Section IV Notice 30/11 (§165.1335 and detail) Insert: §165.1337 Regulated Navigation Area, Zidell Waterfront Property, Willamette River, OR. United States Coast Pilot 7 2012 Edition Change 11 (SDD 2012000 093938) [22/12] United States of America – California – San Diego Bay — Naval Danger Zone 461 After §334.865 Insert: §334.866 Pacific Ocean at Naval Base Coronado, in the City of Coronado, San Diego County, California; Naval Danger Zone. United States Coast Pilot 7 2010 Edition Change 11 (HA 369/001/003/01) [29/10] United States of America – Pacific Coast — National Marine Sanctuary Program Regulations 480 Paragraph §922.72 (a)(7) lines 1-7 Replace by: (7) Disturbing marine mammals or seabirds by flying motorized aircraft at less than 1,000 feet over the waters within one nautical mile of any Island, except to engage in kelp bed surveys or to transport persons or supplies to or from an Island. Failure to maintain a minimum altitude of 1,000 feet above ground level over such waters is presumed to disturb marine mammals or seabirds. 482 Paragraph §922.82 (a)(8) lines 1-6 Replace by: (8) Disturbing marine mammals or seabirds by flying motorized aircraft at less than 1,000 feet over the waters within one nautical mile of the Farallon Islands, Bolinas Lagoon, or any ASBS, except to transport persons or supplies to or from the Islands or for enforcement purposes. Failure to maintain a minimum altitude of 1,000 feet above ground level over such waters is presumed to disturb marine mammals or seabirds. 486 Paragraph §922.132 (a)(6) lines 1-5 Replace by: (6) Disturbing marine mammals or seabirds by flying motorized aircraft, except as necessary for valid law enforcement purposes, at less than 1,000 feet above any of the four zones within the Sanctuary described in Appendix B to this subpart. (Not included in this volume). Failure to maintain a minimum altitude of 1,000 feet above ground level above any such zone is presumed to disturb marine mammals or seabirds. Index NP8 2 - 25 488 Existing Section IV Notice Week 10/12 Paragraph §922.152 (a)(7) lines 1-10 Replace by: (7) Disturbing marine mammals or seabirds by flying motorized aircraft at less than 2,000 feet over the waters within one nautical mile of the Flattery Rocks, Quillayute Needles, or Copalis National Wildlife Refuges or within one nautical mile seaward from the coastal boundary of the Sanctuary, except for activities related to tribal timber operations conducted on reservati on l ands, or to transport persons or supplies to or from reservati on l ands as authori zed by a governing body of an Indian tribe. Failure to maintain a minimum altitude of 2,000 feet above ground level over any such waters is presumed to disturb marine mammals or seabirds. US Coast Pilot 7 Change 5; US Notice 8/12 (SDD 2012000 040193) [11/12] United States of America – Pacific Coast — Regulated Navigation Areas; Security Zones 487 Paragraph §922.150 Boundary. (a) lines 3-4 Replace by: ...2,408 square nautical miles (nmi) of coastal and ocean waters, and... US Coast Pilot 7 Change No. 2 (SDD 2012000 030808) [46/12] United States of America – Pacific Coast — National Marine Sanctuary Program Regulations 487-488 Paragraph §922.152 and detail Replace by: §922.152 Prohibited or otherwise regulated activities. (a) Except as specified in paragraphs (b) through (g) of this section, the following activities are prohibited and thus are unlawful for any person to conduct or to cause to be conducted: (1) Exploring for, developing or producing oil, gas or minerals within the Sanctuary. (2)(i) Discharging or depositing, from within or into the Sanctuary, other than from a cruise ship, any material or other matter except: (A) Fish, fish parts, chumming materials or bait used in or resulting from lawful fishing operations in the Sanctuary; (B) Biodegradable effluent incidental to vessel use and generated by marine sanitation devices approved in accordance with secti on 312 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, as amended, (FWPCA), 33 U.S.C. 1322 et seq.; (C) Water generated by routi ne vessel operations (e.g., cooling water, deck wash down, and graywater as defined by section 312 of the FWPCA) excluding oily wastes from bilge pumping; (D) Engine exhaust; or (E) Dredge spoil in connection with beach nourishment projects related to the Quillayute River Navigation Project. (ii) Discharging or depositing, from beyond the boundary of the Sanctuary, any material or other matter, except those l i sted i n paragraphs (a)(2)(i)(A) through (E) of this section, that subsequently enters the Sanctuary and injures a Sanctuary resource or quality. (3) Discharging or depositing, from within or into the Sanctuary, any materials or other matter from a cruise ship except clean vessel engine cooling water, clean vessel generator cooling water, clean bilge water, engine exhaust, or anchor wash. (4) Moving, removing or injuring, or attempting to move, remove or injure, a Sanctuary historical resource. This prohibition does not apply to movi ng, removi ng or i nj ury resul ti ng incidentally from lawful fishing operations. (5) Drilling into, dredging or otherwise altering the submerged l ands of the Sanctuary; or constructing, placing or abandoning any structure, material or other matter on the submerged lands of the Sanctuary, except as an incidental result of: (i) Anchoring vessels; (ii) Lawful fishing operations; (iii) Installation of navigation aids; (iv) Harbor maintenance in the areas necessarily associ ated wi th the Qui l l ayute Ri ver Navigation Project, including dredging of entrance channels and repair, replacement or rehabilitation of breakwaters and jetties, and related beach nourishment; (v) Constructi on, repai r, repl acement or rehabilitation of boat launches, docks or piers, and associated breakwaters and jetties; or (vi) Beach nourishment projects related to harbor maintenance activities. (6) Taking any marine mammal, sea turtle or seabird in or above the Sanctuary, except as authorized by the Marine Mammal Protection Act, as amended, (MMPA), 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq., the Endangered Species Act, as amended, (ESA), 16 U.S.C. 1531 et seq., and the Migratory Bird Treaty Act, as amended, (MBTA), 16 U.S.C. 703 et seq., or pursuant to any Indian treaty with an Indian tribe to which the United States is a party, provided that the Indian treaty right is exercised in accordance with the MMPA, ESA, and MBTA, to the extent that they apply. Index NP8 2 - 26 (7) Flying motorized aircraft at less than 2,000 feet both above the Sanctuary within one NM of the Flattery Rocks, Quillayute Needles, or Copalis National Wildlife Refuge, or within one nmi seaward from the coastal boundary of the Sanctuary, except for activities related to tribal timber operations conducted on reservation lands, or to transport persons or supplies to or from reservation lands as authorized by a governing body of an Indian tribe. (8) Possessing within the Sanctuary (regardless of where taken, moved or removed from) any historical resource, or any marine mammal, sea turtle, or seabird taken in violation of the MMPA, ESA, or MBTA, to the extent that they apply. (9) Interfering with, obstructing, delaying or preventing an investigation, search, seizure or disposition of seized property in connection with enforcement of the Act or any regulation or permit issued under the Act. (b) The prohibitions in paragraph (a)(2) through (5), (7), and (8) of this section do not apply to activities necessary to respond to emergencies threatening life, property, or the environment. (c) The prohibitions in paragraphs (a)(2) through (5), (7), and (8) of this section do not apply to activities necessary for valid law enforcement purposes. (d) (relates to Department of Defense activities - omitted from this volume). (e) The prohibitions in paragraphs (a)(2) through (8) of this section do not apply to any activity executed in accordance with the scope, purpose, terms and conditions of a National Marine Sanctuary permit issued pursuant to §§922.48 and 922.153 or a Special Use permit issued pursuant to section 310 of the Act. (f) (relates to Indian tribe rights - omitted from this volume). (g) The prohibitions in paragraphs (a)(2) through (8) of this section do not apply to any activity authorized by any lease, permit, license, or other authorization issued after July 22, 1994, and issued by any Federal, State or local authority of competent jurisdiction, provided that the applicant complies with §922.49, the Director notifies the applicant and authorizing agency that he or she does not object to issuance of the authorization, and the applicant complies with any terms and conditions the Director deems necessary to protect Sanctuary resources and qualities. Amendments, renewals and extensions of authorizations in existence on the effective date of designation constitute authorizations issued after the effective date. (h) Notwithstanding paragraphs (e) and (g) of this section, in no event may the Director issue a National Marine Sanctuary permit under §§922.48 and 922.153 or a Special Use permit under section 310 of the Act authorizing, or otherwise approve: The exploration for, development or production of oil, gas or minerals within the Sanctuary; the discharge of primary-treated sewage within the Sanctuary; the disposal of dredged material within the Sanctuary other than in connection with beach nourishment projects related to the Quillayute River Navigation Project; or bombing activities within the Sanctuary. Any purported authori zati ons i ssued by other authorities after July 22, 1994 for any of these activities within the Sanctuary shall be invalid. 488 Paragraph §922.153 and detail Replace by: §922.153 Permit procedures and criteria. (a) A person may conduct an activity prohibited by §922.152(a)(2) through (8) if conducted in accordance with the scope, purpose, terms and conditions of a permit issued under this section and §922.48. (b) Applications for such permits should be addressed to the Director, Office of National Marine Sanctuaries; Attn: Superintendent, Olympic Coast National Marine Sanctuary, 115 East Railroad Avenue, Sui te 301, Port Angel es, WA 98362–2925. US Coast Pilot 7 Changes 2 and 3; US Notice 7/12 (SDD 2012000 030808) [10/12] NP9 Antarctic Pilot (2009 Edition) South Georgia and Approaches – Cumberland Bay – King Edward Cove — Directions; light beacons 169 Paragraph 3.73 1 Replace by: 1 Outer leading light beacons: Front beacon (orange triangular topmark, point uppermost on white metal post with orange bands, 8.5m in height) (541706S 363044W). Rear beacon (orange triangular topmark, point uppermost on white metal post with orange bands, 12.5minheight) (541704S363059W). Paragraph 3.73 4 lines 5-8 Replace by: Inner leading light beacons: Front beacon(orangetriangular topmark, point down on white metal post with orange bands, 6m in height) (541686S 363046W). Paragraph 3.73 5 lines 1-2 Replace by: 5 Rear beacon (orange triangular topmark, point down on white metal post) (541681S 363057W). The spire of Grytviken Church (elevation 27m) is in line with these light beacons . ADLL G1365, G13651; G1367, G13671 (SDD 2012000 022492) [10/12] South Georgia – Ocean Harbour – Hound Bay — Directions; depth 172 Paragraph 3.86 5 line 4 For (54225S 36098W) Read (542290S 360990W) 173 Paragraph 3.94 For Chart 3588 Read Charts 3588, 3586 plan of Ocean Harbour and Hound Bay Index NP9 2 - 27 174 Paragraph 3.95 including heading Replace by: Charts 3597 (unknown datum), 3586 plan of Ocean Harbour and Hound Bay Hound Bay 3.95 1 General Information. Hound Bay is entered between Tijuca Point (542095S 361260W) and Cape Vakop (3.86). Directions. From a position NNW of Cape Vakop (542290S 360990W), the track leads WSW into the bay, passing: SSEof islets andshoals (3.86) lyingupto2cables off Tijuca Point, thence: NNW of Rolf Rock (542250S 361180W) comprising an islet 4½ mhigh and a drying rock. A reef with a least depth of 101 mextends 4 cables NNW. Thence: ESEof a shoal (54 2175S361340W) with a least depth of 113 m, thence: N of a rock (542285N 361320W) with a least depth of 99 m. Thence the track continues a short distance WSW to the anchorage. 2 Anchorage. Sheltered anchorage may be obtained in the bay, in depths from 18 to 27 m. At the SW end of the bay there are two small coves; the N-most cove is a suitable anchorage for small vessels, noting a shoal (542275S 361475W) with a depth of 29 m, lying close offshore near the head of the bay. Chart 3586 [48/12] South Georgia and Approaches – Cumberland Bay to Cape Charlotte – Ocean Harbour — Directions 173 Paragraph 3.94 2 line 5 For E Read W MV Pharos SG (SDD 2012000 022483) [10/12] South Georgia – St Andrews Bay — Directions; depth 174-175 Paragraph 3.97 including heading Replace by: Charts 3597 (unknown datum), 3586 plan of St Andrews Bay St Andrews Bay 3.97 1 Description. St Andrews Bay (5426 50S 3610 00W) i s entered between Cl ark Poi nt (542600S 361100W) 1¼ miles South of Mount Skittle (3.96), and a point 1¾ miles SSE. Both these points are foul and a number of dangerous rocks are reported within the bay. Cook Glacier lies on the W side of St Andrews Bay. A beach lies close SW of Clark Point and is free from dangers. Local Knowledge is required for the inner anchorage. Local Weather. Strong katabatic winds may occur without warning within the bay. 2 Directions. From a position SE of Cape Vakop (542290S 360990W) the track towards the outer anchorage leads SW, passing SE of a dangerous rock (542570S 360903W) with a least known depth of 44 m, lying about 1 mile ENE of the N entrance point and close to the inner anchorage. Mariners should note Ryan Reef (542710S 360825W) with a rock awash and a depth of 3 m lying 7 cables NE of the S entrance point. A shoal (542630 N 360925 W) with a least charted depth of 7 m lies in the middle of the bay. 3 Anchorage may be obtained in the outer part of the bay, about 1¾ miles from the shoreline, in depths of about 30 m. Anchorage may also be obtained, closer to the shoreline, about 5 cables from the N end of the bay, in depths of about 12 m. Landing on a beach S of Cook Glacier is often impossible because of swell and surf. The far N corner of the bay, under Clarke Point (542600S 361100W), is the most sheltered landing site. Chart 3586 [48/12] South Georgia – King Haakon Bay — Directions 181 Paragraph 3.134 including heading Replace by: Chart 3586 plan of King Haakon Bay King Haakon Bay 3.134 1 Description. Ki ng Haakon Bay (5409 50S 371700W), a fjord entered between Cape Rosa (541110S 372460W) and the E entrance point of Cheapman Bay (540900S 373170W), extends 9½ miles E. Topography. McNi sh Isl and (5408 95S 372810W), McCarthy Island (541010S 372550W) and Vincent Islands (540920S 371637W) all lie within King Hakkon Bay. Cheapman Bay (540900S 373170W) lies 4 miles ENE of Samuel Islands (541140S 373670W) (3.123); kelp extends across the entrance to the bay. Peters Glacier flows S into the inner part of Cheapman Bay, and Price Glacier reaches the sea near the N entrance point of King Haakon Bay. 2 Depths. Dangerous rocks lie between 2½ miles WNW and and 8½ cabl es W of Cape Rosa (541110S 372460W), and a large area of kelp lies between these and McNish Island. A dangerous rock (541105S 372615W) (reported 2004), lies 7 cables W of the Cape. Caution. The least charted depths over the terminal moraine are 78 m (541000S 372020W) and 80 m (540975S 372020W); these rocks are marked by kelp. The S shoreline is reported to be foul. Local knowledge is required for a safe passage through the alternative S entrance channel. 3 History. It was here that Sir Ernest Shackleton’s James Caird, Endurance’s 6 m (20 ft) lifeboat, arrived at the end of their 17 day, 670 mile, epic crossing of the Scotia Sea, from Elephant Island, in May 1916. Index NP9 2 - 28 The party comprised of Shackleton, Worsley, McNish, McCarthy, Crean and Vincent. They beached on 10th May 1916, in a small cove just E of Cape Rosa (541110S 372460W). On 15th May they moved up the fjord to Peggotty Bluff (540875S 371710W) where they camped. On 19th May, Shackleton, Worseley and Crean started their remarkable crossing of South Georgia to arrive in Stromness Bay on 20th May. 4 Directions. From a position 3½ miles ESE of the Samuel Islands (541140S 373670W) the track leads NNW in deep water free from dangers towards Price Glacier front passing: SE of Nilse Hullet (541065S 373500W), a cove 2 miles NW. ESE of the East entrance point of Cheapman Bay (540900S373170W) remaining in deep water 1 mile from the coast and clear of several dangerous rocks and rocks awash. WNW of 2 dangerous rocks (541015S 372900W); and a rock awash (541020S 372870W) position doubtful. When 8 cables from the North shore of the fjord the track leads E in the deep water channel, 5 cables S of McNish Island passing: S of dangerous rocks WSW of McNish Island in positions (540910S 372915W) and (540915S 372840W). N of a rock awash (540978S 372718W). Nof McCarthy Island (541010S372550W) anda reef that extends up to 1 mile W. 5 The track then leads ESE to a position ENE of the E point of McCarthy Island. From this vicinity the track leads E, to pass about 6½ cables from the N shore over the terminal moraine. On this track a least depth of 21 m was found crossing the terminal moraine. The track continues to lead E towards the head of the fjord, noting a dangerous rock that uncovers (540928S 371685W) marked by kelp, lying 2½ cables WSW of the W extremity of Vincent Islands. 6 Directions for Alternative passage. An alternative approach into King Haakon Bay leads through a deep channel between between a group of i sl ets (541128S 372530W) 4 cables WSW of Cape Rosa (541110S 372460W) and a rock dangerous to surface navigation (541105S 372615W) position approximate (reported 2004) 8 cables W of Cape Rosa. This channel should be navigated with extreme caution. 7 Anchorages. In 2003 MS Explorer, 2398 tonnes, 5 m draught, obtained good anchorage in position 540910S 371685W NW of Vincent Islands (5409 20S 3716 45W), i n depths between 30 and 40 m, muddy clay. The same vessel obtained temporary anchorage about 3 cables E of Cape Rosa (541110S 372460W) and about 1 cable from the S shore of the fjord, in a depth of about 50 m. 8 Landings. Landing has been effected in the vicinity of Peggotty Bluff (540875S 371710W), on the N shore of the bay 7 cables NW of Vincent Islands, the ultimate site for Sir Ernest Shackleton’s James Caird party. Shackleton Gap (3.54) connects the head of the bay with Possession Bay (3.54). Landing has also been effected in Cave Cove (541094S 372440W), the spectacular first landing site of the James Caird party. Chart 3586 [48/12] South Orkney Islands – Washington Strait — Directions; AIS 207 After Paragraph 4.64 2 Insert: Other aid to navigation 4.64a 1 AIS: An AIS transmitter has been established at the Orcadas Base in Wilton Bay on Laurie Island in position 604429S 444425W. Agentinian Notice 06/68/12 (SDD 2012000 112915) [27/12] South Orkney Islands – Laurie Island — Scotia Bay; directions; anchorages 208-209 Paragraphs 4.67 to 4.70 including headings Replace by: Scotia Bay International Chart 9142 General Information 4.67 1 Description. Scotia Bay (604550S 444175W) is entered between Point Rae (604550S 443800W) and Cape Murdoch, (604680S 444240W) (4.56). There are several islets and rocks, some of which are underwater, off both sides of the bay. A number of monuments in Scotia Bay comprise an Historic Monument Site. See Appendix IV. 2 History. The bay was roughly charted by Powell and Palmer in 1821 and further charted by Weddell in 1822; re-charted by the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition in March 1903, and named after the expedition ship Scotia, ex Hekla, Norwegian whaler, which wintered in the bay. The SNAE meteorological station was sited at the head of the bay, which was operated from March to November 1903 and handed over to the Oficina Meteorológica Argentina in February 1904, since when it has been continuously manned. Directions (continued from 4.56) 4.68 1 Caution. Vessels should navigate with extreme caution in the vicinity of Laurie Island; parts of the island have not been adequately surveyed. See 4.4. Track. From a position SSE of Cape Murdoch (604680S 444240W) (4.56), on the coastal passage, the track into the bay leads NNW, passing: WSWof Ailsa Craig (604680S443790W) (4.55), thence: WSW of Florence Rock (604610S 443735W), thence: 2 ENE of Cape Murdoch (4.56) (604680S 444240W), thence: WSW of a shoal (604629S 444050W), position approximate, reported, in 1968, to have a depth of 22 m, and: ENE of a reef (604650S 444185W), comprising of an islet and several dangerous rocks awash, thence: Index NP9 2 - 29 WSW of SW extremity of a reef (604520S 444125W), with a least depth of 03 m, extending 4 cables fromthe coast close Eof Point Davis and WSW of a shoal 96m (604530S 444140W) position approximate reported in 1994, thence: 3 ENE of a shoal patch (604582S 444225W), with a least charted depth of 108 m, lying 5 cables ENE of Point Martin, thence: ENE of a dangerous rock (604562S 444228W) position approximate, thence: ENEof a shoal area (604555S444270W), with a least depth of 82 m, thence: WSW of a dangerous rock (604505S 444137W) position approximate, thence: 4 WSW of an islet (604491S 444110W), and two dangerous rocks, lying close SW of Point Davis, from where a light (red round GRP tower, white band, 4 m in height) is exhibited. Thence as required for the inner anchorage, noting a dangerous rock (604446S 444321W) close S of Point Moreno (4.69). Useful marks: Light (white round GRPtower, red top, 3 min height) (604538S 444394W). Beacon (604470S 444410W), marked W, standing on a rock, close inshore, 7 cables N of the light. Light (red round GRP tower, white band, 4 m in height) (604491S 444110W) (4.25). A Light (604428S 444427W) (lantern in radio mast) is exhibited from the NW side of the bay at the Argentine station (4.26). Anchorage 4.69 1 Scotia Bay is not recommended as an anchorage, the outer harbour being exposed and the inner harbour very restricted, but anchorage may be obtained near the middle of the entrance to the cove, about 3 cables W of Point Moreno, (604442S 444318W), from which a reef extends ½ cable S, and 2¾ cables from the beach at the head of the cove, in depths of about 17 m. The holding ground is good, being better than that in Uruguay Cove (4.26). Scotia, the vessel of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition, anchored and wintered here. Anchorages and Harbours Mill Cove 4.70 1 Description. Mill Cove (604530S 443650W) is entered between Cape Anderson (6045 48S 4436 30W), and Val ette Isl and (6045 50S 443730W). The E side of this cove comprises a rocky cliff about 244 m (800 ft) high. Depths. There are general depths from 38 to 47 m in the outer part of Mill Cove, except near its shores, but in the NW part of the cove, which is 3½ cables across, there are depths from 10 to 20 m; there is a shoal in the centre of the NE part. Caution. Vessels should navigate with caution in the inner part of Mill Cove; it has not been fully surveyed. International Chart 9142 (SDD 2012000 151616) [45/12] Gerlache Strait – South Part – Port Lockroy — Directions; isolated Shoal 299 After Paragraph 5.168 2 line 1 Insert: Clear of an isolated shoal 178m (644950S 633250W), position approximate, thence: Chilean Notice 10/126/11 (SDD 2011000 215405) [51/11] James Ross Island Group – Cape Purvis to Cape Longing through Prince Gustav Channel — Route; directions 368 Paragraph 7.10 1 line 5 For SE Read SW Paragraph 7.10 1 line 7 For SSE Read SSW 369 Paragraph 7.15 1 line 5 For (63486S 57530W) Read (63436S 57530W) 372 Paragraph 7.16 7 line 2 For (63485S 57530W) Read (63435S 57530W) Paragraph 7.17 1 line 1 For (63485S 57530W) Read (63435S 57530W) BA Chart 227 [04/12] James Ross Island Group – Cape Purvis to Cape Longing through Prince Gustav Channel — Directions 372 Paragraph 7.19 1 lines 10-11 Delete (SDD 2009000 021841) [04/12] NP10 Arctic Pilot Volume 1 (2010 Edition) Russia – Laptev Sea – Reka Lena Delta — Wreck 463 Paragraph 16.135 2 line 13 Replace by: Lena. Caution. Awreck with a clearance depth of 14 mlies in position 730153N 1303981E, 20 miles E of Ostrova Grigoriy. Thence: Russian Notice 29/3547/2011 (SDD 2011000 122708) [30/11] Index NP11 2 - 30 NP11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition) Radio Navigational Warnings 4 Paragraph 1.18 1 line 3 After Service. Add: The service in NAVAREA XIX is currently on trial, and is scheduled to become fully operational on 1st June 2011. United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III (SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10] Iceland – West coast – Faxaflói — Racons 95 After Paragraph 3.41 1 line 2 Insert: Grótta Light (6410N 2201W). 109 Paragraph 3.131 1 line 2 Replace by: Grótta Light (6410N 2201W) (3.40). 112 Paragraph 3.146 1 Delete 114 Paragraph 3.154 1 lines 1-2 Delete Icelandic Notices 2/8/12; 2/9/12 (SDD 2012000 112913) [27/12] Iceland – Reykjavík – ViÉeyjarsund — Spoil ground 106 After Paragraph 3.113 4 line 8 Insert: NE of an area of spoil ground with a least depth of 41 mwhich extends 3½ cables Efromthe Stip of Engey, thence: Icelandic Notice 2/7/12 (SDD 2012000 112913) [27/12] Svalbard – Wedel Jarlsberg Land — Underwater rock 201 After Paragraph 9.23 1 Line 6 Including existing Section IV Week 39/10 Insert: An underwater rock with a depth of 3m has been reported off Middagsskjæra in position 77246N 13477E. Norwegian notice 14/28198/10 (SDD 2010000 123628) [48/10] Svalbard – Billefjorden – Pyramiden — Leading lights 215 Paragraph 9.80 1 line 6 For lights Read beacons Norwegian Notice 11/44102/12 (SDD 2012000 117171) [27/12] Svalbard – Hinlopenstretet — Anchorages 235 Paragraphs 10.53, 10.56 and 10.57 Including headings Replace by: Spare 10.53 Spare 10.56 Spare 10.57 Norwegian Chart 537 (SDD 2011000 162370) [43/11] Svalbard – Freemansundet — Rock awash 251 Paragraph 11.39 2 line 5 After Freemanbreen. Add: A rock awash lies off the S coast of Barentsøya in position 781538N 214159E. Norwegian Notice 17/29576/10 (SDD 2010000 146843) [42/10] NP12 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 (2012 Edition) Greenland – Nuup Kangerlua — Directions 132 Paragraph 2.346 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 Attention is drawn to the note on the chart regarding two-way routes in Nuup Kangerlua. Mariners should note that the directions in this volume make the assumption that electronic navigation aids may not be available, and should be guided accordingly. A vessel making for Nuuk from seaward is recommended to approach from 7 to 10 miles W of Kitsissut, steering for position 6400N 5220W. Danish Chart 1331 (SDD 2012000 097541) [36/12] Greenland – Sisimiut — Approaches; wreck 151 After Paragraph 3.101 4 Insert: A wreck, depth unknown, has been reported to lie in approximate position 665805N 534795W, SSE of this inner route. Danish Notice 1073/43/2012 (SDD 2012000 216872) [47/12] Index NP12 2 - 31 Coronation Gulf – Off-lying islands — Depth 431 Paragraph 14.180 1 line 9 Add: A shoal, least depth 23 m lies in position 675827N 1124034W. Canadian Notice (SDD 2010000 179285) [36/12] Canada – Eureka Sound — Depth 491 Paragraph 17.115 3 lines 7-10 Replace by: The W part of Slidre Fiord appears to be deep; in the E part the depths are irregular. A depth of 148 m lies about 3 miles SE of Eureka Station. Canada East Notice 7920/05/12 (SDD 2012000 103960) [36/12] NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition) Navigation and Regulations – Traffic and Operations — Fishing; marine farms 2 Paragraph 1.8 including heading Replace by: Marine Farms 1.8 1 Marine farms, which may be floating or fixed structures, and their associated moorings should be avoided. The farms and beds are generally marked by buoys or beacons, which may be lit. Their charted positions are approximate. Australian Notice 24/1253/11 [01/12] Northern Territory – Bowen Strait — Offshore dangers 130 Paragraph 3.58 4 lines 1-5 Replace by: 4 Offshore dangers. A shoal (1104 04S 1322045E), with a depth of 74 m and Campbell Reef (111027S 1322384E). 131 Paragraph 3.61 3 line 4 Add: A shoal (110423S 1321193E), with a depth of 99 m. A patch (110462S 1321729E), with a depth of 77 m. Australian Notice 07/324/12 [18/12] Western Australia – Ashmore Reef — Harbour 142 Paragraph 4.13 1 Replace by: 1 Landmarks: West Island has two prominent trees, visible from 5 miles and the remains of a weather station, charted as poles, visible from 3 miles (see 1.21). Approach: A passage to the W lagoon lies 2 miles NE of West Island (121450S 1225800E) and leads into a lagoon where there are numerous detached reefs and coral heads with depths of less than 2 m (charted as dangerous rocks) over them. A marked channel leads to visitor moorings, however the channel is not fully surveyed. Paragraph 4.13 2 line 5 Add: Securing to a mooring is recommended and preferable to anchoring. AA589034 [20/12] Western Australia – Port Walcott — Controlling depths 231 Paragraph 6.80 1 line 4 For 160 m Read 156 m Chart Aus 55 [09/12] Western Australia – John’s Creek — Approach; buoy 234 After Paragraph 6.107 1 line 6 Insert: A lit mooring buoy is moored at 203836S 1171240E. Australian Notice 21/1070/11 [45/11] Western Australia – Dampier — Directions; depths 235 After Paragraph 6.117 2 line 1 Insert: Clear of a 124 m shoal (202305S 1170460E), thence: Australian Notice 02/99/12 [07/12] Western Australia – Barrow Island Oil Terminal — Controlling depth 249 Paragraph 6.224 1 line 1 Replace by: 1 Controlling depth. 120 m in the berth and approach channel. AA561793 [48/11] Index NP13 2 - 32 Western Australia – Griffin Marine Terminal — Operational status 251 Paragraph 6.240 1 lines 1-9 Replace by: 1 Position and function. Griffin Marine Terminal (211330S 1143873E) is the outlet for the Griffin Oilfield. It is presently non operational, and is marked by a light buoy, surrounded by a safety zone (1.11). Paragraph 6.241 and heading Replace by: Spare 6.241 Paragraph 6.242 and heading Replace by: Spare 6.242 Paragraph 6.243 and heading Replace by: Spare 6.243 (AA558419) [44/11] Western Australia – Saladin Marine Terminal — Under-keel clearance 256 Paragraph 6.292 1 lines 5-6 Replace by: ...operator and shall be a minimum of 28 m dependent on the swell conditions. AA561794 [48/11] Western Australia – Geraldton — Outer anchorages 280 Paragraph 7.191 1 line 1 For Ten Read Fourteen Australian Notice 07/328/12 [18/12] Western Australia – Oyster Harbour — Directions 318 Paragraph 9.52 2 lines 4-5 Delete 319-320 Paragraph 9.72 1 lines 1-6 Replace by: 1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position (35032S 117584E), the initial approach to Ataturk Entrance leads NNW passing (with positions relative to King Point Light (350210S 1175510E)): 321 Paragraph 9.80 1 lines 4-8 Replace by: From a position about 2 miles SSE of Emu Point (345991S 1175685E), the track leads NNW passing (with positions relative to Emu Point): Paragraph 9.80 3 line 5 Replace by: ESE of Emu Point; an historic... Paragraph 9.80 5 line 6 Delete Direction To Light Paragraph 9.81 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: 1 Useful marks. (Positions are relative to Emu Point (345991S 1175685E)): Australian Notice 14/689/11 [40/11] Western Australia – Esperance — Anchorages 331 Paragraph 9.142 1 line 1 For E Read H AA579345 [08/12] South Australia – Smoky Bay — Directions; marine farms 345 After Paragraph 10.82 4 line 8 Insert: Caution. Marine farms may be encountered in this passage (see 1.8). Australian Notice 25/1310/11 [02/12] South Australia – Warburton Channel — Directions; depth 346 Paragraph 10.86 3 line 5 For 85 m Read 73 m Chart Aus 121 [09/12] South Australia – Streaky Bay — Directions; depth 346 Paragraph 10.87 1 line 4 For 46 m Read 36 m Chart Aus 121 [09/12] South Australia – Spencer Gulf — Directions; caution 356 After Paragraph 11.13 1 line 4 Insert: Caution. A number of marine farms lie in the vicinity of Buffalo Reef (344311S 1362771E); see 1.8 AA573902 & AA573903 [04/12] Index NP13 2 - 33 South Australia – Point Boston — Directions; marine farms 361 Paragraph 11.63 1 line 1 Replace by: 1 Caution. Marine farms may be encountered in this passage (see 1.8). Froma position SE of Point Boston the track leads... Australian Notice 24/1253/11 [01/12] South Australia – Franklin Harbor — Directions 364 After Paragraph 11.77 5 line 3 Insert: N of a beacon (port hand) (3344 00S 1365748E), thence: Australian Notice 22/1134/11 [47/11] South Australia – Point Turton — Directions; marine farms 367 After Paragraph 11.91 1 line 10 Insert: 2 A marine farm exists in the vicinity of 345154S 1372175E, (see 1.8). Australian Notice 24/1253/11 [01/12] South Australia – Port Augusta — Directions; marine farms 380 Paragraph 11.229 1 line 1 Replace by: 1 Caution. Marine farms may be encountered in this passage (see 1.8). From a position SE of Point Lowly (3300S... Australian Notice 24/1253/11 [01/12] South Australia – Port Augusta — Directions; buoy 381 Paragraph 11.229 6 line 2 For starboard hand Read W cardinal Australian Notice 21/1073/11 [45/11] NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition) Navigation and Regulations – Traffic and Operations — Fishing; marine farms 2 After Paragraph 1.5 1 line 6 Insert: Marine Farms 1.5a 1 Marine farms, which may be floating or fixed structures, and their associated moorings should be avoided. The farms and beds are generally marked by buoys or beacons, which may be lit. Their charted positions are approximate. Australian Notice 24/1253/11 [01/12] Victoria – Port Phillip — Pilotage: depths 103 Paragraph 4.4 1 lines 3-4 For 3 to 5 miles Read 5 miles 104 Paragraph 4.12 1 lines 2-5 Delete Paragraph 4.12 2 line 2 Delete Port of Melbourne Corporation (AA548331; AA550227) [35/11] Victoria – Port Phillip – South Channel — Controlling Depths 104 After Paragraph 4.12 2 line 1 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 35/11 Insert: South Channel E entrance maintained depth 160 m within deepwater channel and 131 m in the adjacent secondary channel. AA571850 [11/12] Victoria – Port Phillip — transit restrictions 104 After Paragraph 4.14 1 Insert: Transit restrictions 4.14a 1 The transit of tankers of 116 m draught and more is restricted through Port Phillip Heads when flood and ebb tidal streams exceed 3 kn. For vessels, other than tankers, exceeding 121 m draught: Inbound vessel transit is restricted when the flood and ebb are 5 kn and greater. Outbound vessel transit is restricted when the flood is 5 kn and greater, or the ebb is 4 kn and greater. Australian (Victorian) Notice 95/2011 (AA545697) [35/11] Index NP14 2 - 34 Victoria – Port Phillip Heads — Directions; sector light; depth 106 Paragraph 4.26 3 line 8 For 324¾ Read 342¾ 108 Paragraph 4.29 4 line 3 For 50 m Read 18 m Aus Chart 144; ALL K2194 [43/11] Victoria – Port Phillip – Swan Island docks — Directions 114 Paragraph 4.62 1 line 4 For 24 m Read less than 2 m ENC AU439144 [43/11] Victoria – Port Phillip – Approaches to Geelong — Directions; channel 115 Paragraph 4.75 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 On rounding Middle Ground Bank, vessels with a draught of greater than 116 m must use the defined deep water channel (16 m); vessels with a draught of less than 11.6 m may use the 400m wide secondary channel as shown on chart AUS 158. Caution. The alignment (182), astern, of No 19 Light Beacon and Rosebud Jetty Light does not serve as a leading line for either the deep water channel or the secondary channel. From a position close E of No.22 Light Buoy (port hand) (381964S 1445420E) the track leads NNW, passing (with positions from Hovell Pile Light): Australian Notice 1/44/12 (HH 014/200/02; AA571850) [11/12] Victoria – Port Phillip – Approaches to Melbourne — Directions; channel 126 Paragraph 4.122 1 lines 1-8 Replace by: 1 On rounding Middle Ground Bank, vessels with a draught of greater than 116 m must use the defined deep water channel (16 m); vessels with a draught of less than 11.6 m may use the 400m wide secondary channel as shown on chart AUS 158. Caution. The alignment (182), astern, of No 19 Light Beacon and Rosebud Jetty Light does not serve as a leading line for either the deep water channel or the secondary channel. From a position close E of No.22 Light Buoy (port hand) (381964S 1445420E) the track leads N into the Shipping Fairway as shown on the chart, passing (with positions from Hovell Pile Light): Australian Notice 1/44/12 (HH 014/200/02; AA571850) [11/12] Victoria – Port Phillip – Approaches to Melbourne – West Channel — Directions 126 After Paragraph 4.123 1 line 6 Insert: Clear of unexploded ordnance (380881S 1445066E). Australian Notice 12/600/11 [43/11] Victoria – Melbourne — Depths 134 Paragraph 4.164 1 line 2 For 145 m Read 131 m Port of Melbourne Corporation (AA548331; AA550227) [35/11] Victoria - Hastings — Arrival Information; regulations concerning entry 146 After Paragraph 5.37 4 line 4 Insert: 5 Regulations concerning entry. Harbour Master approval is required for vessels with a draught over 130 m or a displacement over 100 000 tonnes. AA566558; AA566557 [49/11] Victoria – Lakes Entrance — Directions; buoy 175 After Paragraph 6.92 3 line 5 Insert: SE of a light buoy (375491S 1475794E) (special), thence: Australian (Victoria) Notice 124/11 [03/12] Tasmania – Robbins Passage — Directions; buoyage 189 After Paragraph 7.27 2 line 4 Insert: W of a light buoy (port hand) (403928S 1445050E), thence: Australian Notice 02/108/12 [08/12] Tasmania – Port Dalrymple — Pilotage; anchorages 203 Paragraph 7.117 2 line 2 For 4101S Read 4100S Paragraph 7.117 2 lines 4-5 For 41007S 146443E Read 405975S 1464390E 207 Paragraph 7.137 1 Replace by: 1 Anchorage may be obtained in position 40550S 1464600E. Australian Notice 25/1372/10 (AA508139) [02/11] Index NP14 2 - 35 Tasmania – Cape Sorell — Directions; rock 228 After Paragraph 8.51 2 line 2 Insert: WSW of a rock (422365S 1451280E) which dries, thence: Australian Notice 24/1255/11 [01/12] Tasmania – Hobart — Directions 259 Paragraph 9.129 4 lines 1-2 Delete (AA552475) [43/11] Tasmania – Spring Bay and approaches — Port limits 274 Paragraph 10.29 1 lines 7-11 Delete Australian Notice 16/806/2011 (DHDB 1439923) [36/11] New South Wales – Batemans Bay — Directions; fish aggregation device 293 Paragraph 11.73 1 line 5 Add: ...A fish aggregation device marked by a light buoy (special) (355003S1502265E) is seasonally deployed as charted. Australian Notice 14/675/11 [43/11] New South Wales – Jervis Bay — Directions; buoy 301 Paragraph 11.122 1 lines 5-7 Delete and To headland Australian Notice 24/1295/10 [43/11] New South Wales – Port Kembla — Anchorages 312 Paragraph 12.35 1 lines 1-4 Replace by: 1 There are no recommended anchorages. Vessels have reported the loss of anchors and cables whilst anchoring off Port Kembla and the adjacent coastline, particularly within the area bounded by the following coordinates: 342200S 1505700E 342200S 1505940E 342570S 1505520E 342570S 1505940E Masters are advised to exercise extreme caution when anchoring in these waters. However at the Master’s discretion vessels may anchor more than 3 miles off the coast, outside Port Kembla port limits and not on or near entry leading lines. Paragraph Paragraph 12.35 3 4 Replace by: ...weigh anchor and proceed to sea without waiting to receive instructions from Port Kembla Vessel Traffic Information Centre. Australian Notice 17/918(T)/2010 (AA540714) [29/11] New South Wales – Cape Banks — Fishing; fish aggregation devices 324 After Paragraph 12.116 1 Insert: Fishing 12.116a 1 Fish aggregation devices marked by light buoys (special), are deployed from September to June in the following positions: 334700S 1512270E 335970S 1512670E 335930S 1512090E Australian Notice 14/675/11 [43/11] New South Wales – Sydney Harbour — Vertical clearance 327 Paragraph 12.135 2 line 2 For 25 m Read 324 m (AA559932) [45/11] New South Wales – Port Jackson — Anchorages 328 Paragraph 12.144 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: Merchant vessels. Designated anchorages are positioned, as charted, at: B1 335081S 1511565E B2 335073S 1511557E T1 335066S 1511593E W1 335068S 1511647E Australian Notice 07/317/12 [17/12] NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2012 Edition) Nil Index NP18 2 - 36 NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition) Denmark/Sweden – The Sound — SOUNDREP ship reporting system 3 Paragraph 1.11 1-4 Replace by: 1 SOUNDREP. With the object of improving safety and efficiency of navigation and to increase the protection of the marine environment a mandatory ship reporting system (SOUNDREP) has been established in The Sound between Denmark and Sweden. The system is operated by Sound VTS from Malmö, Sweden. All vessels of 300 gt or greater are required to participate when navigating within the operational area of SOUNDREP. The limits of the area, which are shown on the relevant charts, are as follows: 2 N limit. A line joining the following points: 560658N 121100E Rågeleje 561400N 121100E At sea N of Rågeleje 561808N 121739E At sea W of Kullen 561808N 122688E Kullen Lighthouse S limit. A line joining the following points: 551744N 122728E Stevns Lighthouse 551000N 122728E At sea S of Stevns 551000N 125450E At sea S of Falsterbo 3 E limit. A line joining the following points: 551000N 125450E At sea S of Falsterbo 552289N 130193E Fredshög W limit. A line joining the following points: 551981N 122730E Mandehoved 553328N 123553E Aflandshage 4 The SOUNDREP area is divided into two sectors at latitude 555000N; sector 1 lies to the N and sector 2 lies to the S and each sector has been assigned a separate VHF channel. Details of the reports required and the positions of the reporting points are given in Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). 198 Paragraph 6.9 1 lines 5-7 Replace by: For details of SOUNDREP, a mandatory ship reporting system for vessels navigating through The Sound, see 1.11 and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Danish Notice 26/767/11 (SDD 2011000 125854) [35/11] Denmark – Kattegat – Directions — Routes 8 Paragraph 1.39 2 line 13 Delete Paragraph 1.39 2 line 14 For (d) Read (c) Paragraph 1.39 2 line 16 For (e) Read (d) 72 Paragraph 2.12 2 lines 6-8 Replace by: From E of Anholt, Route D leads SSE to a position about 13 miles W of Kullen (5618N 1227E) for onward passage to The Sound. Directions are given at 4.23. Paragraph 2.13 2 lines 1-9 Replace by: From the close vicinity of 5651N 1048E, Route B continues SE and then S to join Route A at Light Buoy No 4 (56238N 11060E). Route A continues S to join Route T at the N end of Samsø Bælt. Directions are given at 5.58 and 5.73. 74 Paragraph 2.30 1 line 2 For Route B Read Route D 127 Paragraph 4.2 1 lines 4-5 Delete Paragraph 4.2 1 line 10 Delete Paragraph 4.10 1 lines 3-6 Replace by: ...through the E side of Kattegat leads SSE to No 6 Light Buoy (5645N 1153E), and thence SSW to a position 12 miles S of Anholt. It is marked on the centreline by light buoys (safe water). Paragraph 4.10 2 lines 1-3 Delete 128 Paragraph 4.10 2 lines 4-6 Replace by: Route A. From No 6 Light Buoy (5645N 1153E) at the junction with Routes T and D, the route leads SW to a position 5 miles S of Anholt. Paragraph 4.10 3 lines 1-4 Delete 128-129 Paragraphs 4.20 to 4.26 Replace by: 4.20 1 Thence, the track continues SSE for a further 6 miles to No 6 Light Buoy (safe water), passing ENE of Fyrbanken (7 miles ENE of Anholt Light (5644N 1139E)), a small bank lying close NE of Anholt Østerrev, a narrow spit of sand and large boulders, extending 4½ miles from the E end of the island, marked by a light buoy (E cardinal). The middle part of the spit is called Kobbergrund; the outer end is called Knoben. The N side and the E end are steep-to. Index NP18 2 - 37 4.21 1 From the vicinity of No 6 Light Buoy (safe water) (5645N 1153E), the track leads SSW for 18 miles in clear water, between Routes A (4.22) and D (4.23) to a position 12 miles S of Anholt. (Directions continue at 5.12) Route A (continued from 4.20) 4.22 1 From the vicinity of No 6 Light Buoy (safe water) (5645N 1153E), the track leads SW, passing SE of Anholt Østerrev (5 miles W) (4.20) to a position 5 miles S of Anholt. Route D (continued from 4.20) 4.23 1 From the vicinity of No 6 Light Buoy (safe water) (5645N 1153E), the track leads SSE for 28 miles, passing: WSW of Rødebanke (5642N 1206E), a small bank, reddish brown and yellow sand and coral, thence: WSW of Store Middelgrund (5633N 1205E), a bank consisting of rock, shingle, shell, and brown sand with several rocky patches in the S part; in greater depths surrounding the bank, the bottom is mud. A mast (56337N 12063E), 120 m in height, stands on the bank. The mast is equipped with a racon and navigational light. An air obstruction light is located at the top of the mast. A dangerous wreck of unknown depth (position approximate), lies 3 miles SSW and closer to the track. 2 In this vicinity, the centreline of Route D is marked by No 2 Light Buoy (safe water) (5632N 1159E), whence the track continues SSE as far as No 10 Light Buoy (safe water) (14 miles farther SSE) at the junction with the routes from Halmstad (4.139) and Spodsbjerg (4.184). A wreck, with a depth of 233 m, lies 8 cables W of No 2 Light Buoy. (Directions continue at 6.23 and for Spodsbjerg at 4.184) Other routes 4.24 1 North-west of Anholt to south-west of Lille Middelgrund (continued from 5.46a). From a position 13 miles NW of Anholt, the track leads E for about 20 miles, passing (positioned from Anholt Light (5644N 1139E) (4.17)): N of a dangerous wreck of unknown depth (12½ miles WNW), thence: N of Nordvestrev (5 miles WNW), a narrow reef stretching 4½ miles NW from the NW end of the island, marked by a buoy (W cardinal) moored 1½ miles NW of its NW extremity, thence: 2 N of Anholt Østerrev (4 miles E) (4.20), whence it joins Route T SW of Lille Middelgrund. 4.25 1 Useful marks: Nordbjerg (5643N1131E), highest sandhill at NW extremity of Anholt. Anholt Havn Light (5643N 1130E) (5.23). 4.26 1 South of Anholt to The Sound (continued from 5.63). From a position 12 miles S of Anholt, the track leads SE for 19 miles, passing NE of Lysegrund (5617N 1146E), a sandy and rocky shoal marked at its NW and SW extremities by N and S cardinal buoys, respectively. Lysegrund Light (black hut, red band, on concrete base, 9 m in height) stands on the N part of the shoal. The discolouration of the water over the shoal can usually be seen at a short distance. The N and E sides of Lysegrund should not be approached within a depth of 20 m, nor its S and W sides within a depth of 13 m. 2 The track continues as far as No 10 Light Buoy (safe water) (5618N 1204E) at the junction with Route D (4.23) and the routes leading from Halmstad (4.139) and Spodsbjerg (4.184). (Directions continue at 6.23 and for Spodsbjerg at 4.184) 140 Paragraph 4.123 2 lines 1-5 Replace by: 2 The route SW from Halmstad to No 10 Light Buoy (5618N 1204E) in the approach to The Sound. 146 Paragraph 4.180 1 lines 7-8 Replace by: The route (4.26) from W side of Kattegat leading to The Sound. 165 Paragraph 5.2 Replace by: 1 Offshore routes, as shown on the chart: Route T from 12 miles S of Anholt to Samsø Bælt. Route A from 5 miles S of Anholt to Fornæs. 2 Coastal routes, as shown on the chart: Route B from Læsø Rende to Fornæs. Route A from Fornæs to Samsø Bælt. 3 Other routes: Route from Ålborg Bugt to 12 miles S of Anholt. Route from Ålborg Bugt to Fornæs. Route from Ålborg Bugt to 13 miles NW of Anholt. Paragraph 5.8 1 line 5 For 9 miles Read 11 miles Paragraph 5.8 2 lines 1-5 Replace by: 2 Route A. From a position about 5 miles S of Anholt (5642N 1134E), the route leads SW for 20 miles to join Route B. 166 Paragraph 5.16 1 Replace by: 1 From a position about 5 miles S of Anholt (5642N 1134E), the track leads SW for about 20 miles, as far as No 4 Light Buoy (safe water) (5624N 1106E), at the junction with Route B (5.58). Index NP18 2 - 38 Paragraph 5.23 1 lines 1-5 Replace by: 1 From a position approximately 13 miles NW of Anholt, the track over the coastal bank, least depth 43 m, leads SE for about 13 miles in the white sector (112-130) of Anholt Havn Light (red round metal tower) (56429N 11305E), which... 167 Paragraph 5.24 1 Replace by: 1 An alternative channel, depth 32 m, leads NE to the harbour entrance from a position approximately 8 miles SW of Anholt, passing NW of Stensøre (5641N 1131E), a rock which lies on the coastal bank with irregular depths extending from the SW side of the island, marked by a light buoy (S cardinal) at its SW extremity. Paragraph 5.32 Replace by: 1 Route B. The W channel through Kattegat follows Route B from Læsø Rende (3.381) to Ålborg Bugt, No 7 Light Buoy (5651N 1048E) and thence, to Fornæs, No 4 Light Buoy (56238N 11060E). 2 Coastal route. A coastal route leads SSW from Ålborg Bugt to the approaches to Mariager and Randers Fjords (5.59) and thence SE and SSE to Fornæs No 4 Light Buoy. 3 From Fornæs, the route leads S for 20 miles to join Route T at the entrance to Samsø Bælt. 168 Paragraph 5.42 Title For Coastal route Read Route B Paragraph 5.42 6 Replace by: 6 From No 6 Light Buoy, the track leads SSW for 7½ miles as far as No 7 Light Buoy (safe water) at the junction with the seaward end of the approach channel to Limfjorden (5.94). Paragraph 5.43 1 line 4 Replace by: (Directions continue at 5.58 and for Limfjorden at 5.107) 169 After Paragraph 5.46 Insert: Other routes 5.46a 1 Svitringen Rende to NW of Anholt. From No 7 Light Buoy (56509N 10480E), the track leads E, in clear water, for 13 miles to a position 13 miles NW of Anholt. 2 Useful marks: Anholt Light (5644N 1139E) (4.17). Anholt Havn Light (56428N 11305E) (5.23) (Directions continue at 4.24) Paragraph 5.52 Replace by: 1 The principal route follows Route B (5.58). The coastal route leads SW to the approaches to Mariager and Randers Fjords (5.59) and then SE to Fornæs. Alternative routes from Svitringen Rende lead E (5.46a) and SE (5.63) across Kattegat. 170 Paragraphs 5.58 to 5.63 including headings Replace by: Route B (continued from 5.43) 5.58 1 From No 7 Light Buoy (safe water) (56509N 10480E), the route leads 10 miles SE to a position approximately 16 miles W of Anholt, and then 20 miles SSE to Fornæs and No 4 Light Buoy (5624N 1106E), at the junction with Route A. 2 Useful marks: Gjerrild Light (56317N 10498E) (5.60). Hammelev Church (56267N 10537E). Bavnehøj Windmill (56253N 10519E), standing on high ground. Grenaa Church (56247N 10525E). (Directions continue at 5.73) Svitringen Rende to Mariager and Randers Fjord approaches 5.59 1 From a position about 6½ miles E of Svitringen Rende S Lighthouse (56510N 10363E) at No 7 Light Buoy (safe water), the track leads SSW in clear water for 11 miles, to a position approximately 4 miles E of the approaches to Mariager Fjord (5.165) and Randers Fjord (5.203). 2 Useful marks: Als Odde Leading Lights (56427N 10208E) (5.181). (Directions continue at 5.180 and 5.214) Mariager and Randers Fjord approaches to Fornæs 5.60 1 From a position 4 miles E of the approaches to Mariager and Randers Fjords, the track leads SE for 13 miles, passing (positioned from Gjerrild Light (white tower, 11 m in height) (56317N 10498E), on Knudshoved): 2 NE of a 43 m rocky patch (8½ miles NW), lying about 1½ miles NE of the W part of Tangen, a large shoal area subject to considerable and sudden changes, as shoals of mixed sand and weed may form and become almost awash. In 1985, Tangen was reported to be extending N. Thence: 3 Between a 4 m patch (5½ miles N), the N-most of the numerous small shoals forming the E part of Tangen, the majority of which lie SW of the track, and a wreck (3¾ miles N) with a depth of 51 m. Thence: NE of a 5 m shoal (2¾ miles NNE) and an isolated patch of 53 m1 mile ESElying closer to the track. Clear of a 4 m shoal (3½ miles NE), and: 4 NE of Gjerrild Flak (1½ miles E), extending about 1 mile NE from the coast at Gjerrild Klint (5.53), with irregular depths up to 2 miles ESE of this shoal. Index NP18 2 - 39 5.61 1 From a position about 4 miles E of Gjerrild Light, the track leads SSE for 10 miles to seaward of Gjerrild Bugt, a bay with numerous wrecks, passing ENE of Fornæs (6½ miles SE), the E extremity of Jylland, a wide projecting point, on which stands Fornæs Lighthouse (5.57), as far as No 4 Light Buoy (safe water) at the junction with Route B (5.58) and Route A (5.16). 5.62 1 Useful marks: Mejlgård Manor House (spire) (56302N 10395E), white, red roof. Treå Windmill (56318N 10421E), without sails. Glesborg Church (56286N 10437E), white. 2 Rimsø Church (56287N 10477E), white. Sostrup Manor House (tower) (56299N 10494E), red building. Stensmark Manor House (56267N10567E), red building with tower, not charted. Hammelev Church (56267N 10537E), white. 3 Bavnehøj Wi ndmi l l (5625 3N 1051 9E), standing on high ground. Grenaa Church (56247N 10525E). (Directions continue at 5.73) Other routes 5.63 1 Svitringen Rende to South of Anholt. From No 7 Light Buoy (56509N 10480E), the track leads SE in clear water for 35 miles, to a position, on Route T, 12 miles S of Anholt. 2 Useful marks: Anholt Light (5644N 1139E) (4.17). Anholt Havn Light (56428N 11305E) (5.23). Sønderbjerg (56415N 11324E) (4.32). (Directions continue at 4.26) 186 Paragraph 5.180 1 lines 1-4 Replace by: 1 From a position approximately 4 miles E of the approaches to Mariager and Randers Fjords, the track leads W for about 4 miles to Mariager Fjord Light Buoy (starboard hand), which marks the seaward end of the approach to the dredged channel. 192 Paragraph 5.215 2 lines 1-3 Replace by: 2 North-east approaches. From a posi ti on approximately 3 miles N of Tangen (5.60), the track leads W for 4 miles to the Mariager Fjord Light Buoy. Paragraph 5.215 4 lines 1-7 Replace by: 4 East approach. From a position approximately 3 miles N of Tangen (5.60), the track leads SW for 5 miles, passing NW of Tangen. The track then leads W in the green sector (254-276) of Udbyhøj Light (5.214) for about 2 miles, passing S of Boels Plade, and then WNW for Randers Fjord Light Buoy (safe water). 198 Paragraph 6.16 1 line 3 For Route B Read Route D Paragraph 6.19 1 line 1 For Route B Read Route D 199 Paragraph 6.25 1 line 3 For Route B Read Route D Danish Notices 29/742/10; 35/866/10 (SDD 2010000 122790; 146026) [40/10] Sweden – Kattegat – Northern part – Göteborg and approaches — Restricted area 11 Paragraph 1.67 including heading Delete 12 Paragraph 1.68 Delete 80 Paragraph 3.24 1 lines 1-3 Delete 101 Paragraph 3.223 4 lines 5-6 Replace by: thence: Paragraph 3.229 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: SE of a 18 m patch (2½cables NE), thence: 103 Paragraph 3.239 1 lines 2-3 Delete It is to Area (3.24). Swedish Notice 390/7682/2012 (SDD 2012000 035205) [12/12] Sweden – Kattegat – Northern part – Göteborg and approaches — Restricted area 11 Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 1.67 including heading Replace by: Spare 1.67 12 Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 1.68 Replace by: 1.68 1 Spare. Swedish Notice 390/7682/2012 (SDD 2012000 035205) [13/12] Index NP18 2 - 40 Denmark – Kattegat – Læsø SE – Groves Flak – Route T — Buoys and shoal 128 Paragraph 4.19 2 line 5-11 Replace by: ...depths of up to 95 m separates the two banks. An isolated 191 m shoal (57064N 11373E) lies near the E edge of Groves Flak; a 124 m shoal lies 2 miles farther SSW. And: Danish Notice 4/171/2012; BA Chart 2107 (SDDs 2012000 023743; 2009000 044316) [09/12] Denmark – Kattegat E – Halmstad — Approach channel; depth; draught 141 Paragraph 4.132 1 line 2 Replace by: ...95 m. Paragraph 4.134 1 line 2 For 115 m Read 103 m Swedish Notice 404/7472/2012 (SDD 2012000 117440) [27/12] Denmark – Kattegat S – Isefjord — General Information; pilot boarding; controlling depths 147 Paragraph 4.191 1 lines 1–3 Replace by: 1 Pilots can be obtained from Hundested (4.210) in the entrance to the fjord. Pilots board 1½ cables N of the light buoy (safe water) (555965N 115101E). For details... Paragraph 4.194 1 lines 4–5 Replace by: ...channel, 4 miles in length, is entered through a position 7 cables NW of Spodsbjerg Light... Paragraph 4.194 2 line 1 Replace by: 2 On the E side of the entrance are the two... Paragraph 4.196 1 lines 1–2 Replace by: 1 Main channel, N of Sætteriet has depth 82 m; S over Lynæs Sand has depth 6 m, but is subject to silting. Danish Chart 117, Danish Notice 20/533/2012 (SDD 2012000 099278) [25/12] Denmark – Isefjord – Hundested Havn — Directions 148 Paragraph 4.203 1 lines 3–4 Replace by: ...about 2½miles, passing close to the light buoy (safe water) (1 mile N) (4.191), and then S for 6 cables as far... Paragraph 4.203 3 line 6 Replace by: ...the W mole of Yderhavn (4.204), marked by a... Paragraph 4.204 1 lines 2–5 Replace by: West mole head (555791N 115053E) (4.210), Yderhavn, Hundested Havn. N entrance light (555759N 115047E) (4.211), Trafikhavn, Hundested Havn. Danish Chart 117, Danish Notice 20/533/2012 (SDD 2012000 099278) [25/12] Denmark – Isefjord – Hundested Havn — Anchorages and harbours 149 Paragraph 4.210 1 lines 3–4 Replace by: ...Isefjord, is a commercial port with ferries to Rørvig; RoRo, bulk and cruise ship berths and a fishing harbour. Paragraph 4.210 2 lines 1–3 Replace by: 2 Controlling depths: 82 m in the approach channel. 55 m in the entrance to Yderhavn, the old harbour, subject to silting, particularly in the area SW and W of the W mole. From 82 m to 7 m in Trafikhavn. Paragraph 4.210 3 line 3 Replace by: Harbour. Yderhavn, the old harbour, protected by two moles,... Paragraph 4.210 3 line 7–8 Replace by: Trafikhavn, the commercial harbour is protected by a S mole with an entrance, 150 m in width, facing SW. Paragraph 4.211 Replace by: 1 Directions for entering harbour. From a position about 5 cables SSW of Yderhavn, the approach channel leads NNE, passing (positioned from the W mole head light (555791N 115053E)): 2 WNW of the N end of the cruise pier (2 cables S), thence: ESE of a 5 m shoal (½ cable SW), thence: ESE of a spit (¼ cable SSW) (4.203), and: 3 Between the mole heads (1 cable S), each marked by a light (aluminium lantern and grey pedestal, 2 m in height). 4 To enter Trafikhavn, the track leads NE between the S mole head and the new berth, marked by lights: New berth SW corner (grey pedestal, 2 m in height). South mole head (grey lantern on pile structure, 4 m in height). Paragraph 4.212 1 Replace by: 1 Alongside berths: Yderhavn, the old harbour, depths of 30 to 45 m. Trafikhavn, depth 82 m on the 300 m new berth; 70 m on the 320 m RoRo general cargo berth. Cruise pier, facing the entrance channel, 260 m with a depth 82 m. Danish Chart 117, Danish Notice 20/533/2012 (SDD 2012000 099278) [25/12] Index NP18 2 - 41 Denmark – Kattegat South – Svitringen Rende to Fornæs — General information; prohibited area 170 After Paragraph 5.55 2 Insert: Prohibited area 5.55a 1 An area to which entry is prohibited, marked by lighted buoys (special), is centred 13¼miles NE of Fornæs Lighthouse. The area incorporates a wind farm under construction (2011). A lighted transformer platform (563575N 110917E) marks the seaward end of a submarine cable to Grenaa. Existing Section IV Notice Week 40/10 Paragraph 5.58 2 after line 6 Add: 3 Anhol t wi nd farm transformer pl atform (563575N 110917E). Chart 2108; Danish Notice 23/608/2012 (SDD 2012000 112393) [26/12] Denmark – Kattegat west – Fornæs to Samsø Bælt — Directions; track; depth 172 After Paragraph 5.75 1 line 5 Insert: W of a 173 m shoal (561943N 110638E), thence: Danish chart 128 (SDD 2011000 215075) [51/11] Denmark – Kattegat South – Grenaa Havn — Approach channel; leading lights 173 Paragraph 5.81 Replace by: Directions for entering harbour 5.81 1 Grenaa leading line. From a position about 2½miles E of Fornæs Light (562661N 105744E) (5.57), on the alignment of Grenaa Havn Leading Lights (2415) the main channel, 100 m wide and dredged to 12 m, leads 3½miles WSW, passing (with positions from Grenaa Front Leading Light (562484N 105557E)): 2 NNW of a light buoy (port hand) (1½mile ENE) marking the entrance to the dredged channel, thence: SSEof a 42 mshoal (1½mile NE) marked by a buoy (starboard hand), thence: 3 SSE of Li l l erev (9 cabl es NNE), a shoal extending a short distance SE from the narrow coastal bank, and between a pair of light buoys (lateral), and: NNWof Kalkgrund (7 cables E), a rocky shoal with a least depth of 13 mat the E extremity, lying close E of the E mole head. The shoal is marked by a light buoy (Ncardinal) at its NEextremity, and by a buoy (S cardinal) at its SE extremity. 4 The track then leads, from a position within the mole heads about 1 cable WNW of the E mole head light, SW in the white sector (216-219) of Grenaa Havn Directional light (grey framework tower, 18 m in height) (562453N 105545E) to the ferry harbour. Danish notice 26/687/2012 (SDD 2012000 129311) [30/12] Denmark – The Sound – Helsingborg to Lous Flak — TSS; buoyage 210 Paragraph 6.90 1 line 5 For W5 Read W5A Paragraph 6.90 1 line 10 Replace by: ... patch with a depth of 107 mlies 2 cables NNEof W5A... Paragraph 6.93 1 line 4 For W5 Read W5A Paragraph 6.93 1 line 5 For W5A Read W5B BA Chart 2594 Danish Notice 7/247/2012 (SDD 2012000 040115) [14/12] Denmark – The Sound – Københavns Havn — Trekroner Light sector 210 Paragraph 6.95 1 line 4 For (207-210) Read (207-211) 215 Paragraph 6.122 1 line 4 For (207-210) Read (207-211) 220 Paragraph 6.149 2 line 3 For (207-210) Read (207-211) Danish Notice 49/1287/11 (SDD 2011000 231073) [02/12] Denmark – The Sound – Københavns Havn — Trekroner and Prøvesten Light sectors 215 Paragraph 6.122 1 line 2 For (220-223) Read (221-224) 220 Paragraph 6.149 1 line 3 For (220-223) Read (221-224) 221 Paragraph 6.155 3 line 3 For (178-180½) Read (1782-1803) Paragraph 6.155 6 Delete Danish Notice 45/1199-1200/11 (SDD 2011000 211598) [49/11] Index NP18 2 - 42 Denmark – The Sound – Københavns — Arrival information; restricted area 217 After Paragraph 6.137 4 line 6 Add: 5 A restricted area for construction work, marked by buoys, lies W and SW of a lighted buoy (spar, starboard) (554335N 123856E). Danish Notice 46/1226/11 (SDD 2011000 215698) [49/11] Denmark – The Sound – Københavns Havn — Trekroner Light sector 220 Paragraph 6.149 2-3 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 2/12 Delete Danish Chart 134 (SDD 2011000 238311) [06/12] Denmark – The Sound – Københavns Havn — Kronløbet directional lights 220 Paragraph 6.150 1-2 Replace by: 1 Kronløbet Directional Lights. Two lights (lattice beacons, 146 m apart) are displayed from Frihavnen (6.165), between Nordbassinet and Mellembassinet. The white sectors of these lights (N light 243-246, S light 240-243) are visible together in a lane 60 m width on a line of bearing (2428) leading through the centre of Kronløbet. To the N of the track the N light displays a green sector (241-243), while S of the track a red sector (243-245) is displayed from the S light. North light (framework tower, 23 m in height) (554231N 123601E). South light (framework tower, 23 min height) (146 m farther SW). 2 The track leads from Renden, the N part of Kongedybet (6.155) which lies between Stubben reclamation work and N end of Middelgrund, and thence into Kronløbet (6.119), least width 150 m, passing (positioned from Trekroner Light): Danish Notice 2/119/12 (SDD 2012000 012566) [06/12] Denmark – København — Basins and berths; depths 223 Paragraph 6.165 2 lines 2-3 For 95 to 10 m Read 85 m to 95 m Paragraph 6.165 3 line 5 For 85 m Read 75 m Danish Notice 9/319/2011 (SDD 2011000 046115) [13/11] Sweden – The Sound – Lundåkrabukten — Lous Flak to Malmö Redd 225 Paragraph 6.186 1-2 Replace by: 1 Passage east of Pinhättan. From a position 9 cables W of Valgrundet Light Buoy (S cardinal) (554914N 124757E), marking a 22 m shoal at the SW extremity of Valgrundet (6.102), the track leads SE in the deeper trench close SW of the charted anchorages. 2 From a postion 1½miles N of Pinhättan Light (554525N 125193E) (6.184) the track leads S into the SW part of Lundåkrabukten (6.190) to pass E of the l i ght buoy (starboard hand) (5546 35N 125175E), N of Pinhättan Light. Swedish Notice 390/7709/2012 (SDD 2012000 035205) [10/12] Denmark – Storebælt — Directions; lights 254 Paragraph 7.12 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: 2 Røsnæs Lighthouse (disused) (white square tower, 15 m i n hei ght) (5544 62N 105215E). Paragraph 7.12 2 line 5 Delete 255 Paragraph 7.22 1 lines 3-4 Delete 257 Paragraph 7.32 1 line 3 Replace by: ...2½ miles E of Røsnæs Lighthouse (disused) (7.12), consists of an... Paragraph 7.39 1 line 1 Delete 259 Paragraph 7.53 3 line 3 Delete 260 Paragraph 7.60 1 lines 1-2 Delete 286 Paragraph 8.12 1 line 4 Replace by: ...SSW of Røsnæs Puller Light (554499N 105060E) (7.17) and... 288 Paragraph 8.26 3 line 2 Delete Paragraph 8.28 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 From a position about 3 miles SW of Røsnæs Puller Light (554499N 105060E) (7.17), the track leads S for about 2½ miles, passing (positioned from Røsnæs Puller Light): Danish Notice 35/864/10 (SDDs 2010000 146026; 166075) [43/10] Index NP18 2 - 43 Denmark – Århus Bugt – Hov Havn — Lights 271 Paragraph 7.151 1 lines 2-3 Replace by: ...protected by moles to the S and NE. 272 Paragraph 7.152 1 lines 3-4 Replace by: SSW for 4 miles, Danish Notice 30/762/10 (SDD 2010000 125848) [34/10] Denmark – Odense Fjord — Directions; buoyage; beacons; dredged channel 277 Paragraph 7.195 1 Replace by: 1 Controlling depth. The natural winding channel through the fjord from the entrance to Lindøterminalen is maintained at a depth of 110 m. A number of sections dredged to 70 m lie immediately adjacent to the 110 m channel; their positions are shown on the chart. From Lindøterminalen to Odense at the head of the fjord, the channel is maintained at a depth of 75 m, subject to silting, with a maximum permitted draught of 7 m. 278 Paragraph 7.203 3 lines 5-6 Replace by: NW of a 31 m patch (5½ cables NE) lying on the narrow coastal bank off Skoven and marked by a buoy (port hand), thence: NW of No 2 Light Buoy (port hand) (2½ cables ENE) marking the NW extremity of the coastal bank. Paragraph 7.203 4-5 Replace by: 4 From a position about 2 cables from the front light, the track leads S in the white sector (164-173½) of Enebærodde Light (55310N 10337E) (7.190) for about 2½ cables, passing W of the W extremity of the coastal bank off Skoven (2¾ cables ESE). 5 From a position about 2 cables N of Enebærodde Light, the track leads SSE in the dredged channel through Gabet (7.186) passing between Nos 1 and 4 Light Buoys (lateral). The E side of the channel is dredged to 70 m in this stretch and the boundary between it and the main channel, which is dredged to 110 m, is marked by the alignment (152) of leading beacons (white with cross topmarks) (55308N 10341E and 3 cables SSE). Paragraph 7.204 1 lines 1-4 Replace by: 1 From a position about 1 cable ESE of Enebærodde Light, the track leads SSW for about 4 cables, passing (with positions from Enebærodde Light): WNW of No 6 Light Buoy (port hand) (2 cables SE) marking the SE extremity of the 70 m dredged channel, thence: WNW of a 37 m shoal (4 cables SSE) marked by No 8 Light Buoy (port hand). 278-279 Paragraph 7.205 1 Replace by: 1 From a position about 2 cables NE of Lammesø Hage Front Leading Light (55300N 10323E) (7.204), the track trends SE for about 4 cables in the centre of the channel to a position between No 14 Light Beacon (port hand) and No 5B Light Buoy (starboard hand). 279 After Paragraph 7.205 3 line 4 Insert: The SW side of the channel is dredged to 70 m along this stretch and its SW extremity is marked by Nos 5B and 7 Light Buoys (starboard hand). Paragraph 7.205 5 line 6 For 2 cables NRead 2 cables NE After Paragraph 7.205 5 line 7 Insert: The SE side of the channel is dredged to 70 m along this stretch and its SE extremity is marked by Nos 20 and 22 Light Buoys (starboard hand). Danish Notice 42/1144/11 and BA chart 931 (SDD 2011000 196669) [46/11] Denmark – Storebælt Link – West section — Vertical and horizontal clearances 287 Paragraph 8.19 1 line 4 For 18 m Read 169 m Paragraph 8.19 1 line 8 For 104 m Read 70 m Danish ENC DK4STOBS (SDD 2009000 160145) [06/10] Denmark – Storebælt Link; — Vertical clearance 287 Existing Section IV Notice Week 06/10 Paragraph 8.19 1 line 4 For 169 m Read 18 m Danish Chart 141 (SDD 2010000 052332) [22/10] Denmark – Storebælt – Østerrenden N — Light replaced by buoy 288 Paragraph 8.27 1 line 3 Replace by: Østerrenden N Light Buoy (552181N 110135E). Paragraph 8.27 3 line 2 Delete 289 Paragraph 8.29 1 lines 5-6 Replace by: ...Light Buoy (starboard hand) (552181N 110135E). The light buoy, which marks the N end of the... Paragraph 8.30 1 line 1 Replace by: 1 From a position NE of Østerrenden N Light Buoy (8.29)... Index NP18 2 - 44 Paragraph 8.30 1 line 4 Replace by: ...from Østerrenden N Light Buoy): Danish Notice 5/192/2012 (SDD 2012000 029966) [11/12] Germany – Flensburg – Outer Approaches — Directions; anchorage 424 After Paragraph 12.228 3 line 4 Add: NNW of the Geltinger Bucht container ship lay-up anchorage (1¾ miles SW) (12.252), and: 427 After Paragraph 12.252 2 line 3 Add: Geltinger Bucht anchorage has been designated (2009) as a container ship lay-up anchorage until further notice and is marked by buoys (special). German Notice 47(16)26(T)/09 (SDDs 2009000 172794; 177707) [02/10] Germany – Travemünde — Directions; route; leading lights 442 Paragraph 13.67 2 line 4 For (13.69) Read (13.96a) Paragraph 13.68 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: ...Wismarbucht (13.27), the track leads SW for 15 miles following the Lübeck-Gedser Route to Travemünde Light Buoy (safe water), passing SE of... Paragraph 13.69 Replace by: Spare 13.69 445 Paragraph 13.85 1 line 5 For 10563E Read 10568E 446 Paragraph 13.96 1 lines 1-6 Replace by: 1 From a position in the vicinity of Travemünde Light Buoy (safe water), moored 3 miles NE of the breakwater, the track leads SW for 1½ miles to the dredged channel. The track passes SE of a rock, least... After Paragraph 13.96 1 Add: 13.96a 1 Priwall Leading Lights: Front light (white triangle, red border, point up on white mast, 13 m in height) (53575N 10530E). Rear light (white triangle, red border, point down, on white framework tower, 21 m in height) (380 m farther SW). 2 The alignment (216) of these synchronised lights leads SW for 1 mile through the dredged channel (100 m in width), marked by two pairs of light buoys (lateral). German Notice 47/(16)37/09 (SDD 2009000 172798) [02/10] NP19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition) Sweden – East coast — Restricted Areas 15 Paragraph 1.89 including heading Delete Paragraph 1.90 including heading Delete 113 Paragraph 2.201 including heading Delete 114 Paragraph 2.210 1 lines 6-7 Delete Paragraph 2.210 2 line 1 Replace by: 2 Restricted area. The entrance to Slite Hamn lies within a Restricted... 115 Paragraph 2.218 1 lines 7-8 Delete Paragraph 2.219 1 lines 5-6 Delete It lies within to Restricted Area. Paragraph 2.223 including heading Delete 145 Paragraph 3.197 including heading Delete 235 Paragraph 6.6 1 lines 5-8 Delete Paragraph 6.6 2 Delete 268 Paragraph 7.8 Delete 269 Paragraph 7.17 including heading Delete Index NP19 2 - 45 272 After Paragraph 7.32 Insert: Depths 7.32a 1 The greater part of the waters lying NW of Mysingen, as shown on the chart, are incompletely surveyed. Uncharted dangers may exist. Similar areas exist W of Nåttarö and between Råno and Alö. Paragraph 7.38 including heading Delete 276 Paragraph 7.68 1 lines 1-2 Delete The port to See 7.17. 278 Paragraph 7.90 1 line 1 Delete 284 Paragraph 7.128 Delete 307 Paragraph 7.280 including heading Delete Swedish Notice 390/7686; 391/7684 and 7687; 392/7689/2012 (SDD 2012000 035205; 040056; 045644) [12/12] Sweden – East coast — Restricted areas 15 Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 1.89 including heading Replace by: Spare 1.89 Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 1.90 including heading Replace by: Spare 1.90 113 Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 2.201 including heading Replace by: Spare 2.201 115 Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 2.223 including heading Replace by: Spare 2.223 145 Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 3.197 including heading Replace by: Spare 3.197 268 Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 7.8 Replace by: 7.8 1 Spare. 269 Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 7.17 including heading Replace by: Spare 7.17 272 Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 7.38 including heading Replace by: Spare 7.38 284 Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 7.128 Replace by: 7.128 1 Spare. 307 Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 7.280 including heading Replace by: Spare 7.280 Swedish Notice 390/7686; 391/7684 and 7687; 392/7689/2012 (SDD 2012000 035205; 040056; 045644) [13/12] Sweden – SE Baltic – Södra Midsjöbanken — Directions; light platform 86 Paragraph 2.10 1 line 2 Replace by: ...of 11 to 18 m. A lighted platform (2.18) has been established at the N end of the bank. A wreck with a depth of 15 m lies... After Paragraph 2.15 2 line 2 Insert: Södra Midsjöbanken, lighted platform (554320N 171998E) (2.18). After Paragraph 2.16 1 Insert: 2 AIS: Södra Midsjöbanken platform (554320N 171998E). For information, see The Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Index NP19 2 - 46 87 After Paragraph 2.18 1 line 11 Insert: Södra Midsjöbanken, lighted meteorological platform (mast on yellow platform, 100 m in height) (554320N 171998E). After Paragraph 2.18 3 line 4 Insert: Södra Midsjöbanken platform (554320N 171998E). For information, see The Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Paragraph 2.19 1 line 10-11 Replace by: NNW of Södra Midsjöbanken platform (30 miles SSE) (2.18); thence: Swedish Notice 396/7793/2012 (SDD 2012000 064614) [20/12] Sweden – Karlskrona approaches — Directions; buoyage 121 Paragraph 3.7 3 lines 5-6 For near Karlskrona Angöring Light Buoy (56032N 15334E) Read in position 56028N 15333E. 141 Paragraph 3.168 1 lines 3-4 For the vicinity of Karlskrona Angöring light buoy (56032N 15334E) Read Karlskrona pilot boarding position (56028N 15333E) 145 Paragraph 3.193 1 lines 3-4 For close to Karlskrona Angöring Light Buoy (56032N 15333E). Read in position 56028N 15333E. 146 Paragraph 3.208 5 lines 1-3 Replace by: 5 Thence the track leads 6 miles WNW, clear of any charted dangers, to a position 4 miles SSW of Västra Försänkningen Light (56065N 15345E). Paragraph 3.209 2-4 & 5 lines 1-2 Replace by: 2 From a position SSW of Västra Försänkningen Light, the alignment (0125) of these lights leads 4 miles NNE to the entrance, through a channel marked by light buoys (lateral) and in the white sector (0017–0141) of Västra Försänkningen Light, passing (with positions from the light): 3 E of Farstugrund (2½miles SSW), thence: WNW of Esten (2¼miles S), thence: ESE of Saltknölen (1¾miles SSW), thence: WNW of Sundsbåden (1½miles S), thence:ESE of Ällebåden (1 mile SSW), thence: W of Yttre Hjortgrundet (1 mile S). Paragraph 3.210 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: 1 Alternative channel. From a position close E of Anchor Berth A (3.213) the .... 147 Paragraph 3.213 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: 1 Anchorage may be obtained at Anchor Berth A (56035N 15315E). Swedish Notice 414/8126/12 (SDD 2012000 170261) [37/12] Southern Baltic - Sweden - Åhus — Draughts 127 Paragraph 3.62 1 line 3 For 71 m Read 69 m 128 Paragraph 3.62 2 lines 2-4 Delete Paragraph 3.66 2 lines 1-5 Replace by: 2 The dredged outer harbour is about 70 m wide with a turning basin at each end. The outer turning basin is for vessels of length up to 120 m with a maximum recommended draught of 59 m. The inner turning basin is for vessels of length up to 110 m with a maximum recommended draught of 63 m. Swedish Notice 411/7963/12 (SDD 2012000 155959) [34/12] Sweden – Västervik approaches — Directions; tracks; lights; buoyage; depth 196 Paragraph 5.72 2 Replace by: 2 From a position close N of Västerviks Angöring Light Buoy (N cardinal) (57449N 16550E), the track leads 5½miles W through the fairway, marked by buoys and light buoys (lateral), in the white sector (268–269½) of Västerbådan Light (red tower, black base, 15 m in height, floodlit) (574484N 164450E), to a position 1½cables E of the light, passing (with positions from Västerbådan Light): Paragraph 5.72 4-8 Replace by: 4 N of Norra Per-Mattsbåden (1 mile ESE), thence: N of a 48 m shoal (7 cables ESE), marked by No 4 Light Buoy (port hand) which also marks the junction where the inshore channel briefly joins the main channel to lead E for 6 cables. Tallskärshålet Leading Lights: Front light (green tower, white band) (57435N 16435E). Rear light (similar structure) (5¾ cables SSWof front light). 5 From a position 1½ cables E of Västerbådan Light the alignment (207) of the above lights leads 1¼ miles SSW through Tallskärshålet, a narrow, straight channel marked by light buoys (lateral), between Lilla Tallskär on the W side and Stångskär, on which stands a beacon (white cairn, red band, 4 m in height) (57440N 16443E), on the E side. 6 Useful mark: Light (yellow post) (57441N 16433E) standing close off the SE point of Gränsö. Index NP19 2 - 47 197 Paragraph 5.78 2-6 Replace by: 2 From a posi ti on cl ose NE of Marshol men (57436N 16432E) the alignment (279) of these lights leads 1 mile W to a position 2½cables from the front light, passing (with positions from the front light): Sof arocky shelf whichextends 1½ cables ESEfrom the SE extremity of Gränsö, and is marked by a light buoy (starboard hand), thence: 3 S of an islet (3¾ cables E) which is marked by a beacon on its S side and a light buoy (starboard hand) close off its W extremity, thence: N of Borgö Light (3 cables ESE) (white lantern) displayed from the NW side of Borgö. 4 Thence the track leads 1½miles NNW through the fairway, marked by buoys and light buoys (lateral), initially in the white sector (154–158), astern, of Borgö Light to a position E of Källarmästaren Beacon (57446N 16405E), and thence in the white sector (347-350) of Vi tudden Li ght (whi te l antern) (57457N 16405E) to Djuphamnen. 5 From a position S of Ekholmsgrundet Beacon (57454N 16406E) the channel leads 2 cables NW to Blockholmssundet entrance, in the white sector (301–307) of No 1 Light (green tower, grey base, 6 m in height), exhibited on the N side of the channel. After Paragraph 5.79 3 Insert: Alternative channel 5.79a 1 From a position N of Borgö Light an alternative channel leads 1 mile N through Lusärnafjärden in the white sector (176-182), astern, of Borgö Light to a position between Tärnskär (57450N 16418E) and Tärnskärgrund, 2 cables WSW, both of which are marked by light buoys (lateral). Thence the channel leads 6 cables NW in the white sector (301–307) of No 1 Light (5.78) to rejoin the main channel S of Ekhol msgrundet Beacon, passi ng N of Li l l a Lusärnagrund (57451N 16410E), marked on its N side by a light buoy (port hand). 197-198 Paragraph 5.80 2-4 Replace by: 2 From a position in the main channel 4½cables E of Borgö Light (57438N 16416E) the track leads 5 cables NNW into Lusärnafjärden through either of two channels marked by buoys (lateral and isolated danger) and a beacon standing on a rock in the centre of the fairway. Thence the track continues NNW to join the alternative channel (5.79a) and thence the main channel S of Ekholmsgrundet Beacon. 3 A branch channel continues NNW to pass N of Stora Ringholm and enter the inner harbour close W of the inner end of Blockholmssundet. Useful mark: Watch tower (57459N 16387E). Swedish Notice 372/7297/2011 (SDD 2011000 179661) [43/11] Sweden – Norrköping – Pampushamnen — Directions; lights; buoys; dredged channel; depths 215 Paragraph 5.198 8 line 5 For (251-254) Read (2511-2533) 221-222 Paragraph 5.251 Replace by: 1 Lindökanalen Leading Lights: Front light (58370N 16149E). Rear light (4¼ cables WSW of front light). From a position NE of Stora Juten Light (58381N 1619 7E) the track l eads 2½ mi l es WSW to Pampushamnen entrance passing NNW of Stora Juten to join the alignment (247) of the above lights which lead in a 100 m wide channel, dredged to 149 m (2011) and marked by light buoys (lateral). At night the channel leads in the white sector (0668-0675), astern, of Stora Juten Västra Light (58381N 16197E). 2 The Pampushamnen turning basin, with a diameter of about 400 m, and the dredged area are marked at their limits by buoys and light buoys (lateral). The centre of the short channel through Pampushamnen is indicated by the alignment (295) of Pampushamnen Leading Lights: Front light (red triangle on red post) (58377N 16143E), displayed from the NE corner of Händelön. Rear light (similar structure) (80 mNWof front light). 3 Caution. In winter an ice-bridge, crossing the entrance channels, is established from Getå (5840N 1618E), on the N side, to Marby, 4 miles S and close E of Lindöhamnen. 222 Paragraph 5.252 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 Lindökanalen is entered from Pampushamnen turning basin from the alignment of Lindökanalen Leading Lights (5.251). Paragraph 5.256 Replace by: 1 Pampushamnen. The oil harbour has three berths with depths of 90 m, 119 m and 142 m. The multi-purpose terminal has a total length of 610 m with a dredged depth of 142 m; the NW end of the quay is a RoRo berth with a dredged depth of 104 m. A second RoRo berth, 80 m in length, lies close S of the main quay and has a depth of 88 m. Swedish Notice 360/7282/11 (SDD 2011000 127250) [31/11] Index NP20 2 - 48 NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition) Navigation and regulations – Traffic and operations – Traffic — Recommended tracks 10 Paragraph 1.9 2 lines 5-12 Replace by: ...measured. In 2011 the Finnish authorities promulgated procedures revising its channel depth practice. The channel depth is referred to as the authorised draught. The authorised draught of a channel refers to the maximum design draught at which a ship can use the channel. The user of the channel may, on a case by case basis and after careful consideration of all relevant factors, exercise discretion to exceed the authorised draught. On... Paragraph 1.9 3 Replace by: 3 The channels affected by the channel depth practice are distinguished by grey shading on national charts and are announced in the Finnish Notice to Mariners. Details of ‘The channel depth practice in Finland - principles and implementation’ (FTA Instruction 4955/1021/2011) may be obtained from the Finnish Transport Agency website www.fta.fi Finnish Notice 33/633/2011 (SDD 2011000 221059) [51/11] Sweden – Gulf of Bothnia — Special regulations; restricted area 19 Paragraph 1.75 including heading Delete 360 Paragraph 9.37 1-4 Delete 417 Paragraph 10.119 including heading Delete 418 Paragraph 10.133 including heading Delete 422 Paragraph 10.174 including heading Delete 450 Paragraph 10.378 including heading Delete 489 Paragraph 11.237 including heading Delete Swedish Notice 391/7690-7691-7692; 392/7689/2012 (SDD 2012000 040056; 045644) [12/12] The following notice is to be implemented at 0000 UTC on 1st September 2012 Gulf of Finland – Russia – Off Rodsher and Off Hogland TSS — Deep-water route discontinued 89 Paragraph 2.34 5 line 1-3 Delete 91 Paragraph 2.43 Replace by: 2.43 1 Spare. Russian Notice 8/1043(P)/12 (SDD 2012000 035349) [34/12] The following notice is to be implemented at 0000 UTC on 1st December 2010 Gulf of Finland – Porkkala to Kalbådagrund — Directions; traffic separation schemes 90 Paragraph 2.39 1 line 1 After route Insert (via the Precautionary Area) Paragraph 2.41 1 lines 6-7 Replace by: NNW of Keri saar Lighthouse (59420N 25013E) (3.92) and through the E section of the Off Porkkala Lighthouse TSS, thence: Paragraph 2.41 2 line 4 For the E end Read the W end Paragraph 2.42 1 line 2 For the E end Read the W end IMO COLREG.2/Circ 61; Finnish Notice 17/263/2010 (SDD 2010000 101433) [43/10] Russia – Luzhskaya Guba — Directions 91 Paragraph 2.45 4 lines 1-2 Replace by: 4 SSW of Banka Ryabinina (14¾ miles NW) and the deeper shoals surrounding it; and through an area 13 miles ESE of Ostrov Sommers, declared by the Russian authorities as a Precautionary Area, at the junction with the fairway leading to Luzhskaya Guiba (3.156). Thence: 117 Paragraph 3.156 1 lines 1-4 Replace by: 1 From a position 2 miles E of the Off Ostrov Sommers TSS No 5 Li ght Buoy (safe water) (600956N 280117E), within the area declared by the Russian authorities as a Precautionary Area, the track, marked by light buoys (safe water) leads SSE for 12 miles to a position E of Rif Ostrovnoy Light (595643N 275876E) (3.133). The track then leads a further 17 miles SSE to Reka Luga, passing (with positions from Gorki Light (594799N 282979E)): 119 Paragraph 3.170 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: 1 Three anchorage areas are established in the Luzhskaya Guba region, as follows: Area 10A. NE of Mys Kolganpya (3.157). Russian Notices 49/6372/2010; 49/6373/2010 (SDD 2010000 195559) [06/11] Index NP20 2 - 49 Gulf of Finland – Estonia – Muuga sadam and approaches - Approach east of Aksi — Recommended track 109 Paragraph 3.93 1-3 Replace by: 1 Recommended track. From a position W of Rammu saar, the recommended track leads W in the white sector (2575-2625) of Muuga (Karbimadal) Light (white round metal tower, red base, with 2 balconies, 15 m in height) (593300N 245836E), towards the entrance leading lights (3.97), passing (with positions from Aksi Light (593574N 250590E) (3.92)): Estonian Notice 2/12/2012 (SDD 2012000 026191) [08/12] Gulf of Finland – Russia – Luzhskaya Guba — Directions 117 Existing Section IV Notice Week 06/11 Paragraph 3.156 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 From a position in the vicinity of No 5 Light Buoy (safe water) (600910N 280514E), in the Off Ostrov Sommers TSS, within the area declared by... Russian Notice 32/4686/12 (SDD 2012000 156311) [34/12] Finland – Koppnäs — Directions; Lights 142 Paragraph 4.30 1 lines 5-7 Replace by: ...by buoys (cardinal), and leads ESE in the white sector (0993-1012) of Koppnäs Light (59510N 22580E) ahead, to the harbour. Finnish Notice 31/507/2010 (SDD 2010000 190245) [49/10] Finland – Helsinki approaches – Björköfjärden — Directions; leading beacons; authorised draught 162 Paragraph 4.186 Replace by: 1 From a position NW of Kytö (6004N 2443E) on the Gåsgrundet leading line (4.183), the track leads 1¾ miles NNW in a channel, authorised for a draught of 43 m, towards the entrance to Björköfjärden. Thence the track passes between Storai sarn (60061N 24414E) and Torraisarn, 1½ cables SW, and continues NNW, the track being marked by buoys (cardinal). It passes between Pentala (6006N 2440E) and the mainland; thence, marked by buoys (lateral), 3½ miles NW to Kivenlahti (6009N 2438E). A bridge crosses the inlet ½ mile above Kivenlahti. Finnish Notice 15/296/11 (SDD 2011000 102000) [29/11] Finland – Helsinki — Directions; authorised draught 167 Paragraph 4.209 1 line 2 For 79 m Read 73 m Paragraph 4.209 4 lines 6-8 Delete Finnish Notice 28/453/2010 (SDD 2010000 165405) [43/10] Finland – Helsinki — Directions; authorised draught 169 Paragraph 4.219 6 line 1 For 69 m Read 40 m Finnish Notice 25/394/2010 (SDD 2010000 144550) [40/10] Gulf of Finland – North shore – Orrengrund to Kotka channel — Directions 188 Paragraph 5.17 3 Delete 192 Paragraph 5.45 1 line 6 Delete 193 Paragraph 5.49 1 line 4 Delete 194 Paragraph 5.66 2 line 3 Delete 195 Paragraph 5.70 1 line 7 Delete Paragraph 5.71 1-7 Replace by: 5.71 1 From a posi ti on E of Ti i skeri (6009 75N 261552E) the entrance, marked by light buoys and buoys, and authorised for a draught of 100 m, initially uses the alignment (0231) of Orrengrund Leading Lights, as described at 5.46, to a position 2¼miles SSW of the front leading light. 2 From this position, 4¾miles SW of Lålätta Light (601720N 263307E), the recommended track leads 0496 keeping within the white sector (052-0625) of Lålätta Light, passing: NWof Helsinggrund shoal, marked by light buoys (W and N cardinal), thence: 3 SE of Orrengrund (601640N 262617E) (5.47) and Båksören, an islet lying on the foul ground extendi ng 5 cabl es SE from Orrengrund, thence: NW of an area of rocks and shoals, of which the closest to the track are Nygrund (601505N 262850E) and Korjusgrund (1 mile NE), marked by a light buoy (N cardinal). Index NP20 2 - 50 4 From a position 1¾miles WSW of Lålätta Light the recommended track leads 0442 keeping within the whi te sector (044-045) of Kl ubbhol m Li ght (602295N 264286E) (5.131), passing: SE of Ljusasten shoal marked by a light buoy (E cardinal, thence: NWof Lålätta Light and shoal, the Nend marked by a light buoy (N cardinal), thence: 5 Between Lålätta Mutka Light Beacon (S cardinal) (601815N 263312E), standing 6 cables SSE of Vinbergshäll and a 62 m patch, marked by a light buoy (N cardinal) (601791N 263351E). 196 Paragraph 5.72 1-3 Replace by: 1 From a position 1¼ miles NNE of Lålätta, the Winter Channel, mostly marked by light buoys and buoys, and authorised throughout this section for a draught of 100 m continues on a recommended track of 0442 within the white sector (044-045) of Klubbholm Light (5.131), passing: 1 NW of Pitkäviiri, an island on whose SW point stands a fishing light (red hut, occasional) (601732N 263794E). Viragrund is the closest of several shoals extending NW, to within 7 cables of the track, from Pitkäviiri, thence: SE of Bisagrund Beacon Light (white metal post, red band) (601914N 263477E). Paragraph 5.74 5 line 5 Replace by: ...Österhällen, on the recommended track leading 0442 within the KlubbholmLight white sector (044-045) (5.72). 204 Paragraph 5.131 1 line 2 to 6 Replace by: Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (602295N 264286E) and is the same structure for the sector light (5.71 and 5.72). Rear light (similar structure) (1 mile W of front light) stands on a rock. Finnish Notice 15/138(P)/2012 (SDD 2012000 111999) [30/12] Gulf of Finland – Porvoo to Loviisa — Leading lights 189 Paragraph 5.20 4 line 7 For leading light-structure Read light Paragraph 5.21 1 lines 1-5 Delete Paragraph 5.21 2 line 1 Replace by: 2 Thence the track leads... Finnish Notice 32/346/2012 (SDD 2012000 231855) [50/12] Finland – Approaches to Hamina — Directions; routes; buoys, lights; depths; anchorages 195 Paragraph 5.68 2 lines 8-10 Replace by: E of Ristisaari (5 miles SW), an islet with foul ground extending 1 mile SSE; a beacon stands on Kakonelli, a rock 3 cables SSE. (Directions continue for Hamina at 5.128a) Thence the track continues N, passing: 197 Paragraph 5.80 Replace by: 1 From a posi ti on i n Mussal o Channel N of Haapasaari (5.90), the line of bearing 139¼, astern, of Kivikari Light (60175N 27125E) (5.78) leads 2¾ miles NW, in a channel authorised for a draught of 80 m to Merikari, passing NE of Katajakari (60184N 27102E), SW of Hangonmatala, 6 cables NE, a rock awash, and between Länsi Hallinkari, 1 mile farther N, an islet on which stands a beacon, and Piritova, a shoal 8 cables farther W. This section is covered by the white sector (135–143) of Kivikari Light; buoys and light buoys mark the hazards nearest the track. 2 Thence the route leads 2¼ miles WNW in the white sector (290–295) of Rankki Light (5.131), passing between Merikari Light (60211N 27056E) (5.131) and Vahakari (5.128c), 1¾ miles SSW. The route then leads about 1¾ miles WNW to a position SSW of Retonpaasi Light (5.131). An alternative route is obtained by keeping within the white sector of Rankki Light until the white sector (331–336) of Lelleri Light (yellow round tower, black top) (60240N 26585E) is entered; this also leads SSW of Retonpaasi. 3 Useful marks: Keskihallinkari Light (60199N 27113E) (5.131). Rankin Kivikari Light (60212N 26572E) (5.128c). 203 Paragraph 5.122 1 Replace by: 1 The deepest route, authorised for a draught of 120 m, leads E from NE of Ristisaari (60187N 26487E) to briefly join the South Finland Winter Channel SE of Kirkonmaa (6023N 2703E) until SW of Vatinki (60244N 27184E). It then leads N between Saukko (5.128e) and Rakin Kotka and thence NW to Hamina. The W approach to Hamina (6034N 2712E) is the continuation of the South Finland Winter Channel from Kaunissaari (5.72), with an authorised draught of 100 m. It leads S of Kirkonmaa, then passes E of Vieskeri (9 miles ENE) before joining the 120 m route SE of Uolio (5.128f). After Paragraph 5.128 Insert: Directions for approach from Ristisaari (continued from 5.67) Principal mark 5.128a 1 Major light: Ostrov Gogland Light (60056N 26570E) (2.36). Index NP20 2 - 51 Other aids to navigation 5.128b 1 Racons: Rankin Kivikari Light (60212N 26572E). Veitkari Light (60160N 27144E). For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Ristisaari to Vatinki 5.128c 1 From a position NE of Ristisaari (60187N 26487E) the track leads 7 miles E in a two-way route, authorised for a draught of 120 m and marked by buoys and light buoys (cardinal), to a position SSE of Ahvenkari, passing (with positions from Vahakari (60194N 27043E)): S of Patricia (5 miles WNW) (5.68), thence: 2 S of Rankin Kivikari (3¾ miles WNW), a shoal wi th above-water rocks, from whi ch i s exhibited a light (white metal post, red band) (8 cables SW), thence: N of a 48 m patch (5½ cables NW) lying near the extremity of shoal ground extending NW from Vahakari, thence: 3 S of a 41 m patch (1½ miles NNE) lying at the extremity of shoal ground extending S from Merikari (5.131) and marked by H5 Light Buoy (S cardinal), thence: S of Ahvenkari (2½ miles NE) (5.132). 5.128d 1 Vatinki Leading Lights: Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (60244N 27184E). Rear light (similar structure) (7½ cables from front light, on Aarholma). From a position SSE of Ahvenkari the alignment (052) of these lights leads 4½ miles NE to a position 1¾ miles SW of the front light, passing: 2 NW of a 51 m patch (2¾ miles E), thence: NW of an 88 m patch (3¼ miles ENE), thence: SE of a 109 m patch (4¾ miles NE), thence: NW of at 118 m patch (5¼ miles ENE) marked by H8 Buoy (N cardinal), thence: 3 SW of a 99 m patch (5½ miles NE), the SE-most of a series of shoals with depth less than 10 m extending 8 cables farther NNW. Vatinki to Hamina entrance 5.128e 1 From a position 1¾ miles SW of Vatinki Front Leading Light the route leads 5 miles N in a two-way route marked by light buoys (lateral), passing (with positions from Saukko (60272N 27163E)): E of an 112 m patch (1¾ miles SSW), thence: W of a 63 m patch (1¾ miles S). 2 The route then enters a short section dredged to 138 m between Jallunmatala (8 cables S), a shoal with a least depth of 04 m, and a 37 m patch, 3 cables farther E, thence: W of a rock awash (6 cables SSE) lying on shoal ground extending 7 cables W from Kaiji, an islet. 3 The route then enters a 5½ cables long section dredged to 135 m, through shoal ground lying between Saukko and the W extremity of Rakin Kotka (5 cables SE), thence: W of an 83 m patch (2½ cables ENE). 5.128f 1 Ravaholma Leading Lights: Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe on metal mast) (60303N 27110E) exhibited from the NE point of the islet. Rear light (similar structure) (3 cables NW of front light, on Pieni-Musta). From a position NNE of Saukko the alignment (308½) of these lights leads 2 miles NW in a channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to a position 1½ miles SE of the front light, passing: 2 Through a 4 cables long section dredged to 135 m (8 cables N), thence: SW of an 86 m patch (1½ miles NNW); an 89 m patch lies 1¾ cables farther SE. The route then enters an 8 cables long section dredged to 135 m between Uolio (1½ miles NNW) and Uoliomatala, a shoal on which stands an islet, 5 cables farther NNE. 3 Uolio Leading Lights: Front light (red rectangles, yellow stripe on metal mast) (60287N 27143E). Rear light (similar structure) (1 cable SEof front light; both lights on Uolio). From a position 1½ miles SE of Ravaholma Front Leading Light, the alignment (145), astern, of the above lights leads 2 miles NW in the channel marked by light buoys (lateral) to a position in the harbour entrance NE of Pieni Musta. (Directions continue at 5.155) 204 Paragraph 5.131 2-3 Replace by: 2 From a position N of Kaunissaari (6022N 2646E), the South Finland Winter Channel leads 6 miles ESE in a two-way route on the alignment (281½), astern, of Klubbholm Leading Lights. The track, marked by light buoys and buoys (cardinal) and authorised for a draught of 100 m, passes N of Patricia (5.68). Thence it leads between Rankki Light (black round concrete tower, 6 m in height) (60219N 26583E) exhibited from Rankinmatala, the buoyed shoal area extending up to 4 cables S and SW of Rankki islet, and Rankin Kivikari, 8 cables SW (5.128c). 3 The fairway continues 4½ miles ESE to a position 7 cables SSE of Merikari Light (red mast) (60211N 27056E), within the white sector (101-105) of Keskihallinkari Light (white metal tower, red band) (60199N 27113E), exhibited from the SE end of the shoal. The track passes SSW of Retonpaasi (60219N 27011E), a rock from which is exhibited a light (grey round tower), Pauhakari (8 cables ESE) a shoal, on which there are rocks awash and marked by a buoy (S cardinal), and Merikari (1½ miles farther ESE), the islet from which is exhibited Merikari Light, and NNE of Vahakari (60194N 27043E) (5.128c). Paragraph 5.132 Replace by: 1 The track then joins the 120 m route and leads 1 mile E to a position SSE of Ahvenkari (5.128c) whence it turns NE onto the alignment (052) of Vatinki Leading Lights (5.128d), and leads for 3¼ miles to a position 3 miles SW of the front light, passing NW of 88 m and 80 m patches (5.128d). Index NP20 2 - 52 2 Tammio Leading Lights: Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (60243N 27240E) on S part of Västäri. Rear light (similar structure) (3 cables ENE of front light, in W part of Tammio). 3 The track then leaves the 120 m route and follows the alignment (070¾) of these lights which leads 3¼ miles ENE, passing NNW of Velperkari (60223N 27167E), an islet from which is exhibited a light (white lantern, concrete base), and a 42 m shoal, marked by a light buoy (N cardinal), 4 cables NNE, to a position ESE of Enskeri Light Beacon (port hand, metal structure) (60236N 27192E). 4 Useful mark: Länsi Hallinkari Beacon (60196N 27101E). After Paragraph 5.134 4 line 5 Insert: From a position NNE of Saukko the route then re-joins the 120 m route for the final approach to Hamina entrance. 204-205 Paragraph 5.135 including heading Replace by: Spare 5.135 205 Paragraph 5.136 1 Replace by: 1 120 m channel north of Kiviletto. From a position in Mussalo Channel SE of Kaakkoniemi Light Beacon (60166N 26523E) (5.67) an alternative route, marked by light buoys (cardinal) and authorised for a draught of 120 m, leads 2½ miles NE to a position NNW of Kiviletto, and thence 3½ miles NE to join the main 120 m route NNW of Vahakari. 100 m channel south of Rankin Kivikari. From a position 1 mile E of Kaunissaari (6022N 2646E), an alternative route, authorised for a draught of 100 m, leads 3¾ miles SE to join the main 120 m route SW of Patricia (5.68). Paragraph 5.139 4 line 6 For 100 m Read 120 m 207 Paragraph 5.152 3 lines 1-4 Replace by: 3 Anchorage may be obtained in two areas, marked by light buoys (cardinal and lateral), adjacent to the 120 m route. The first area, swept to 138 m, is centred 1½ miles S of Saukko (5.128e), and the second area, swept to 135 m, is centred 3 cables NE of Uolio (5.128f). After Paragraph 5.154 continuity legend For 5.135 Read 5.128f Paragraph 5.155 Replace by: 1 From a position NE of Pieni-Musta (60305N 27107E) the recommended track, authorised for a draught of 120 m, leads 6 cables WNW in a channel swept to 132 m, passing NNE of Kaurakari, from which is exhibited a light (white post) (60308N 27105E), to the alignment (344) of Palokangas Harbour Leading Lights (red triangles on white square boards), which lead into the harbour. 2 From a posi ti on on the above track N of Pieni-Musta a branch, authorised for a draught of 120 m, leads 5 cables W, and thence NW, to No 3 berth of the oil port (5.158), in a channel swept to 132 m. The W part of this track can be continued further W into an area swept to 100 m to access the LPG jetty in the W part of the oil port. The limits of the swept areas are marked by buoys (cardinal and lateral). 208 Paragraph 5.158 Replace by: 1 Situated in the S part of Hillonniemi, the oil port (6031 N 2710 E) i s operated by several oi l companies and consists of an LPG jetty, 170 m in length with a swept depth of 100 m, and three oil berths, with the largest, No 3, having a swept depth of 132 m and handling ships with maximum length 250 m. Swept depths at berths No 1 and 2 are 100 m and 112 m, respectively. Paragraph 5.159 Replace by: 1 Situated NNE of the oil port, Palokangas has, on the W side of the basin, three berths each 200 m in length; the inner berth has a RoRo ramp. The E side fronts a container terminal and has four berths with a combined length of 630 m; the inner berth has a RoRo ramp. The head of the basin provides a fourth berth for the terminal. 2 The swept depths in Palokangas are 132 m in the outer part, 127 m in the mid part and 112 m at its head. The outer two berths on the W side are swept to the lesser depth of 123 m for a distance of about 7 m from the quay. Finnish Notices 17/351, 352/2011 (SDD 2011000 113474) [29/11] Gulf of Finland – Finland – Northern Shore – Hamina bypass channel — Directions 204 Existing Section IV Notice Week 29/11 Paragraph 5.132 3 lines 1–2 Replace by: 3 The track then leaves the 120 m route and follows the Hamina bypass channel, maximum authorised draught 73 m. The alignment (0707) of these lights.... Finnish Notice 29/309/12 (SDD 2012000 209504) [47/12] Finland – Hamina to Vyborg — Directions; leading lights 210 Paragraph 5.175 1 lines 1-5 Replace by: 1 From a position close SE of Mustamaa (60260N 27327E), the track, marked by buoys (cardinal), leads 2½ miles NE in the white sector (0315-0355) of Siikasaari Light (white rectangle) (60281N 27370E) and passes NW of Länsikivi Beacon (60270N 27363E). Index NP20 2 - 53 Paragraph 5.175 2 lines 1-3 Replace by: 2 The track leads to the following alignment: Finnish Notices 9-10/118/2010 (SDD 2010000 058600) [24/10] Russian Federation – Vyborg and approaches – Gavan Vysotsk — Directions; depths; lights; beacons; buoys 212 Paragraph 5.189 2 Replace by: 2 The NE-most part of Fairway No 6 leading to Vnutrenniy Vysotskiy Reyd is dredged to 80 m (2010). An alternative deep-water route passing N of Hallikivi (5.205) is dredged to 127 m (2010) as is Vnutrenniy Vysotskiy Reyd. The channel from Vysotsk to Vyborg is dredged to various depths as shown on the chart. 214 Paragraph 5.202 Replace by: 1 From Banka Yalkamatala, the line of bearing 2449, astern, of Igrivyy E Light (white rectangle, red stripe, on red 4-sided framework tower, 10 m in height) (60354N 28277E) leads 1 mile ENE to the vicinity of the harbour entrance, passing SSE of Banka Hallikivi and the light buoy (port hand) marking its SSE extent, and NNW of the shoal water, marked by two light buoys (starboard hand), extending 5 cables NW towards the fairway from Ostrov Vysotskiy (6036N 2835E). 2 By night, the track leads in the white sector (060-070) of Pikhtovyy Light (white truncated conical structure, red stripe, on white round tower, 16 m in height) (60370N 28344E). Thence the route, dredged to a depth of 127 m (2010), leads ENE through the entrance marked by lights and light buoys (lateral). 215 Paragraph 5.204 Delete Paragraph 5.205 Replace by: 1 From a position 1¼ miles SW of Hallikivi Front Leading Light (60365N 28316E), the deep-water route, dredged to 127 m (2010) and marked by light buoys (lateral), leads 1 mile NNE, passing WNW of Banka Syvämatala; thence 6 cables ENE, passing NNW of Hallikivi Front Leading Light and Banka Karniemen (1¾ cables farther NE), marked by a light buoy (starboard hand); thence 5 cables ESE to the vicinity of the harbour entrance. Paragraph 5.208 2 lines 4-5 Replace by: ...of Vnutrenniy Vysotskiy Reyd, dredged to 127 m (2010). Paragraph 5.209 1 lines 6-7 Replace by: Berths. The oil pier has two main berths, dredged to 145 m (2004). Paragraph 5.210 1 lines 4-5 Delete Russian Notice 26/10 and 19/11 (SDD 2010000 103553; 2011000 073882) [24/11] Gulf of Finland – Russia – Approaches to Vysotsk — Leading Lights 214 Existing Section IV Notice Week 24/11 Paragraph 5.202 Replace by: 1 Vysotskiy Vkhodnoy Leading Lights Front light (white panel with red stripe, fixed to tower, 15 min height) (603692N283393E) on the W shore of Ostrov Vysotskiy. Rear light (white panel with red stripe, fixed to tower, 17 m in height) (2 cables ENE of front light). 2 From Banka Yalkamatala, the alignment (0622) of these lights leads 125 miles ENE, to a position 4 cables WSW of the front light, passing SSE of Banka Hallikivi, and the light buoy marking its SSE extent, and NNW of the shoal water, marked by two light buoys, extending 5 cables NW towards the fairway from Ostrov Vysotskiy (6036N 2835E). The outbound track is indicated by Igrivyy E Light (white rectangle, red stripe, on red framework tower, 10 m in height) (603540N 282766E), a directional light standing on the E side of Ostrov Igrivyy, bearing 2449. 3 Thence the route, dredged to a depth of 127 m (2010), leads ENE through the entrance marked by lights and light buoys (lateral). Russian NM 1983/14/2012 (SDD 2012000 065379) [17/12] Finland – Förby — Directions; Lights 233 Paragraph 6.57 8 lines 3-6 Replace by: This alignment leads 1 mile NE, and thence 1¾ miles NNE in the white sector (2165-2185) of Västergrundet Light (60046N 22490E) astern, through a fairway marked by buoys, to Karaholm at Förby (6.62). Finnish Notice 31/506/2010 (SDD 2010000 190245) [49/10] Finland – Utö to Hanko channel — Directions; Lights 235 Paragraph 6.71 14 line 3 Delete Turmharu/ Paragraph 6.71 15 lines 1-6 Replace by: 15 Korpskär leading line. The alignment (081½), astern of Korpskär Leading Lights, and the narrow white sector (261-262½) ahead, of Turmharu Light (red rectangle, yellow stripe, on metal framework tower) (59505N 21224E), leads 6 miles W to a position ESE of Bokullankivi Light. The track then leads WSW, in the white sector (247-252) of Eglonskär Light (6.112), for 1 mile to the Stenharun leading line (6.112). Paragraph 6.71 16 lines 1-4 Delete Finnish Notice 35-36/579/2010 (SDD 2010000214628) [02/11] Index NP20 2 - 54 Finland – Naantali — Directions; lights; depths 235 Paragraph 6.71 17 line 5 For 13 m Read 153 m 238 Paragraph 6.89 1 line 3 For 13 m Read 153 m Paragraph 6.89 3 line 2 For 13 m Read 153 m Paragraph 6.89 3 line 7 For 13 m Read 153 m 239 Paragraph 6.99 4 line 6 For 13 m Read 153 m 240 Paragraph 6.103 1 line 1 For 13 m Read 153 m After Paragraph 6.104 2 line 4 Heading Replace by: Directions for the 153 m route 244 Paragraph 6.123 1 line 2 For 13 m Read 153 m Paragraph 6.123 2 line 3 For 13 m Read 153 m Paragraph 6.123 3 line 4 For 13 m Read 153 m After Paragraph 6.123 3 line 4 Heading Replace by: Directions for the 153 m route 245 Paragraph 6.128 3 line 4 For 13 m Read 153 m Paragraph 6.128 5 line 3 For 13 m Read 153 m Paragraph 6.131 1 line 1 For 13 m Read 153 m Paragraph 6.131 4 line 5 For 13 m Read 153 m 246 Paragraph 6.134 1 line 5 For 13 m Read 153 m Paragraph 6.141 1 line 1 For 13 m Read 153 m Paragraph 6.142 1 line 1 For 13 m Read 153 m 248 Paragraph 6.151 3 line 1 For 13 m Read 153 m Paragraph 6.151 3 line 3 For 13 m Read 153 m 253 Paragraph 6.183 2 line 3 For 13 m Read 153 m 254 Paragraph 6.189 1 line 4 For 13 m Read 153 m Paragraph 6.194 1 line 6 For 13 m Read 153 m 255 Paragraph 6.195 1 line 1 For 13 m Read 153 m Paragraph 6.195 2 line 2 For 13 m Read 153 m Paragraph 6.196 2 line 2 For 13 m Read 153 m 256 Paragraph 6.200 5 line 4 For 13 m Read 153 m 260 Paragraph 6.229 4 line 2 For 13 m Read 153 m 261 Paragraph 6.231 1 line 6 For 13 m Read 153 m Paragraph 6.237 1 line 2 For 13 m Read 153 m 264 Paragraph 6.257 2 line 4 For 13 m Read 153 m 265 Paragraph 6.264 1 line 2 For 13 m Read 153 m Paragraph 6.269 Replace by: 1 Wi th posi ti ons from Tupavuori Front Li ght (60265N 22044E): From the N extremity of the Viheriäinen leading line (2½ cables ESE) the 153 m fairway leads 7 cables NNW to a position 1½ cables S of the Oil Harbour. From this position, the fairway, now authorised for a draught of 90 m, leads to a position S of the grain berth, thence 80 m to the head of the harbour. 2 A second fairway, authorised for a draught of 77 m and marked by light buoys and buoys, leads 7 cables W to a shipyard. Paragraph 6.270 1 line 1 For 13 m Read 153 m Paragraph 6.270 4 line 3 For 13 m Read 153 m Paragraph 6.271 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 Anchorage may be obtained off Tupavuori Oil Harbour in an area centred about 6 cables WSW of Viheriäinen Front Light (60270N 22049E) (6.257). Finnish Notices 6-7/76/2010; 6-7/77/2010; 9-10/120/2010 (SDDs 2010000 040998; 040999; 058600) [24/10] Finland – Rauma and approaches — Directions: leading beacons 290 Paragraph 7.91 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: 1 From a position 6 cables W of Saukko (61084N 21260E), a short branch channel, authorised... 291 Paragraph 7.92 Replace by: 1 From a position 6 cables W of Saukko Front Beacon (61084N 21259E), a short branch channel, authorised for a draught of 55 m, leads WSW from the Valkeakari 75 m channel (7.87) for about 1 mile, marked in turn by the following leading marks: Index NP20 2 - 55 2 Kuuskajaskari Leading Beacons (white triangles, yellow stripe) (61083N 21222E) in line bearing 265½. 3 Rounakari Leading Beacons (red rectangles, white stripe), in line bearing 241; the front beacon is on the N extremity of Rounakari islet whilst the rear is on a rock 3 cables SW. 4 These leading marks lead to a position close SSE of an L-shaped jetty on the S point of Kuuskajaskari. A landing jetty on the E side of Kuuskajaskari is approached from the SE via a 18 m channel marked by leading lights (white triangles, red stripe), in line bearing 307½, with the front beacon common to Kuuskajaskari Leading Beacons. Finnish Notices 9-10/122/2010; 12/171/2010 Finnish ENC FI59S41A (SDDs 2010000 058600; 070288) [24/10] Finland – Gulf of Bothnia – North-west approaches to Vaasa — Other aids to navigation; Track guide 314 Paragraph 7.247 1 Delete Paragraph 7.247 2 lines 1-2 Delete 315 Paragraph 7.253 1 Delete Paragraph 7.253 2 lines 1-2 Delete 316 Paragraph 7.256 1 Delete Paragraph 7.256 2 lines 1-2 Delete Finnish Notice 29-30/586/2011 (SDD 2011000 200888) [47/11] Finland – North-west approaches to Vaasa — Directions; beacons; buoys 314 Paragraph 7.248 2 line 2 For (S cardinal) Read (port hand) Paragraph 7.248 3 lines 3-4 For (N cardinal) Read (starboard hand) (4¼ miles SE) Paragraph 7.248 3 line 6 For (N cardinal) Read (starboard hand) Paragraph 7.248 5 line 4 For (N and S cardinal) Read (starboard and port hand) 315 Paragraph 7.249 3 line 6 For (E cardinal) Read (starboard hand) Paragraph 7.249 4 line 4 For (E cardinal) Read (starboard hand) Paragraph 7.249 4 line 9 For (Wcardinal) Read (port hand) Paragraph 7.249 5 line 2 For (E cardinal) Read (starboard hand) Paragraph 7.249 5 line 5 For (Wcardinal) Read (port hand) Paragraph 7.249 5 line 6 For (Wcardinal) Read (port hand) Paragraph 7.250 5 line 5 For (S cardinal) Read (port hand) Paragraph 7.250 6 line 3 For (N cardinal) Read (starboard hand) Paragraph 7.250 6 line 5 For (S cardinal) Read (port hand) 316 Paragraph 7.254 2 line 2 For (N cardinal) Read (starboard hand) Paragraph 7.254 5 lines 5-6 For (N cardinal) Read (starboard hand) Paragraph 7.254 6 line 6 For (Wcardinal) Read (port hand) Finnish notice 28/563/2011 (SDD 2011000 184683) [43/11] Finland – Raahe — Approach; limiting conditions; turning basin; directions 336 Paragraph 8.70 1 line 4 For 80 m Read 100 m Paragraph 8.73 1 line 3 For 80 m Read 100 m Paragraph 8.75 1 lines 4-5 Delete ...Between the two areas is a turning basin, 300 m in diameter. Paragraph 8.75 2 lines 1-3 Replace by: 2 The berths are protected by a large area of reclaimed land close W of the quays. Paragraph 8.77 3 lines 2-4 Replace by: Heikinkari Rear Leading Light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (64392N 24240E) standing on Iso Elkko, an area of reclaimed land. 337 Paragraph 8.79 Replace by: Main channel 8.79 1 From a position about 3½ miles N of Nahkiainen Lighthouse (64367N 23538E) (8.52) the approach leads ESE to a position 1½ miles WSW of Raahe Lighthouse (64391N 24134E) (8.77), passing NNE of the detached shoal patches (8.54), marked by buoys (cardinal), to the NW and NE of Nahkiainen Lighthouse. Index NP20 2 - 56 Thence the recommended track leads through a channel marked by light buoys, beacons, and in turn by the following leading lights: 2 Heikinkari Leading Lights: Front light (red rectangle with yellow stripe on white tower) (64392N 24209E). Rear light (1½ miles E of front light) (8.77). The alignment (085½) of these lights leads 2¾ miles E through a buoyed channel, to the Virpiperä leading line. 3 Virpiperä Leading Lights: Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe, on metal framework tower) (64400N 24246E), standing on the foreshore close N of Helmi Pier (8.80). Rear light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (4 cables ENE of front light). Thence the alignment (062¼) of these lights leads 1 mile ENE through a buoyed channel, to a position 5 cables W of the entrance to the commercial harbour. 4 The track then leads 7 cables E, in the narrow white sector (085-086) of Odotuslaituri Light (grey tower, 25 m high) (64396N 24243E) through a buoyed channel to the turning area. The track then leads SSE to the main berthing area. 8 m channel 8.79a 1 From a position on the 10 m track 5 cables W of the commercial harbour entrance, an alternative track, authorised for a maximum draught of 80 m, leads a further 5 cables ENE on the alignment (062¼) of Virpiperä Leading Lights to a position 5 cables SW of the front leading light. The track, marked by buoys (cardinal), then trends E and SE to the Rojuniemi Leading Line. 2 Rojuniemi Leading Lights: Front light (yellow mast) (64394N 24250E). Rear light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (1½ cables SE of front light). Thence the alignment (126¼) of these lights leads SE to the berths at the Oil and Export Quays. Finnish Notice 14/209/2010 (SDD 2010000 083797) [26/10] Sweden – Gulf of Bothnia – Western Shore – Vässarön to Öregrund — Directions; buoy 362 Paragraph 9.46 5 Replace by: 5 Between Fåröhällan (3 miles NW), on which stands Fåröhällan Light (white lantern on hut), and a 68 m shoal, marked by a buoy (port hand), 1½ cables WSW of the light, thence: Swedish Notice 425/8254/12 (SDD 2012000 226759) [48/12] Sweden – Skutskär-Harnäs — Directions; depths 378 Paragraph 9.180 1 lines 1-2 Delete Paragraph 9.183 3 line 2 Replace by: ...with a least depth of 77 m, continues on the alignment of... Paragraph 9.183 4 including existing Section IV Notice Week 26/10 Replace by: 4 To reach the berths at Harnäshamnen, the track leads SW through an area with a least depth of 58 m, marked by buoys and light buoys, passing NW of Sjukantsgrundet. Paragraph 9.184 2 Replace by: 2 Massakajen (Pulp Quay), is a concrete pier on the S side of Harnäshamnen with a least depth of 57 m. The W side is 245 m long and the E side is 90 m long. The maximum authorised draught for Massakajen is 52 m. 379 Paragraph 9.184 3 line 4 Replace by: ...of 76 m. The maximum authorised draught for these berths is 71 m. Swedish Notice 329/6797/2010 (SDD 2010000 185898) [48/10] Sweden – Sea of Bothnia – Gävle – Fredrikskanhamnen — Controlling depths 379 Paragraph 9.194 1 and 2 including heading Replace by: Controlling depths 9.194 1 Channels. The mai n N entrance of Holmuddsrännan has a least depth of 106 m (2010). The least depths (2010) for the channels to the areas of the port listed below are as follows: 2 Fredri ksskanshamnen new oi l quay and Granudden terminal 108 m. Granudden terminal RoRo 93 m. Container terminal basin 105 m. Basin off berths 12-14, 89 m. Basin off berths 4-8, 93 m. Fredriksskanshamnen to Gavleån 42 m (2011), maintenance dredging no longer takes place Wof Fredriksskans. 381 Paragraph 9.211 Replace by: 1 New oil quay, berth 21, (604156N 171373E) at the entrance to Fredriksskanshamnen is 200 m long with a least depth of 108 m (2010). 2 East basin (604155N 171325E) has ten berths. Berths 17-19 on the E side of the basin form the container terminal and have a least depth of 105 m (2010). Berths 11-16, with a least depth of 89 m (2010) lie in the NW corner of the basin. Berths 9-12 lie on the W side of the basin with a least depth of 105 m (2010). 3 South and south-west quays (6041 37N 171290E) have berths totalling 465 m in length, berths 4-8 have a least depth of 93 m (2010). At the W end of the SW quay, berth 3, the fixed RoRo ramp, with a 20 m width, has a least depth of 75 m (2010). 4 Old oil quay, berth 1, (604133N 171274E) is 190m long with a least depth of 93 m (2010). Index NP20 2 - 57 Paragraph 9.212 1 line 4-5 Replace by: There are two berths; the W berth has a least depth of 93 m (2010) and the E berth 109 m (2010). Swedish Notices 348/6823 and 383/7515/11 (SDDs 2011000 061658; 234536) [02/12] Sweden – Gulf of Bothnia – Stocka — Directions; buoyage; lights 406 Paragraph 10.27 Replace by: 1 From a position about 3 miles ESE of Britas Klack (61535N 17280E) head WNW for 5 miles, passing close S of Britas Klack and Södra Gullgrund, both marked by buoys (S cardinal). When 1 mile from Ingaskär the track leads W on the following alignment. 2 Stocka Inlopp Beacons (61536N 17210E). The alignment (270) of these beacons (red triangles) leads through a channel, passing S of Ingaskärsrev, partly awash, which lies 3 cables E of Ingaskär and N of the foul ground whi ch extends NNE from Skrakharet, an islet close inshore lying 4 cables S of the entrance. Pass between the shoal extending S from Ingaskär marked by a spar buoy (starboard hand) and the bank extending from the S shore. 3 The track then alters NW to pass through a narrow channel, into the harbour. The sides of the channel are indicated by two pairs of beacons (white circles with black stripes) bearing 324. 4 Caution. The water immediately NE of the alignment of the E pair of beacons is very shallow. Useful mark: Strömsbruk Chimney (61524N17193E) (10.16). Four wind turbines (red obstruction lights) centred on position 61526N 17209E. Radio mast (red obstruction light) (61529N 17209E). Swedish Notice 414/8091/12 (SDD 2012000 170261) [37/12] Gulf of Bothnia – Sweden – Örnsköldsvik and Approaches — Directions; light 435 Paragraph 10.273 4 lines 4-5 Replace by: NEof Bonässund Beacon (3¾ miles WNW), thence: Paragraph 10.273 6 Delete Swedish Notice 421/8186/12 (SDD 2012000 207196) [44/12] Sweden – Efesgrundet to Väktaren — Directions; light 442 Paragraph 10.322 8 lines 1-6 Delete Swedish Notice 307/6388/2010 (SDD 2010000 093844) [26/10] Sweden – Hörnefors — Authorised draught 442 Paragraph 10.324 1 line 2 For 63 m Read 30 m Swedish Notice 307/6413/2010 (SDD 2010000 093844) [26/10] Sweden – Skelleftehamn — Authorised draught 463 Paragraph 11.59 3 lines 1-2 Replace by: 3 The approach from SE, for vessels drawing not more than 50 m, passes between the... Swedish Notice 307/6415/2010 (SDD 2010000 093844) [26/10] Sweden – Kågehamn — Authorised draught 468 Paragraph 11.93 1 line 1 For 67 m Read 30 m Swedish Notice 307/6414/2010 (SDD 2010000 093844) [26/10] Sweden – Törehamn — Authorised draught 489 Paragraph 11.233 2 Replace by: 2 The channel, which is well marked and buoyed, is authorised for a draught of 80 m to the anchorage (11.246) in Storöfjärden; 56 m from Storöfjärden to Lägenön (11.240); and 30 m from Lägenön to Törehamn. Swedish Notice 307/6412/2010 (SDD 2010000 093844) [26/10] Sweden – Törehamn — Directions; lights 489 Paragraph 11.240 8 line 2 For Light Read Beacon Paragraph 11.240 9 lines 4-6 Delete 490 Paragraph 11.241 1 line 1 For Light Read Beacon Paragraph 11.241 1 line 3 For Light Read Beacon Paragraph 11.241 1 line 7 For Light Read Beacon Paragraph 11.241 2 line 1 For Light Read Beacon Paragraph 11.241 2 line 3 For light-structure Read beacon Paragraph 11.241 2 line 7 For Light Read Beacon Paragraph 11.241 3 line 1 For Light Read Beacon Paragraph 11.241 3 line 6 For lights Read beacons Paragraph 11.241 4 line 1 For Lights Read Beacons Paragraph 11.241 4 line 2 For light Read beacon Index NP20 2 - 58 Paragraph 11.241 4 line 4 For light Read beacon Paragraph 11.241 4 line 5 For light Read beacon Paragraph 11.241 4 line 7 For lights Read beacons Paragraph 11.241 5 line 1 For Lights Read Beacons Paragraph 11.241 5 line 2 For light Read beacon Paragraph 11.241 5 line 4 For light Read beacon Paragraph 11.241 5 line 5 For light Read beacon Paragraph 11.241 5 line 5 For lights Read beacons Paragraph 11.241 6 line 2 For Light Read Beacon Paragraph 11.241 6 line 4 For Light Read Beacon Paragraph 11.241 7 line 1 For Light Read Beacon Paragraph 11.241 7 line 2 For Light Read Beacon Paragraph 11.241 7 line 4 For Light Read Beacon Paragraph 11.241 8 line 1 For Light Read Beacon Paragraph 11.241 8 line 2 For Light Read Beacon Paragraph 11.241 8 line 3 For Light Read Beacon Paragraph 11.241 8 line 4 For Light Read Beacon Paragraph 11.241 9 line 3 For lights in line Read beacons Paragraph 11.241 10 Delete Swedish Notice 325/6735/2010 (SDD 2010000 166886) [43/10] NP21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (2010 Edition) India – Chennai to Kºkinºda Bay — Kattupalli Port 91 After Paragraph 2.115 1 line 6 Insert: Kattupalli Port Chart 317, Indian Chart 3039 (see 1.16) General information 2.115a 1 Position and function. Kattupalli Port (131850N 802120E) is located 3½ miles N of Ennore Port; it handles container, lighter and general cargo traffic in addition to being a major shipbuilding and ship repair centre. The port has been developed by Larsen and Toubro (L and T) Shipbuilding Limited (LTSB), a joint venture between L and T and the Tamilnadu Industrial Development Corporation (TIDCO). 2 Port Authority. LTSB has been licensed by the Tamilnadu Maritime Board to operate the port. LTSB - Port Division, Kattupalli Village, Ponneri Taluk, Tiruvallur District, Tamilnadu 600 120, India. Tamilnadu Maritime Board, 22 Sir Thyagaraya Road, T. Nagar, Chennai 600 017, India. Limiting conditions 2.115b 1 Controlling depth. The approach channel is reported (2012) to be dredged to 14 m although charted depths are less. The Port Authority should be contacted for the most up to date information. Tidal levels. Tides are semi-diurnal and similar in character to those at Ennore. The mean spring range is 12 m with a mean neap range of 02 m. For further information, see Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 3. Arrival information 2.115c 1 Outer anchorages. There are two anchorage areas, shown on the chart, located N of the pilot boarding position. The N anchorage is for dangerous cargo, the S anchorage is unrestricted. A dumping ground (131980N 802435E) is located NE of the anchorage areas. 2 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels above 100 gt. The pilot boarding position (131833N 802341E) is located between the outer anchorages and the fairway light buoy (safe water) moored in the E approaches to the buoyed channel. For further information, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6. Harbour 2.115d 1 General layout. The harbour is entered through a 180 m wide dredged channel marked by light buoys. There are two 1 mile long breakwaters protecting the inner harbour. Inside the breakwaters, there is a turning circle, 570 m in diameter, and the main berthing area. 2 The container berths are located in the N half of the harbour, with a finger jetty and a ship lift facility to the S. In the S half of the harbour, there is a sea water intake for the Chennai Petroleum Corporation Limited (CPCL), extending 500 m NE from a sea island, which is linked to the shore by a 500 m long causeway. A jetty serving L and T’s offshore platform and floating production unit modular fabrication facility (MFF) is located just N of the root of the S breakwater. 3 Development is continuing at the port, with the erection of transits and further navigation marks planned. A new sea water intake for CPCL is being constructed to the S of the S breakwater. The existing CPCL intake will be decommissioned once the new intake is operational. Natural conditions. The weather and sea state are driven by the monsoons. During the NE monsoon (November to January), wind speeds of 20-25 kn and a S setting current, at a rate of ½ kn at the harbour entrance, may be expected. For climate information see 1.157. Directions 2.115e 1 Landmark: Radio Tower (131861N 802024E) (50 m in height). Index NP21 2 - 59 Approach. From a position E of the port, in deep water and seaward of the 200 m depth contour, the track to the fairway light buoy (safe water) (131782N 802341E) moored in the approaches to the port is straightforward and the chart is the best guide. 2 Entry. From the fairway light buoy, the track leads WNW to the first pair of light buoys (port and starboard hand) marking the dredged channel, thence through the buoyed channel, passing: N of the extremity of the S breakwater (131817N 802155E), from which a light is exhibited, thence: S of the SW extremity of a 42 m shoal bank (131838N 802168E), marked by a light buoy (S cardinal), thence: SSW of the extremity of the N breakwater (131845N 802155E), from which a light is exhibited. 3 Once inside the harbour, courses may be directed as required to make an approach to the allocated berth. The limits of the dredged area are marked by light buoys. Useful marks: Port control building and signal station (131892N 802077E) (30 min height), located near the root of the N breakwater. Radar tower (131845N802155E) (red and white bands, 20 m in height), located at the S extremity of the N breakwater. Berths 2.115f 1 Container berths. There are 2 berths located in the NW corner of the harbour. Container Berth 1 (131870N 802085E) is 350 m long with a charted depth alongside of 140 m. Container Berth 2 (131882N 802093E) is 360 m in length with a charted depth alongside of 140 m. Vessels of up to 300 m LOA and 135 m draught can be handled at the container berths. 2 Shipyard. There are two 260 m long berths either side of the shipyard’s shiplift (131840N 802090E). Both berths are 25 m wide and have a charted depth of 100 m alongside. There is also a Finger Jetty (131855N 802090E) situated N of the shipyard shiplift. It is 200 m long and 20 m wide and has 2 berths with a charted depth of 100 m alongside. 3 Other berth. There i s an addi ti onal berth (131780N 802085E) which serves the MFF in the SW corner of the harbour. The MFF Jetty is 100 m long with depths alongside of 60 m. Port services 2.115g 1 Repairs. As a major shipbuilding and ship repair port, Kattupalli is set up to handle most hull, machinery and underwater repairs. There is a ship lift which can accommodate vessels up to 18 500 tons and 210 m LOA. 2 Other facilities. Garbage and oily waste disposal are available. There are basic medical facilities at the port with major hospitals located in Chennai. Supplies. Food supplies and fresh water are available. Agents can arrange the supply of fuel by bunker through the official supplier. Indian Chart 3039; L & T Shipbuilding (SDD 2012000 159513) [49/12] India – Kºkinºda Bay to Vamsadhºra River — Gangavaram Port 99 After Paragraph 2.164 1 line 5 Insert: GANGAVARAM PORT General Information Chart 234 Position 2.164a 1 Gangavaram Port (173760N 831480E), in the state of Andhra Pradesh, lies 4½ miles SSW of Vishºkhapatnam. Function 2.164b 1 Gangavaram Port has been developed as an all weather deep water multi-purpose port. The port handles a variety of bulk cargoes including coal, iron ore, fertiliser, limestone, food grains, steel products and petrochemicals. Port Limits 2.164c 1 The port limits are shown on the chart. Approach and entry 2.164d 1 Gangavaram Port is approached from the E and entered through the dredged channel leading between the N and S breakwaters. Traffic 2.164e 1 Approximately 8 000 000 tonnes of cargo handled annually. Port Authority 2.164f 1 Gangavaram Port Limited., Hyderadad 500 033, Andhra Pradesh. Internet. www.gangavaram.com e-mail.
[email protected] Limiting conditions Controlling depths 2.164g 1 The following depths are maintained by dredging: Outer channel, 202 m Inner harbour and turning circle, 195 m. 2 Due to siltation and strong currents, the depths in the outer channel are liable to change. The mariner should contact the port authorities for depths maintained in the channel and inner harbour. Deepest and longest berth 2.164h 1 Deepest, Iron ore berth 4 and Coal berth 5. Longest, Iron ore berth 4. Index NP21 2 - 60 Tidal levels 2.164i 1 Mean spring range about 14 m, mean neap range about 06 m. For further information see Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 3. Maximum size of vessel handled 2.164j 1 A Capesize bulk coal vessel of 180 199 dwt was discharged in 2011. The port is capable of handling vessels up to 200 000 dwt. Local weather and sea state 2.164k 1 Wind. From March to May the wind shifts SW and is the precursor to the SW Monsoon, which normally lasts from mid May until mid October. The SW Monsoon is usually accompanied by cloudy weather and includes the wet season. The wind and weather become more variable after the SW Monsoon but NE winds prevail between October and December. A NW wind is usually fresh during the day but at night become light and W. In October and November squalls and rain are common. The greatest rainfall occurs between June and November. 2 Cyclonic storms in the Bay of Bengal normally occur 4 to 5 times a year. They are most likely in November but can also occur in May. Fog. There is a small likelihood of fog between December and May. Sea state. There is always a considerable swell here. The highest sea state is normally between April and September. Arrival information Port operations 2.164l 1 The port operates 24 hours a day. Port radio 2.164m 1 There is a port radio station, see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4). Notice of ETA required 2.164n 1 Notice of ETA required at least 48 hrs in advance. Outer Anchorages 2.164o 1 Within the port limits there are 10 designated anchorages marked on the charts. Each anchorage is about 1¼ miles in diameter. There is also an examination anchorage. Spoil ground 2.164p 1 A spoil ground (173620N 831680E), within the outer anchorage, is charted 1 mile SW of the pilot boarding position. Pilotage 2.164q 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. The pilot boards in position 173708N 831753E. In bad weather the pilot will guide the vessel until boarding becomes possible. Tugs 1 Tugs are available. Harbour General layout 2.164r 1 The main harbour area is enclosed by two breakwaters to the N and S of the dredged entrance channel. Berths 1, 2 and 3, W and SW of the turning circle, are for general and dry cargo; berths 4 and 5 to the S are for bulk iron ore and coal. Development 2.164s 1 Further development within the breakwaters proposes an additional 9 berths. Additional plans are for ship building with repair facilities and a marine oil terminal with SPM and an onshore tank farm. Currents 2.164t 1 Currents of monsoonal origin exist, tending to follow the coast line. From September to December, SW current setting with rates from 05 to 2 kts are experienced, maximum being September. During the rest of the year, NE current with rates from 05 to 15 kts are experienced with maximum being in May. Directions for entering harbour Principal marks 2.164u 1 Landmarks: Gangavaram Signal station (173705N 831393E). Pigeon Island (173719N 831442E). Water tower (173752N 831361E). Approaches 2.164v 1 From a position SE of Dolphin’s Nose Light (174059N 831757E) the track leads WNW into the roadstead toward the pilot boarding position and onto the alignment of Gangavaram Port Leading Lights. Entrance channel to turning circle 2.164w 1 Gangavaram Leading Lights: Front transit mark (white 4-sided framework tower, red bands, 14 m in height) (173748N 831376E). Rear transit mark (white 4-sided framework tower, red bands, 29 m in height) (500 m from front mark). 2 From a position 1¼miles W of the breakwater entrance the track, on the alignment (265), leads through the buoyed entrance channel to the turning circle. Basin and berths Basin 2.164x 1 The i nner harbour encl osed by N and S breakwaters consists of a turning circle and 5 berths. Alongside berths 2.164y 1 There are 5 alongside berths; the largest berth, the iron ore berth, has a length of 340 m and a depth of 195 m. Index NP21 2 - 61 Port services Repairs 2.164z 1 Local workshops can carry out hull and machinery repairs. Divers are available. Other facilities 2.164aa 1 Medical facitities are available in Vishºkhapatnam. Garbage and waste oil disposal can be arranged. Compass adjustment can be arranged through the ship agent. Supplies 2.164ab 1 Marine diesel and fuel oil is available by road tanker or fuel barge. Fresh water, provisions and stores are available. Communications 2.164ac 1 The nearest airport is at Vishºkhapatnam, 13 km N of the port. BA Chart 234; INP2 Bay of Bengal Pilot (Edition 1 2007) Amendment 06/2010 (SDD 2010000 045338) [21/11] India – East Coast – Gopºlpur Port to Puri — Directions; light 109 After Paragraph 3.18 1 line 5 Insert: Proyºgi Light (white circular tower, 32 m in height) (192800N 851000E). 2 Major light: Proyºgi Light (above) (192800N 851000E). Paragraph 3.19 1 line 13 Replace by: ...extremity of hills surrounding Ganjºm; Proyºgi Light (3.18) (192800N 851000E) lies 2½ miles ENE. Thence: Indian Notice 14/176/12 (SDD 2012000 145256) [37/12] India – East Coast — Dhºmra Port 117 After Paragraph 3.72 Insert: Dhºmra Port Chart 814, Indian Chart 3037 General information 3.72a 1 Position and function. The Port of Dhºmra (204915N 865821E) is a joint venture between L&T and Tata Steel. It is located 3 miles N of the mouth of the Dhºmra River and W of Kanika Sand Island. It is one of the deepest ports in India and deals with the import and export of coal, iron ore and limestone. 2 Port authority. Harbour Master, Dhºmra Port Company Ltd, Dosinga, Dhºmra, Bansada, Bhadrak 756171, Orissa, India. Website: www.dhamraport.com Arrival information 3.72b 1 Port operations. The port operates 24 hours a day. Anchorage may be obtained 2 to 3 miles NE of the Fai rway Li ght Buoy (safe water) (2055 46N 870712E) in depths no less than 18 m with good holding ground. Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels above 200 gt. The pilot boards 1 mile E of the Fairway Light Buoy. Harbour 3.72c 1 General layout. The berths are approached through a 9¾ mile long buoyed channel leading to an L-shaped jetty lying in a NNE/SSW orientation. A 600 m wide turning circle with a minimum depth of 17 m lies at the S end of the jetty. The limits of the turning circle are marked by Light Buoys No 23 (W cardinal) and 24 (N cardinal). 2 Tidal levels. The mean spring range is 40 m. For further details see Admiralty Tide Tables. Directions 3.72d 1 Other aid to navigation. Racon: Fairway Light Buoy (205546N 870712E) (3.72b) 2 Approach and entry. From S. After passing E of Palmyras Shoals (3.72) and remaining outside the 30 m contour, the approach can be made from the E, passing close N of the Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) then proceeding via the buoyed channel marked by paired light buoys (port and starboard laterals) numbered 1 to 20. The channel’s depth is maintained by dredging as indicated on the chart; it is between 170 and 240 m wide. Berths 3.72e 1 There are two 350 m long berths with depths alongside of 19 m which can handle vessels up to 290 m LOA. Port services 3.72f 1 Repairs. Minor. Other facilities. Medical facilities are available. Supplies. Fuel, fresh water and provisions are available. Paragraph 3.73 including heading Replace by: Spare 3.73 Dhºmra Port Company Limited (HH. 021/200/01) [10/12] Burma – Yangon River and approaches — Directions; light float 173 Paragraph 6.39 1 lines 10-13 Replace by: ...until SE of the N part of the shoal. From Krishna Shoal, the track remains in charted depths from 10 to 18 m until the approach to Yangon River is made. Index NP21 2 - 62 Paragraph 6.42 1 line 5 Delete Paragraph 6.43 2 lines 6-7 Replace by: SE and E of the dangerous wreck (155978N 961451E) of an earlier light vessel. Paragraph 6.43 3 lines 1-3 Replace by: 3 From a position approximately 4¾ miles E of the dangerous wreck (155978N 961451E), the track leads N, passing: 175 Paragraph 6.57 1 lines 3-4 Replace by: ...should not attempt to enter the Western Channel unless they are confident of their position. 179 Paragraph 6.97 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: 1 This offshore route leads, from a position in the S approaches to Yangon River, 70 miles E across the... Paragraph 6.100 1 lines 1-2 Delete Paragraph 6.102 1 line 2 Replace by: ...passage fromthe S approaches to Yangon River to Wof Kyun Nyi... Indian Notice 6/86/12 (SDD 2012000 060144) [35/12] Bay of Bengal – south-eastern part – Taung Kyun Su — Depths 200 After Paragraph 7.46 1 line 11 Insert: Depths 7.46a 1 An uncharted 5 m shoal has been reported (2011) in position 95677N 975177E. Mariners are advised to exercise caution when navigating in this area. MY Andiamo (SDD 2011000 019782) [09/11] NP22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2010 Edition) France – West Coast – Benodet — Directions; light 66 Paragraph 3.82 1 lines 5-6 Delete French Notice 11/02/15 (SDD 2011000 011316) [05/11] France – La Loire Approaches — Prohibited area 132 After Paragraph 6.14 1 line 5 Insert: Prohibited area 6.14a 1 A prohibited area, marked by light buoys (special), exists 3 miles WSW of Ouest Basse Capella Light Buoy (W cardinal) (471566N 24279W). Anchoring, navigating and fishing are prohibited. French Notice 11/31/24 (SDD 2011000 147387) [34/11] France – West Coast – La Seudre — Light 190 Paragraph 7.307 2 lines 1-4 Delete French Notice 11/42/16 (SDD 2011000 196440) [45/11] Spain – North coast – Aviles — Directions; light 280 Paragraph 11.42 Replace by: 1 Entering Canal de Pedro Menéndez (433462N 55528W) the white sector (1749-1751) of the direction light (433351N 55515W) on Muelle Sur leads through the channel, marked by light buoys (lateral) and a light beacon (red round tower, 3 m in height) (433429N 55519W) to Dársena de San Agustín. Spanish Notice 2/7/12 (SDD 2012000 016511) [06/12] NP23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2009 Edition) Maritime safety information 7-8 Paragraph 1.38 Replace by: World-Wide Navigational Warning Service 1.38 1 West side of Bering Strait and W part of Bering Sea are within NAVAREAS XIII and XXI of the World-Wide Navigational Warning Service. Coastal navigational warnings and meteorological warnings and forecasts are available via the international NAVTEX service from Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy Coast Radio Station. 2 East side of Bering Strait and E part of Bering Sea are within NAVAREAs XII and XVII of the World-Wide Navigational Warning Service. Local navigational warnings for the coasts and harbours of Alaska are broadcast by NAVTEX and the appropriate US Coast Guard radio station. 3 NAVAREA and METAREA warnings for NAVAREAs and METAREAs XII, XIII, XVII and XXI are also available via the international SafetyNET service. The service is currently on trial in NAVAREAs XVII and XXI, and is scheduled to become fully operational on 1st June 2011. Index NP23 2 - 63 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3 (parts 1 and 2) and Volume 5, and The Mariner’s Handbook for details. Paragraphs 1.39-1.43 Replace by: Spare 1.39 - 1.43 United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III (SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10] United States of America – Krenitzin Islands – Akutan Harbor — Berth 196 Paragraph 6.63 5 lines 5-7 Replace by: ...use, at the former whaling station. US Notice 25/16531/12 (SDD 2012000 117897) [27/12] United States of America – Unalaska Island – Dutch Harbor — Anchorage 207 After Paragraph 6.135 1 line 6 Insert: In severe weather, restrictions apply to anchoring in Iliuliuk Bay and vessels are recommended to contact the Port Authority and consult the United States Coast Guard Severe Weather Guidelines which may be found at: www.homeport.uscg.mil/anchorage US Coast Pilot No 9 2009 Edition Change 5 (HH. 078/557/12) [18/10] United States of America – Attu Island — Loran tower 266 Paragraph 7.218 6 lines 3-7 Delete US Notice 45/16431/10 (SDD 2010000 183675) [49/10] United States of America – Alaska – Port Clarence — Loran tower 312 Paragraph 9.78 1 line 9 to 2 line 10 Replace by: 2 Useful mark: Point Spencer Light (framework tower, red and white chequered diamond daymark) (65166N 166509W), seasonal. On the spit Sof the light is a US Coast Guard airstrip. Some green fuel tanks on the spit are only visible from E. United States Coast Guard (HH. 023/200/01) [20/10] United States of America – Bering Strait to Cape Krusenstern – Kotzebue — Light 318 Paragraph 9.110 2 line 8 to 3 line 4 Replace by: Landmark: Dish aerial (665097N 1623644W). 3 Anchorage. Sea-going vessels anchor as close as... US Notice 18/16005/12 (SDD 2012000 084967) [20/12] United States of America – Alaska – Red Dog — Directions; racon 321 Paragraph 9.125 1 lines 1 to 4 Replace by: 1 Approach. The loading anchorage should be approached... US Notice 27/16005/09 (SDD 2009000 055196) [33/09] Russia – Pacific coast – Port Beringovskiy — Anchorage 390 Paragraph 12.43 1 line 8 For 10 Read 7 Russian Notice 52/7187/09 (SDD 2009000 194589) [35/10] NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot (2010 Edition) Turkey – ™zmit Körfezi — Traffic separation scheme 100 Paragraph 2.272 1 Replace by: 1 The Turkish government has advised that ™zmit Traffic Separation Scheme, consisting of four TSSs, two precautionary areas, two two-way routes and inshore traffic zones, leads into ™zmit Körfezi from the vicinity of 4044N 2922E to the head of the gulf, 26 miles E. After Paragraph 2.274 1 Insert: Vessel traffic service 2.274a 1 A VTS is established for the regulation of traffic within the boundaries of the traffic separation scheme. Paragraph 2.276 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 Pilotage in ™zmit Körfezi is compulsory for all Turkish vessels over 1000 gt, and all foreign vessels over 500 gt. Pilots board 2 miles S of Yelkenkaya Burnu Light (4045N 2921E) (2.267). Index NP24 2 - 64 After Paragraph 2.277 1 line 1 Insert: Inshore traffic zones are established for vessels that are not required to take a pilot. IMO Sub-Committee on Safety of Navigation, 57th session, Agenda item 3, 8th April 2011 (Turkish ENC TR400291) [01/12] Turkey – North approaches to ™stanbul BoÔazÝ — Anchorages 117 Paragraph 2.417, including heading Replace by: Spare 2.417 Turkish Notice 66/12/2012 (SDD 2012000 065447) [17/12] Turkey – Kerpe LimanÝ — Anchorage 123 Paragraph 3.28 1 lines 3-5 Delete Anchorage, to (3.23). Turkish Notice 73/13/12 (SDD 2012000 071145) [18/12] Turkey – EreÔli — Anchorages 124 Paragraph 3.47 1-2 Replace by: 1 Anchorage Areas No 1 and 2 are centred 1½ and 2¾ miles SSW of the head of Kuzey Mendirek breakwater; Area No 3 lies 3 miles SW. Area No 1 is for cargo vessels of 1600 gt and over, Area No 2 is for vessels carrying dangerous goods and vessels in quarantine, Area No 3 is for military vessels. 2 Within the harbour, Area No 4 has been established for vessels under 1600 gt; E from the head of the steel works mole in the E basin, NW to the head of Kuzey Mendirek, then 6 cables NE to the shore. Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 2¼ miles SSW of Kuzey Mendirek breakwater, between anchorage Areas Nos 1 and 2. Turkish Notices 2/5/12 and 8/43/12 (SDD 2012000 013065; 046599) [17/12] Turkey – Trabzon — Pipeline 141 After Paragraph 3.250 2 line 3 Insert: A submarine pipeline extends 4 cables N into the anchorage area, from a position on the shore 8¼ cables W of Güzelhisar Burnu Light. Turkish Notice 3/15/11 (SDD 2011000 024499) [11/11] Turkey – Kizkalesi to ÇamlÝ Burnu – Pazar — Marine farm 144 After Paragraph 3.277 3 line 2 Insert: Caution. A marine farm is located in the centre of the anchorage area. Turkish Notice 27.163.10 (SDD 2010000 111084) [30/10] Bulgaria – Varna — Wreck 161 After Paragraph 4.84 1 line 3 Insert: Caution. A wreck lies in the central part of the area, 2¼ miles SSE of Nos Galata. Regulated Area No 324 of radius 1 cable surrounds the wreck; anchori ng, fi shi ng and trawl i ng, dredgi ng and underwater operations are prohibited. Bulgarian Notice (SDD 2012000 056891) [15/12] Ukraine – Dnistrovs’kyi Lyman — Approach and entry 191 Paragraph 6.23 3 lines 1-2 Delete After Paragraph 6.23 3 line 5 Insert: Owi ng to shoal i ng, the approach to Dnestrovsko-Tsaregradskoye Hyrlo has been altered to the N of the leading lights, via two pairs of light buoys and an unlit buoy; least depth in the fairway is 26 m (2010). Ukrainian Notice 374.48.10 (SDD 2011000 002623) [04/11] Ukraine – Bilhorod-Dnistrovs’kyi — Wreck 192 After Paragraph 6.29 1 line 10 Insert: Caution. A wreck, depth of 97 m, lies in the NE corner of the anchorage area. Ukrainian Notice (SDD 2011000 207077) [47/11] Ukraine – Illichivs’k — Obstruction 194 After Paragraph 6.49 1 line 3 Insert: Caution. An obstruction lies 5¼ miles SSE of the Traffic Control post (6.47), in the S central area of the anchorage. Ukrainian Notice 347.45.10 (SDD 2010000 205525) [01/11] Index NP24 2 - 65 Ukraine – Illichivs’k — Directions; shoal patch 195 Paragraph 6.56 1 line 5 Add: Caution. A shoal patch with a depth of 124 m lies 1 cable ENE of the pilot boarding position. Ukrainian Notice 167.26.11 (SDD 2011000 134245) [32/11] Russia – Novorossiysk — Outer anchorages 249 Paragraph 7.127 after table Insert: 2 Caution. An explosive dumping ground area consisting of a mine (not charted), centred on position 443630N 375535E (WGS84) with radius 2 cables, lies in the NE section of anchorage area No 416. Three charted foul areas, consisting of the remains of wrecks, lie to the S and SW of the explosive dumping ground area. Chart 3316 and Russian ENC RU4MDLMO [21/12] Russia – Sochi — Obstruction 255 Paragraph 7.191 2 line 4 Add: ...An obstruction lies in the SE corner of the anchorage area, 3½ cables SW of Severnyy (North) Mole head. Russian Notice 233.3.11 (SDD 2011000 00089) [04/11] Russia – North-east part of the Black Sea – Sochi to Mys Pitsunda — Imeretinskiy Port 257 After Paragraph 7.206 2 line 7 Insert: SW of ImeretinskiyPort (4 miles WNW) (7.207), thence: After Paragraph 7.206 3 Insert: Imeretinskiy Port General information 7.206a 1 Position. Imeretinskiy Port (43246N 39559E) is situated 1 mile SE of Adler (7.211). The port is a subsidiary of Sochi (7.182). 2 Function. The port has been constructed to serve the logistics requirements for the 2014 Sochi Winter Olympic Games. The port will deliver cargo and construction materials to the Imeretinskaya Valley, where the main construction site for the games is based. After the games, part of the port area will be changed into a yacht marina. Limiting conditions 7.206b 1 Maximum size of vessel. Vessel s up t o 10 000 tonnes dwt can be accommodated. Arrival information 7.206c 1 Outer anchorage. Adler Roads anchorage is centred 8 cables W of Adler. Cautions. Submarine cables extend through the centre and to the SE of the anchorage area. A submarine pipeline extending 2½ cables SW, with an obstruction at its seaward end, lies in the NE part of the anchorage area. 2 Pilots. Pilots board in position 43239N 39543E, 1½ miles SSW of Adler. Harbour 7.206d 1 The NW part of the harbour is protected by a short breakwater extending 240 m SE. The SE part of the harbour consists of a short breakwater extending 130 m SW and an angled breakwater extending 530 m NW, the two breakwaters are connected by a road bridge 210 m long. The entrance which opens SW is 135 m wide. Berths 7.206e 1 1300 m of quay space consisting of eight berths with depths alongside of 92 m. Bulk cargoes, cement, containers and general cargoes. 258 Paragraph 7.211 2 lines 5-7 Delete Lloyds List July 2012 [31/12] Sea of Azov – Passage across Sea of Azov — Wreck 275 Paragraph 8.82 2 line 2 Replace by: ...3640E, thence: E of a dangerous wreck with a depth of 91 m (66 miles S). Ukraine Notice 37.247.12 (SDD 2012000 209658) [45/12] Sea of Azov – East part – Mys Kamennyy to Mys Achuyevskiy — Directions; area to be avoided 284 After Paragraph 8.168 4 line 3 Insert: Clear of an area to be avoided (4¾ miles E), 27 cables radius, centred on 452050N 372045E, thence: Russian NM 3343/22/2012 (SDD 2012000 104253) [25/12] Index NP25 2 - 66 NP25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 (2010 Edition) United States of America – Puget Sound – Ports and Inlets West of Puget Sound — Restricted areas; hazard lights 93 Paragraph 3.73 1 lines 3-4 Replace by: ...1223720W), to Brownsville (473920N 1223700W). Flashing red lights on Navy range vessels and on buildings at Keyport indicate that torpedo firings, tests or other operations hazardous to mariners are in progress. US Notice 05/18446/12 (SDD 2012000 022303) [08/12] Canada – Hood Canal – Hood Canal Bridge — Vertical clearance 119 Paragraph 3.293 1 line 6 For 168 m (55 ft) Read 152 m (50 ft) US Notice 15/18477/12 (SDD 2012000 071214) [18/12] United States of America – Rosario Strait – Belle Rock — Light 131 Paragraph 4.22 5 lines 1-3 Replace by: 5 E of Belle Rock (482958N 1224516W), marked by BR Light Buoy (isolated danger). Bird... US NGA Notice 47/18429/11 (SDD 2011000 214049) [49/11] Canada – Vancouver – Burrard Inlet — Directions; lights 208 Paragraph 6.167 2-3 Replace by: 2 N of Second Narrows Directional Light (white square framework tower on 3-pile dolphin) (491762N 1230276W), principally intended for outbound traffic. The line of bearing (266), astern, of this light leads through Second Narrows. Thence: Under Second Narrows Highway Bridge (6.164). A light is exhibited from the bridge over the centre line of the mainshipping channel. Four other lights are sited Nand Sof the centre line light, two on the W side and two on the E side. Thence: 3 Under Second Narrows Railway Bridge (6.164), close E of the highway bridge. Lights on the piers supporting the lift span mark the limits of the channel. A directional light in the centre of the bridge, with a line of bearing (266), is intended for traffic leaving Port Moody. Lights facing E and W indicate if the bridge is open (green), opening (isophase green), closing (isophase red) or closed (red). Thence: S of two lights (white tower, green band at top, on dolphin) 2 and 5 cables E of the railway bridge, marking the limits of a dredged holding area, and S of a further light beacon (multi-pile dolphin) (491794N1225980W), marking the S edge of an extensive drying sandbank. Thence: BA Chart 4964 [12/12] Canada – Port Moody — Directions; leading lights 209 Paragraph 6.173 2 lines 5-11 Replace by: Front light (white trapezium, red stripe, on white mast) (491773N 1225394W). Rear light (similar structure) (218 m E of the front light). The alignment (277), astern, of these lights leads through the deep-water channel to a position N of Pacific Coast Bulk Terminals (6.175), passing: Canadian Western Notice 05/3311/2011 (SDD 2011000 100863) [40/11] NP26 British Columbia Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition) Gardner Canal — Directions; Kitlope Anchorage 95 Paragraph 3.129 1 lines 2-3 Replace by: ...1284897W) the route leads generally SE to the head of the canal, passing: 96 Paragraph 3.129 4 lines 7-9 Replace by: Through to the head of the canal. Paragraph 3.142 including heading Replace by: Spare 3.142 Canadian West Notice 3948/09/2012 (SDD 2012000 196081) [42/12] Index NP27 2 - 67 NP27 Channel Pilot (2011 Edition) France – Off Ushant TSS — Directions; buoyage; AIS 64 Paragraph 2.33 1 line 2 Delete Paragraph 2.33 1 line 4 Delete Paragraph 2.33 2 lines 2-3 Replace by: Virtual (safe water) (483000N 54500W). Virtual (safe water) (485950N 52400W). Paragraph 2.34 1 Replace by: 1 North-east going traffic lane. From the vicinity of 4836 00N 545 00W at the entrance to the NE-bound traffic lane, the route leads 12 miles NNE, thence 7 miles ENE, to the vicinity of 485050N 52680W at the exit from the lane. Paragraph 2.35 1 Replace by: 1 From the vicinity of 485050N 52680W at the exit from the NE-bound traffic lane of Off Ushant TSS, the direction of traffic flow leads generally ENE for about 117 miles to a position SSE of Channel Light Float (495447N 25374W) (2.38), moored at the W end of Off Casquets TSS. (Directions continue at 2.38) French Notice 47/35/12 (SDD 2012000 238360) [50/12] England – Lizard Point to Falmouth — Fishing pots 90 After Paragraph 4.16 1 Insert: Fishing pots 4.16a 1 An unusually dense concentration of crab pots extends up to 6 miles off the coast between Lizard Point and Nare Point, 9 miles NNE. Much of this gear is unmarked and creates a risk of fouling to vessels anchoring, particularly in the deeper water offshore. Maritime and Coastguard Agency (SDD 2012000 208018) [47/12] England – Plymouth — Pilot boarding position 111-112 Paragraph 4.150 5 Replace by: 5 Boarding position. Pilots board in the vicinity of 501850N 41050W having first established direct communication with the vessel requiring pilotage. Cattewater Harbour Commissioners (SDD 2012000 060493) [17/12] England – Brixham Harbour — Directions; direction light 145 Paragraph 5.72 1 Replace by: 1 Main Fairway is approached from a position NW of Victoria Breakwater head. It leads SSE through Outer Harbour and is marked by numbered light buoys (lateral). Tor Bay Harbour Authority Notice 14/12 (SDD 2012000 111695) [26/12] England – Poole Harbour — Bridges; navigable width; traffic signals 174 After Paragraph 6.102 2 Insert: Navigable width 6.102a 1 Poole Bridge: 184 m. Twin Sails Bridge: 190m. 176 Paragraph 6.112 including heading Replace by: Spare 6.112 Paragraph 6.115 including heading Replace by: Bridges 6.115 1 Two bascule bridges, Poole Bridge (504276N 15956W) and Twin Sails Bridge (504292N 15959W), cross Backwater Channel (6.131) between Old Town and Lower Hamworthy. Both bridges are equipped with traffic signal lights (Diagram 6.115) and LED screens indicating the vertical distance between the water level and the underside of the lifting spans. These lights and screens are displayed on either side of the channel at both bridges and are visible both upstream and downstream. 2 To minimise disruption to mariners while keeping one bridge available to road traffic, the two bridges are opened sequentially at specified times between 0530 and 2345. Temporary berths are available on the Hamworthy side of the channel for vessels awaiting the opening of the second bridge. Full details of the summer and winter schedules of opening times are available on the Port Authority website (6.101) and at www.boroughofpoole.com. Poole Harbour Control and Poole Bridge may be directly contacted by VHF. 177 Paragraph 6.117 5 line 2 For the bridge Read Poole Bridge 178 Paragraph 6.122 2 lines 6-7 For the bridge Read Poole Bridge Poole Harbour Commissioners (SDDs 2012000 043365; 050763) [17/12] Index NP27 2 - 68 France – L’Élorn – Saint-Nicolas — Prohibited areas 267 Paragraph 8.133 5 lines 4-8 Replace by: Anchoring is prohibited within 50 m above and below the bridges, as shown on the chart. Anchori ng, stoppi ng, fi shi ng and di vi ng are prohibited in a ½ mile stretch of the river in the vicinity of the pyrotechnical works at Saint-Nicolas. In addition, unauthorised vessels are prohibited from entering an area which extends up to 1 cable from the berth. French Notice 07/34/12 (SDD 2012000 035973) [17/12] France – Dives-Sur-Mer — Directions; light; buoyage 416 Paragraph 13.69 5 lines 1-2 Replace by: 5 E l i mi t, the meri di an passi ng through Di ves-sur-Mer Li ghthouse (di sused) 00522W. 420 Paragraph 13.92 1 Replace by: 1 From a position WSW of DI Light Buoy (safe water) (4919 17N 005 84W) the beari ng 159½ of Dives-sur-Mer Lighthouse (disused) (red hut, 5 m in height) (491780N 00522W) leads in the entrance channel passing between No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (491849N 00567W) and No 2 Light Buoy (port hand) (491850N 00556W). The channel is marked by buoys and beacons, some of which are lit. The channel frequently alters and the bearing of the lighthouse and the channel markings are adjusted accordingly. French Notice 9/29/12 (SDD 2012000 046167) [17/12] NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2011 Edition) The following notice is to be implemented at 0000 UTC on 1st December 2012 Belgium – Westhinder and approaches to Westerschelde — Directions; TSS; precautionary areas; ATBA; DW route; anchorages 57 Paragraph 2.4 1 Replace by: 1 At West Hinder TSS to Wandelaar Pilot Station (512220N 24292E) (7.14). From its junction with the TSS in Dover Strait NE of Sandettié Bank (511400N 15800E), the route leads 21 miles ENE to the pilot station at Wandelaar. See 2.51. 60 Paragraph2.36 1 line7For West Hinder TSSReadAt West Hinder TSS 62 Paragraph 2.43 3 lines 2-3 For West Hinder TSS Read At West Hinder TSS Paragraph2.43 4 line3For West Hinder TSSReadAt West Hinder TSS Paragraph 2.45 1 and heading Replace by: AT WEST HINDER TSS TO WANDELAAR PILOT STATION General information Charts 323, 1873 Route 2.45 1 From a position S of Hinder 1 Light Buoy (isolated danger) (512079N 21094E) the route leads 21 miles in a generally ENE direction through At West Hinder TSS and West Hinder Precautionary Area to Wandelaar Pilot Station. Paragraph 2.48 1 line 1 For West Hinder TSS Read At West Hinder TSS After Paragraph 2.48 1 line 3 Insert: Precautionary Area 2.48a 1 West Hinder Precautionary Area (512250N 24000E) lies between the E end of At West Hinder TSS and the routes into Westerschelde. The area has recommended directions of traffic flow and enables deeper draught vessels to navigate clear of the shallower parts. Wandelaar Pilot Station is situated in the E part of the area. Area To Be Avoided 2.48b 1 An ATBA (512390N 23870E) lies between the N boundary of West Hinder Precautionary Area and the S side of the E part of Westhinder Anchorage and extends about 2 miles W/E and 5 cables N/S. It may only be entered in an emergency, to avoid immediate collision, or for safety of life at sea, and is designed to ensure vessels approach Wanderlaar Pilot Station from either a N’ly or W’ly direction. 62-63 Paragraph 2.51 1-5 and heading Including existing Section IV Notices Weeks 38/12 and 40/12 Replace by: At West Hinder TSS to Wandelaar Pilot Station 2.51 1 At West Hinder TSS is only 2 miles wide for the greater part of its length and contains two traffic lanes separated by a narrow separation zone. From its W end, S of Hinder 1 Light Buoy (isolated danger) (512079N 21094E), the TSS leads 14 miles ENE to West Hinder Precautionary Area (2.48a), passing: Index NP28 2 - 69 2 SSE of Fairy Bank (512400N 22000E) (7.5), marked at its S extremity by Fairy S Light Buoy (S cardinal) (512120N 21735E), thence: NNW of Bergues Bank (511700N 22150E) (6.65), marked on its NW side by Bergues Light Buoy (starboard hand) (511716N 21862E) and Bergues N Light Buoy (N cardinal) (511995N 22452E), thence: 3 SSE of Westhinder Light (512331N 22627E) (2.49), standing at the S end of Westhinder (7.6). WH S Li ght Buoy (S cardi nal ) (512278N 22625E) is moored S of the light structure on the N boundary of the TSS. Thence: NNW of Oostdyck (511600N 22600E) (6.65), marked at its N end by Oost-Dyck Light Buoy (N cardinal) (512138N 23112E) and OD1 Light Buoy (N cardinal) close WNW. 4 The route then leads 7 miles E through West Hinder Precautionary Area to Wandelaar Pilot Station (512220N 24292E), passing: S of an ATBA (2.48b) marked at its SW extremity by AN Light Buoy (port hand) (512345N 23692E), and: N of AZ Light Buoy (starboard hand) (512115N 23692E) moored on the S boundary of the precautionary area, thence: 5 N of Kwintebank (511560N 23760E), marked at its N end by KB Light Buoy (N cardinal) (512103N 24283E) and KB2 Light Buoy (N cardinal) moored close W near the S boundary of the precautionary area. Caution. WH S Light Buoy should be given a wide berth due to strong tidal streams in its vicinity. 63 Paragraph 2.52 1 and heading Replace by: Anchorages Westhinder 2.52 1 Westhinder Anchorage (512500N 23700E) lies 5 cabl es N of the W part of West Hi nder Precautionary Area; its E part borders the N side of an ATBA (2.48b). Oostdyck 2.52a 1 Oostdyck Anchorage (512000N 23400E) lies about 1 mile S of the W part of West Hinder Precautionary Area. 161 Paragraph 7.5 1 Replace by: 1 Fairy Bank (512400N 22000E) as defined by the 20 m depth contour extends 9 miles NNE. Fairy S Light Buoy (2.51) is moored at the S end of the bank on the boundary of At West Hinder TSS. Paragraph 7.6 1 lines 6-7 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 38/12 For the West Hinder TSS. Read At West Hinder TSS. 162 Paragraph 7.11 1 line 2 For SWA Read Akkaert-SW Paragraph 7.11 1 line 4 For SWA Read Akkaert-SW After Paragraph 7.12 2 Insert: Precautionary Area 7.12a 1 Due to the constructi on of wi nd farms a precautionary area has been established in the vicinity of Bligh Bank (7.8) and Thornton Bank (7.9). The area, centred on 513700N 25400E, extends 18 miles NW/SE and is approximately 5 miles wide. 165 Paragraph 7.29 1 Replace by: 1 From Wandel aar Pi l ot Stati on (5122 20N 24292E), located in the West Hinder Precautionary Area (2.48a), two routes lead to Scheur, which is the pri nci pal fai rway i nto the Westerschel de. An IMO-adopted deep-water route, known as Vaargeul 1, is for vessels with a draught of more than 131 m and passes N of Akkaert Bank (512300N 25000E); the other route, via A-1 Light Buoy (512237N 25334E), passes S of the bank. The distance from Wandelaar Pilot Station to Rede van Vlissingen is approximately 33 miles. 167 Paragraph 7.42 heading Replace by: Wandelaar Pilot Station to Scheur, deep-water route passing north of Akkaert Bank 168 Paragraph 7.43 1 lines 5-8 Replace by: Between Akkaert-SW Light Buoy (W cardinal) (512228N 24634E), marking the SW end of Akkaert Bank (7.11), and MBN Light Buoy (N cardinal) (502082N 24629E), marking the SE corner of West Hinder Precautionary Area, thence: Paragraph 7.43 2 line 1 For A1 Read A-1 169 Paragraph 7.47 2 lines 1-3 Replace by: Between Akkaert-SW Light Buoy (W cardinal) (512228N 24634E) and MBN Light Buoy (N cardinal) (502082N 24629E) (7.43), thence: Paragraph 7.47 2 line 4 For A1 Read A-1 Paragraph 7.48 1 line 1 Replace by: 1 Westhinder Anchorage. See 2.52. Oostdyck Anchorage. See 2.52a. Index NP28 2 - 70 177 Paragraph 7.109 1 line 7 For Vaargeul 1 Read the deep-water route Vaargeul 1 BA Chart 1873; International Maritime Organisation; Belgian Notice 21/308/12 (SDDs 2012000 139389; 207980) [44/12] England – Littlehampton to Shoreham — Directions; meteorological mast 73 After Paragraph 3.31 1 line 5 Insert: Clear of a meteorological mast (504129N 02059W), thence: Fugro Seacore (SDD 2012000 098547) [22/12] England – Dover Harbour — Tidal stream 94 After Paragraph 4.31 3 Insert: 4 Caution. It has been reported (2012) that the E-going tidal stream sets across the harbour at rates greater than those depicted in the tidal stream diagrams on chart 1698. The effect is likely to be strongest in the vicinity of the W berths of Eastern Docks between -0240 and -0110 HW Dover. Dover Harbour Board Notice 34/12 (SDD 2012000 238088) [50/12] Belgium – Westhinder and West Approaches To Westerschelde — Buoys 63 Paragraph 2.51 3 line 3 For WH Zuid Read WH S 161 Paragraph 7.6 1 lines 7-8 Delete Track Ferry To the Nend. 168 Paragraph 7.42 3 line 7 For VG7 Read SVG 169 Paragraph 7.47 3 line 1 For SWW Read AW2 Paragraph 7.47 3 line 3 For WBN Read AW1 Paragraph 7.47 4 line 8 For A2 Read AW Belgian Notices Weeks 16 and 17/2012 (SDD 2012000 156593 and 166151) [38/12] England – Pegwell Bay — Directions; landmarks 100 Paragraph 4.66 3 lines 1-2 Replace by: 3 For marks at Ramsgate see 4.98. 102 Paragraph 4.82 Replace by: 4.82 1 Spare. 103 Paragraph 4.98 1 line 2 Delete (SDD 2012000 053405) [16/12] Belgium – Westerschelde and Approaches — Pilotage 162 Paragraph 7.14 3 lines 1-3 Delete Paragraph 7.16 1 line 7 Delete Belgian Notice 14/214/12 (SDD 2012000 134902) [31/12] The following notice is to be implemented at 0000 UTC on 1st December 2012 England – Approaches to Thames Estuary — Traffic separation scheme; buoyage 252 Paragraph 10.27 3 lines 1-10 Replace by: 3 Sunk TSS East compri ses ENE-goi ng and WSW-going lanes, each about 11 miles in length and 1 mile wide, with a 3 cable wide central separation zone. A separation zone 8½ cables wide extends along the N side of the TSS separating it from the Outer Gabbard and Inner Gabbard, and the N part of Greater Gabbard Offshore Wind Farm (10.34). A light buoy (safe water) is moored at either end of the central separation zone and S Inner Gabbard Light Buoy (S cardinal) (514993N 15189E) is moored at the exit point of the WSW-going lane. N Galloper Light Buoy (N cardinal) (514984N 15999E) marks the limit of the TSS in the vicinity of the N extremity of The Galloper (10.38). International Maritime Organisation and Trinity House (SDD 2012000 123998; 202221) [44/12] United Kingdom – Thames estuary – Margate to The Nore — Directions; depths; buoyage; channels 267 Paragraph 11.21 1 line 2 For 12 Read 15 Index NP28 2 - 71 Paragraph 11.23 1 Replace by: 1 Depths vary in the channels. There is a least depth of 41m at the W end of South Channel and a least depth in Copperas Channel of 09 m in position 512375N 11297E. Near the E end of Overland Passage there is a least depth of 09 m in position 512523N 10603E over the submarine cable between Kentish Flats Wind Farm (10.88) and Herne Bay. Paragraph 11.30 1 line 2 For 12 Read 15 268 Paragraph 11.30 3-5 Replace by: 3 Through Gore Channel (512380N 11500E) which lies between Margate Hook, a drying shoal (512424N 11502E) and the shoals bordering the coast. A stranded wreck (512288N 11563E), marked by Plum Puddi ng Buoy (port hand) (5122 97N 11562E), lies to the S of the channel on the drying line of the coastal shoals. There are also drying patches close N and E of the buoy. Margate Hook, on the N side of the channel, dries and is marked on its S side by Margate Hook Beacon (S cardi nal ) (512418N 11428E). Thence: 4 Through Copperas Channel (5123 75N 11180E) which lies between the W end of Margate Hook, marked by Copperas Light Buoy (starboard hand) (512381N 11118E), and Reculver Sand (512330N 11200E), marked by Reculver Light Buoy (port hand) (512363N 11256E). There are rocky ledges on Reculver Sand including Black Rock (512320N 11120E) and a drying patch 1 mile WNW of The Reculvers. Thence: Through Horse Channel (512450N 11050E), which is unmarked and the continuation W of Copperas Channel, thence: 5 To a position at the W end of Overland Passage (512540N 10400E) to the N of Whitstable (11.33). Overland Passage is unmarked and runs 6 miles WNW from Horse Channel to Four Fathoms Channel (11.44). Pudding Pan (512560N 10720E) lies on the N side of Overland Passage and Studhill (512390N 10600E) and Clite Hole Bank (512360N 10360E) to the S. Concrete boulders lie on the bottom of these patches. An outfall, marked at its seaward end by a buoy (special) (512308N 10457E) extends 1 mile NNE from the coast. East Spaniard (512658N 10340E), a small shoal N of Overland Passage, is marked on its SE side by Spani ard Li ght Buoy (E cardi nal ) (512624N 10400E). Caution. There are no good leading marks on this route. 271 Paragraph 11.48 1-3 Replace by: 1 From a position N of Whitstable (512185N 10150E) (11.33) the route initially leads 3 miles W through Four Fathoms Channel (512620N 05720E) passing: Sof Middle Sand (512680N10100E) which dries and extends E into East Middle Sand, which also dries. Middle Sand Beacon (safe water) (512698N 10003E) lies to the N of Middle Sand. Several charted wrecks and obstructions lie off the S side of Middle Sand. Thence: 2 S of Spile (512655N 05720E), a drying patch lying on the S side of the W end of Red Sand (512700N 05900E). Spile Light Buoy (starboard hand) (512640N 05570E) is moored 9 cables W of Spile. 3 From the W end of Four Fathoms Channel the route l eads 3½ mi l es NW across The Cant (512780N 05100E), passing: SW of East Cant (512800N 05600E), on which stands the ruin of Cant Beacon (512777N 05536E), thence: Trinity House (SDDs 2011000 240248; 2012000 030216) [14/12] England – Thames Estuary – Overland Passage — Buoy 268 Existing Section IV Notice Week 14/12 Paragraph 11.30 5 lines 13-17 Replace by: ...1 mile NNE from the coast. East Spaniard (512658N 10340E), a small shoal, lies N of Overland Passage. Trinity House (SDD 2012000 183274) [39/12] England – East coast – Harwich Haven — Pilotage draught limit 283 Paragraph 12.58 4 line 5 Delete or under 8 m draught Harwich Haven Authority (SDD 2012000 084978) [21/12] United Kingdom – Harwich Haven approaches — Directions; buoyage 283 Paragraph 12.62 1 line 4 For port hand Read W cardinal 285 Paragraph 12.74 4 line 3 For port hand Read W cardinal Paragraph 12.74 5 line 4 For W cardinal Read special Trinity House Notice 13/12 (SDD 2012000 030438) [13/12] Index NP30 2 - 72 NP30 China Sea Pilot Volume 1 (2010 Edition) China – South coast – Chang Jiang – Zhanjiang — Vertical clearance 247 Paragraph 7.167 1 line 2 For 59 Read 48 Chinese Chart 15732/10 (SDD 2010000103814) [27/12] Zhuhai Gang — Pilotage 252 Paragraph 7.225 1 line 3 to 6 Replace by: No 1 (215048N 1131343E), vessels more than 6 m draught. No 2 (215348N 1131253E), vessels less than 6 m draught. Chinese Chart 15449, Chart 1557 (SDD 2010000172125) [48/12] China – South Coast – Zhujiang Kou – Macao outer anchorage — Wreck 266 After Paragraph 8.16 1 line 9 Insert: A dangerous wreck lies close S of this anchorage, marked by a buoy (isolated danger). Chinese Notice 33/1196/11 (SDD 2012000 151046) [27/12] Hong Kong – Tathong Channel — Directions; dangers; depths 293 Paragraph 9.58 1 line 6 Delete The to dangers. Paragraph 9.58 2 Replace by: The scheme is entered at TCS1 Light Buoy (safe water) (221316N 1142018E). TCS2, TCS3 and TCS4 Light Buoys (safe water) moored in the separation zone mark the turning points. Attention is drawn to an obstruction (221534N 1141621E), with a depth of 130 m in the inbound lane and a least depth of 129 m in the outbound lane. Hong Kong NM 20/37/10, Chart 4127 (SDD 2010000166350) [48/12] NP31 China Sea Pilot Volume 2 (2012 Edition) South China Sea - Dangerous Ground - South West Part — Major Light 62 After Paragraph 2.85 1 line 5 Insert: SinCoweIsland Light (yellowsquaretower onyellow and red building, 23 m in height) (95243N 1141917E). 63 After Paragraph 2.86 1 line 8 Insert: Sin Cowe Island Light (95243N 1141917E). Paragraph 2.90 2 line 3 Add: From where a light (2.85) is exhibited. Vietnam Notice to Mariners 132/2012 (SDD 2012000 208149) [49/12] Philippines – Luzon – Mariveles — Total Bataan Terminal 185 After Paragraph 8.120 Insert: Total Bataan Terminal 8.120a 1 General Information. Total Bataan Terminal (142560N 1203380E), part of the port of Mariveles (8.95), is located at Alasasin Point and consists of a T-head jetty 530 m in length leading SSE from the shore. 2 Berth. The berth at the head of the jetty has two berthi ng and four moori ng dol phi ns and can accommodate vessels up to 50 000 dwt at a depth of 95 m. Bataan Terminal Marine Handbook (SDD 2012000 128445) [30/12] NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2011 Edition) Taiwan – Taiwan Strait — Direct Cross-strait Shipping Links 65 Paragraph 2.7 Including Section IV Notice Week 50/11 Replace by: 1 Regulations for foreign vessels in Taiwanese waters are at Appendix II. Direct Cross-strait Shipping Links. Vessels navigating between mainland China and ports in Taiwan should use the charted fairways. The fairways should be entered via the appropriate pass point. Details of these routes are shown on chart 1760. 2 Mini Three Links System for vessels trading between Taiwan, the offshore islands and the mainland see 2.121. 117 Paragraph 3.74 Including Section IV Notice Week 50/11 Replace by: 1 Regulations for foreign vessels in Taiwanese waters are at Appendix II. Index NP32 2 - 73 Direct Cross-strait Shipping Links. Vessels navigating between mainland China and ports in Taiwan should use the charted fairways. The fairways should be entered via the appropriate pass point. Details of these routes are shown on chart 3236. Chinese Hydrographic Office (SDD 2012000 211863) [48/12] Philippines – North coast of Luzon – Aparri — Dangerous wreck 107 After Paragraph 3.17 2 line 2 Insert: A dangerous wreck, with about 2 m of water over it, lies N of the port entrance in position 182335N 1213819E. Philippine Notice 086/05/12 (SDD 2012000 112353) [27/12] Taiwan – Luzon Strait — Directions; dangers 111 After Paragraph 3.35 2 line 4 Insert: 38 m (203780N 1184080E). Taiwanese Chart 0328B (SDD 2011000 162684) [50/12] Taiwan – East coast – Su-ao Kang — Anchorage 125 Paragraph 3.113 2 lines 6-8 Replace by: ...a foul area lies 2 cables N. Asecond anchorage area lies between co-ordinates: 243438N 1215333E 243437N 1215362E 243410N 1215362E 243410N 1215335E The recognised quarantine anchorage is within the outer harbour, clear of the main fairway, in 19 to 21 m, sand. Taiwainese Notice 208/2011 (SDD 2011000 240184) [03/12] China – East Coast – Xiamen Gang — Approach and entry 146 After Paragraph 4.106 1 line 8 Insert: 2 Extensive changes to fairways, buoyage, depths, anchorage areas, wrecks, piers and AIS are currently taking place in Xiamen Gang. Details are promulgated in Admiralty Notice to Mariners 5167(P)/11. (NM 5167(P)/11) [48/11] China – East coast – Tiaozhou Men — Vertical clearances 235 Paragraph 6.59 2 line 9 For 42 m Read 36 m Paragraph 6.59 2 lines 10-11 Replace by: Zoumatang Dao (294430N1221370E) to Chang Shan, two cables, least safe vertical clearance 19 m. Chinese Chart 13521 (SDD 2012000 186047) [51/12] China – Shanghai approaches – Nancao Hangdao — Pilot boarding positions 279 Paragraph 7.27 2 lines 3-4 Replace by: No 3(N) (310340N 1221220E) No 3(S) (310248N 1221220E) Chinese chart 13178 (SDD 2012000 190915) [49/12] China – Shanghai – Hengsha Tongdao — Directions; TSS 284 Paragraph 7.47 1 lines 8-10 Delete ...The S entrance is marked by light buoys (lateral), but the main part of the strait is mainly unmarked. Paragraph 7.47 4 lines 4-6 Replace by: The track then leads generally NNW, joining a TSS, through a short entrance channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), thence: N and NNW, following the TSS, through Hengsha Tongdao, thence: Paragraph 7.47 5 line 1 For (E cardinal) (312314N 1214695E) Read (lateral) (312309N 1214679E) Chinese chart 13181 (SDD 2012000 184747) [49/12] China – Yellow Sea – Lianyungang — Directions; buoyage 311 Paragraph 8.19 3 lines 8-9 Replace by: Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy) (345558N 1195753E). Paragraph 8.19 4 lines 2-3 Replace by: Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy) (345558N 1195753E). Index NP32 2 - 74 313 Paragraph 8.41 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy) (345558N 1195753E). Paragraph 8.41 2 lines 6-7 Replace by: Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy) (345558N 1195753E). After Paragraph 8.42 2 line 7 Insert: Clear of Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy) (345558N 1195753E), thence: Paragraph 8.42 4 lines 1-4 Replace by: The track then continues WSW to the vicinity of No 11 Li ght Buoy (3452 26N 11949 34E); anchorages (8.32) may be approached directly, or from the buoyed entrance channel (below). 315 Paragraph 8.60 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy) (345558N 1195753E). Paragraph 8.60 4 lines 2-3 Replace by: Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy) (345558N 1195753E). 317 Paragraph 8.68 2 lines 4-5 Replace by: Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy) (345558N 1195753E). Paragraph 8.68 3 lines 2-3 Replace by: Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy) (345558N 1195753E). Chinese Notice 5/135/12 (SDD 2012000 025972) [09/12] China - Yellow Sea - Lianyungang — Charts; directions; berths 311 Paragraph 8.23 Charts heading For Charts 1253, 878 Read Charts 1253, 723, 738, 739 312 Paragraph 8.32 3 lines 14-15 For Dangerous Goods Read Explosives Paragraph 8.34 3 line 3 For areas: Read area: Paragraph 8.34 3 lines 4-5 Delete 313 After Paragraph 8.43 4 Add: Between the breakwaters (under construction 2012) in the vicinity of No 37 and No 38 Light Buoys (344477N 1193149E and 344446N 1193134E respectively). 314 After Paragraph 8.44 1 line 5 Add: NNE of a large area being reclaimed (2010) extending ESE from the Ore Terminal (8.48). Paragraph 8.48 1 Replace by: 1 Ore Terminal with a depth of 15 m. A turning area lies NNE of the terminal. Fertilizer Wharf under construction (2012). Mayao Working Area has three piers with 14 berths for vessels of up to 25 000 dwt. There is a coal pier for vessels of 10 000 dwt WNW of Pier No 3. A turning area lies NE of Pier No 3. 2 Miaoling Working Area consists of Miaoling Container Wharf with 4 berths with depths of 14 m. There are two basins further W with 12 berths for vessels of up to 35 000 dwt. There are three turning areas with an unspecified obstruction, position approximate, in the E most one. Xugou Working Area has four turning areas, 12 berths for vessels up to 25 000 dwt and a RoRo Terminal. Charts 723, 738 & 739 [40/12] China – Yellow Sea – Rizhao Gang — Anchorage 318 After Paragraph 8.74 6 Insert: 7 Tanker 350860N P2 Light Buoy (special) 1194940E marks NW corner and P1 Light Buoy (special) marks NE corner. Chinese Notice 37/1452/12 (SDD 2012000 188367) [43/12] Index NP32 2 - 75 China – Bo Hai – Yantai — Pilotage 344 Paragraph 9.83 2 line 7 Delete No 2 Pilot and Paragraph 9.84 Replace by: 1 Pilots board in the following positions: No 1 Pilot boarding position (374360N 1213050E). No 2 Pilot boarding position (373851N 1212903E). For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals 6(6). Chinese Chart 11940 (SDD 2012000 184261) [47/12] China – Yellow Sea – Penglai — Anchorages 350 Paragraph 9.129 1 line 4 Delete Paragraph 9.129 2 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 48/11 Replace by: 2 Outer anchorages: A quarantine anchorage lies N of Penglai, depth 15 to 17 m, bounded by the following coordinates: 375700N 1205300E 375645N 1205683E 375447N 1205683E 375287N 1205300E. No 5 quarantine anchorage, depth 17 to 19 m, bounded by the following coordinates: 375100N 1212000E 374800N 1212000E 374800N 1211500E 375100N 1211500E. No 6 quarantine and dangerous goods anchorage, depth 18 m, bounded by the following coordinates: 375100N 1210920E 374950N 1210920E 374950N 1210600E 375100N 1210600E. Paragraph 9.129 5 line 3 For anchorage Read anchorages Chinese Notice 20/598/12 (SDD 2012000 098907) [27/12] China – Bo Hai – Huanghua Gang — Directions 381 Paragraph 10.86 2 Replace by: 2 Approach and entry. The port is approached from Huanghua Gang in the W of Bohai Wan through two buoyed channels and the harbour entered between a series of groynes. The outer anchorages may be approached directly from the E or NE; but keeping clear of a dangerous wreck (382807N 1182179E), marked by a light buoy (isolated danger). Paragraph 10.86 4 lines 1-2 Replace by: 4 Controlling depths. Both channels are dredged; the least charted depth in the North Channel is 125 m and in the South Channel 126 m. 382 After Paragraph 10.87 2 line 3 Insert: No 235 Buoy (lateral) (382544N 1180059E). Paragraph 10.87 2 lines 6-9 Delete Paragraph 10.87 3 line 1 Replace by: 3 South Channel Dakoue Leading Lights: Paragraph 10.87 4 line 1 For (239½) Read (240) Paragraph10.874 line7For breakwater head Readgroyne Paragraph 10.87 4 line 12 For breakwater Read groyne Paragraph 10.87 5 line 1 Replace by: 5 South Channel Dakoue Inner Leading Lights: Paragraph 10.87 6-8 Replace by: 6 North Channel Leading Lights: Front light (black diamond on white metal framework tower, 45 m in height) (382080N 1176050E). Rear light (black diamond on white metal framework tower, 67 m in height) (13 miles from front). 7 Entry. The alignment (240) of the lights passes close SE of Zonghegangqu Light Buoy (safe water) and follows the buoyed channel, thence: The track then continues on the alignment through a channel marked by light buoys, passing S of a groyne marked at its outer end by a light beacon (special) (382532N 1175983E). An identical light beacon (382485N 1180017E) SW of the channel marks the NW extremity of a submerged groyne. 8 The track continues on the 240 alignment, passing NE of extensive construction works (2010) until the vicinity of No 249 Light Buoy (382192N 1175277E). The channel then leads SW to the jetty. 9 Berths. The South Channel leads to three berths, largest 280 m in length and a depth of 140 m. The head of the coal pier (38194N 117529E) is marked by a light (green and white GRP pile). The North Channel leads to a 2000 m pier with a general depths of 63 m to 14 m. The NE end of the pier is marked by a light (white concrete column with red bands, 12 m in height) (382106N 1175228E). 10 Xincun is approached via Dakouhe Hekou, a shallow channel, marked by light buoys (lateral) and leading lights, to the SE of Huanghua Gang S Groyne, and across a bar which dries, and entered via a river. Two dangerous wrecks, marked by light buoys (isolated danger), lie on the approach SE of the outer part of the breakwater. 11 Useful mark: Operating Vessel Pier Light (white metal pile, red bands, 9 m in height) (381934N 1175327E). (BA Chart 2650) [15/12] Index NP32 2 - 76 China – Bohai – Tianjin Gang – Dagukou South Anchorage — Dangerous wreck 384 Paragraph 10.105 2 Replace by: Name Position Designation Remarks 2 Dagukou North Anchorage 385743N 1180222E All vessels (except those below) with draught less than 105 m, quarantine anchorage. Depths 6 to 14 m. Dagukou South Anchorage 385401N 1180355E Vessels with dangerous cargo, draught over 8 m; other vessels over 10 m draught, quarantine anchorage. Entry is prohibited to an area within the anchorage containing a dangerous wreck marked to N by light buoy (isolated danger). A further dangerous wreck lies in position 385353N 1180286E Chinese Notice 48/1802/11 (SDD 2011000 225155) [03/12] China – Bohai – Jingtang — Directions; racon 391 Paragraph 10.141 1 lines 5-6 Replace by: Jingtang No 2 Light Buoy (390525N1190927E). Paragraph 10.143 5 line 6 For (390853N 1190495E) Read (390525N 1190927E). Chinese Notices 43/1567-1569/11 (SDD 2011000 199946) [51/11] China – Boi Hai – Jinzhou Gang — Directions 404 Paragraph 10.237 3-10 Replace by: 3 Tankers of 50 000 dwt or less should follow the temporary tanker channel (10.233) from the vicinity of No 3 Anchorage (401496N 1212204E) (10.227), passing SW of the oilfields (403000N 1212100E), and E of Dajiulou Jiao (404310N 1210200E) (10.193). 4 Leading Lights: Front light (white diamond on white metal framework tower with red stripes, 33 min height) (404430N 1210306E). Rear light (white diamond on white metal framework tower with red stripes, 55 m in height) (9¾ cables from front). 5 From a position E of Juhua Dao (402941N 1204924E) the alignment (352) of these lights leads to a position between Jinzhougang Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral) (404354N 1210320E). 6 Other vessels continue N passing: E of a platform(lit) (402262N 1212376E); a well, depth 12 m, lies about 1½ miles N, marked by a light buoy (special), thence: E of the oilfields with lit production platforms and submerged wells, least depth 48 m, (403031N 1212335E). The track the continues N to the vicinity of No 2 Anchorage (403296N 1212659N) (10.231). 7 The track then leads WNW through the fairway of the preferred channel to either anchorage No 1 (10.227) or a position about 5 miles E of Huludao Gaojiao Light (404287N 1210132E) (10.190). The track then continues WNW to Jinzhougang Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral). 8 Jinzhou Gang Leading Lights: Front light (circle on white pile) (404873N 1210388E), Rear light (similar construction) 9¾ cables from front. 9 From a position between Jinzhougang Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral) (404354N 1210320E), the alignment (005¾) of these lights leads through Jinzhougang Hangdao, a channel marked by light buoys and light beacons (lateral) towards the harbour and into the basins, Nos 1 and 2 Basins being approached directly from the channel. 10 Tanker Jetty Leading Lights: Front light (white diamond on white metal framework tower with red stripes, 32 min height) (404864N 1210227E). Rear light (white diamond on white metal framework tower with red stripes, 42 m in height) (2¾ cables from front). 11 From a position about 2½ cables NNE of No 7 Light Beacon (404637N 1210346E), the alingnment (335) of these lights leads NNW for about 1 mile to a tanker jetty marked at S end and N end, by lights (red and white GRP towers, 10 m in height). 12 No 5 Basin: From a position about 1½ cables SSE of No 9 Light Beacon (port hand) (404766N 1210365E), the alignment (060) of leading lights leads about 7 cables into the basin: Front light (white metal pipe) (404792N 1210465E). Rear light (similar structure) (½ cable from front). 13 A new buoyed channel has been established from the vicinity of Jinzhougang Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral) (404354N 1210320E), leading generally NW to a position N of the construction work off Huludao. Chinese Notices 52/1966-1967/11; ALLFS F3965.61, F3965.601, F3965.668, F3965.6681 (SDD 2011000 240256) [06/12] Index NP32 2 - 77 China – Bo Hai – Yingkou — Vertical clearance; racon 405 After Paragraph 10.245 1 line 6 Insert: Vertical clearance 10.245a 1 The Liao He Ultra Large Bridge (404166N 1221091E) crosses the river between Yinkou and Liaobin. Vertical clearance is unkown. 407 After Paragraph 10.261 1 line 8 Add: Liao He Ultra Large Bridge (404166N 1221091E). Chinese Notices 33/1180-1182/11 (SDD 2011000 151046) [48/11] Korea – West coast – Taesan Hang — Light 427 Paragraph 11.90 2 lines 1-2 Delete 435 Paragraph 11.118 2 line 5 Delete 436 Paragraph 11.120 6 lines 3-6 Replace by: S of Oedaldo, a hilly island covered in pine trees. A light beacon (W cardinal) (344668N 1261733E) stands off theSWpoint of theisland. Korean Notice 691/12 (SDD 2012000 216234) [49/12] Korea – West coast – Mokp’o Hang — Berths; inner anchorages; depths 438 Paragraph 11.127 2 line 5 For 154 m Read 154 m Paragraph 11.127 2 line 7 For 169 m Read 169 m BA Chart 1558 [29/12] Korea – West coast – Taesan — Anchorages 457 Paragraph 12.69 2-4 Replace by: 2 A14 Anchorage 370370N 1261955E Depth about 30 m; outside harbour limits A13 Anchorage 370400N 1262075E Depth about 13 m; outside harbour limits A12 Anchorage 365902N 1261531E Depth about 30 m; vessels over 65 000 dwt; outside harbour limits A11 Anchorage 365955N 1261601E Depths about 28 to 35 m; vessels over 65 000 dwt; outside harbour limits A10 Anchorage 370034N 1261687E Depth about 31 m; vessels under 65 000 dwt 3 Quarantine and A9 Anchorage 370078N 1261749E Depths 24 to 35 m; vessels under 65 000 dwt A8 Anchorage 370113N 1261810E Depth about 31 m; vessels under 20 000 dwt A7 Anchorage 370142N 1261868E Depth about 33 m; vessels under 6000 dwt A6 Anchorage 370163N 1261914E Depth about 35m; vessels under 6000 dwt 4 A5 Anchorage 370259N 1262188E Depth about 29 m; vessels under 20 000 dwt A4 Anchorage 370280N 1262245E Depth about 29 m; vessels under 6000 dwt A3 Anchorage 370294N 1262364E Depth about 19 m; vessels under 12 000 dwt A2 Anchorage 370258N 1262406E Depth about 14 m; vessels under 6000 dwt A1 Anchorage 370226N 1262436E Depth about 7 m; vessels under 6000 dwt Korean Notice 732/12 (SDD 2012000 216234) [49/12] Korea - West coast - Inch’än — Directions; anchorages; berths 463 After Paragraph 12.124 1 line 12 Insert: The pilot boarding point for the Container Terminal (12.160) is in position 373057N 1263588E, W of Yulto. 468 After Paragraph 12.158 4 line 6 Insert: Anchorages W16 and W17 lie W of the buoyed channel off Yulto (12.160). Index NP32 2 - 78 470 After Paragraph 12.160 5 Insert: 6 Container Terminal (373365N 1263587E), N of Yulto. Paragraph 12.164 3 lines 1-4 Replace by: 3 Navigational aids. A buoyed channel, with a minimum depth of 56 m, extends from Yulto to the Container Terminal (12.160) NE of the Yängjongdo Bridge. The channel in Yäm Ha is marked by buoys and beacons from March to November, but they are liable to drag or be destroyed by floods or other causes. Korean Notice 25/347/12 (SDD 2012000 123633) [36/12] NP33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2011 Edition) Philippines – Sibutu Passage — Reporting system 127 After Paragraph 5.14 Insert: Reporting system 5.14a 1 A reporting system is in operation for the Sibutu Passage area and applies to all vessels in transit. For detai l s see Admi ral ty Li st of Radi o Si gnal s Volume 6(4). MV British Trader (SDD 2012000 151563) [35/12] Malaysia – Sungai Merotai Kecil — Directions 145 Paragraph 5.153 2 lines 1 to 10 Delete BA Chart 2099 (SDD 2011000 105818) [18/12] Philippines – Panay – Juraojurao Island — Directions 269 After Paragraph 8.361 1 line 5 Insert: Clear of a 34 m shoal (102290N 1215806E), thence: Philippine Chart 4706 (SDD 2012000 039810) [20/12] Luzon — Pagbilao Power Station 285 After Paragraph 9.18 Insert: Pagbilao Power Station 9.18a 1 Description. Pagbilao Power Station (135347N 1214463E) lies on the SW coast of Pagbilao Grande Island. Anchorage may be obtained at the pilot station 1 mile S of Pagbilao Grande Island. 2 Berth, aligned NNW/SSE, comprises two coal unloading gantries and is suitable for vessels of 300 m in length, draught 1375 m. A conspicuous chimney lies close E of the berth. Southwest Ships Agencies Inc (SDD 2011000 220765) [51/11] Philippine Islands – Negros – Siquijor Island — Light 367 After Paragraph 10.173 1 line 5 Insert: Minarcahan Point Light (GRP tower, 46 min height) (91808N 1233725E). 373 After Paragraph 10.222 1 line 3 Insert: Minarcahan Point Light (GRP tower, 46 min height) (91808N 1233725E). 381 After Paragraph 10.274 2 line 10 Insert: Minarcahan Point Light (91808N 1233725E) (10.173). Philippine Notice 06/104/12 (SDD 2012000 135323) [33/12] Philippine Islands – Mindanao — Container Terminal 398 After Paragraph 10.403 4 line 7 Insert: Mindanao Container Terminal 10.403a 1 Mi ndanao Contai ner Termi nal (831 20N 1244500E) has a 300 m berth face on a NW/SE axis, 13 m alongside depth and two gantry cranes. Port Authority. Mindanao International Container Terminal Services Inc, Phivdec Industrial Estate, Tagaloan 9001, Misamis Oriental. Website: www.ictsi.com/operations Mindanao International Container Terminal Services (HH. 033/200/02) [03/12] Philippines – Luzon – Port Alabat — Light 418 Paragraph11.75 2 line11Add: Alight (whitesteel pipe, 4 m in height) is exhibited from the rock. Index NP33 2 - 79 After Paragraph 11.75 3 line 4 Insert: Useful mark: Light (white steel pipe, 4 m in height) (140599N 1220038E) exhibited from the causeway head. Philippines Notice 8/167/12 (SDD 2012000 182432) [43/12] Philippines – Leyte – Abuyog — Major Light 457 After Paragraph 12.104 1 line 8 Insert: 2 Major Light: Abuyog Light (white metal tower, 20 m in height) (104462N 1250089E). Philippines Chart 1518 (SDD 2012000 040106) [21/12] NP34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2009 Edition) Indonesia – South coast of Jawa – Tanjung Intan — Limiting conditions 61 After Paragraph 3.42 1 Insert: 2 Less water than charted has been reported (2010) to E and N of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (7452S 109033E). Fleet Management Ltd, Hong Kong (SDD 2010000 102609) [34/10] Jawa – South Coast – Semenanjung Blambangan – Tanjung Slokah — Directions; light 65 Paragraph 3.84 6 lines 8-10 Replace by: ...weather. A stranded wreck may be visible at Tanjung Slokah from which a light (white beacon, 30 m in height) (84300S 1143632E) is exhibited. 102 After Paragraph 5.16 2 line 1 Insert: Tanjung Slokah Light (white beacon, 30 m in height) (84300S 1143632E). 103 Paragraph 5.17 1 line 3 Replace by: ...11436E) from which a light (5.16) is exhibited, on account of a fringing reef and heavy... Indonesian Notice 25/211/12 (SDD 2012000 134846) [33/12] Indonesia – North coast of Jawa – Pulau Bawean — Directions; major light 72 Paragraph 4.14 2 lines 5-6 Replace by: 3 Major lights. Tanjung Mantegi Light (white beacon) (5431S 112411E). Sangkapura Light (white metal framework tower, 20 m in height) (5513S 112392E). Paragraph 4.16 2 line 5 For (white metal framework tower, 20 m in height) Read (4.14) Dishidros (SDD 2010000 018377) [17/10] Java Sea – Pulau-pulau Kangean – Pagerungan Terminal — FPSO; lights 75 Paragraph 4.27 1 lines 1-4 Replace by: 1 Position and function. Pagerungan Terminal (65832S 1155737E) consists of an SPM 1 mile E of Pulau Pagerungan Besar. It is used for the export of condensates from the Pagerungan Gasfield 1 mile N. Further development of the oilfield is taking place to the N; FPSO Pagerungan Utara (649 74S 1155636E), an additional SPM, and wellheads marked by lights (white pipe beacons) are located 8 miles N of the SPM as seen on the chart. Indonesian Notice 41/346/12 (SDD 2012000 227706) [50/12] Java Sea East-West through routes – Pulau Bawean to Gosong Sakunci — Directions; moored storage tanker 76 After Paragraph 4.40 2 line 11 Insert: Clear of the FPSO Joko Tole (71513S 1145507E), moored at the S extremity of the main channel, 11½miles SE of Pulau Kamudi. For further details on restrictions see 1.21. Thence: 77 After Paragraph 4.43 2 line 5 Insert: Clear of the FPSO Joko Tole (71513S 1145507E) (4.40) 11½miles SE of Pulau Kamudi. For further details on restrictions see 1.21. Indonesian Notice 17/137/12 (SDD 2012000 116293) [35/12] Indonesia – North Coast of Jawa – Selat Surabaya and approaches — Depths 81 Paragraph 4.80 1 line 3 For 84 m Read 38 m United Kingdom Hydrographic Office (HH. 034/200/01) [05/12] Index NP34 2 - 80 Indonesia – North Coast of Jawa – Selat Surabaya – Gresik – Poleng Oilfield — Submarine gas pipeline 81 After Paragraph 4.86 1 Insert: 2 A submarine gas pipeline links Gresik (4.103) with Poleng Oilfield (4.156). The pipeline crosses to E side of the N entrance channel at Gresik and then follows close W to the recommended track between No 6 and No 7 Light Buoys (lateral) then passing S and E of N entrance outer anchorage (4.84). Rubicon Maverick (SDD 2009000 137629) [47/09] Indonesia – North coast of Jawa – Selat Surabaya and approaches — Directions; vertical clearance; buoyage 81 After Paragraph 4.87 2 Insert: Vertical clearance 4.87a 4 A fixed bridge, with a vertical clearance of 34 m, spans the SE entrance between Sekarbungu, 1 mile E of Kesek (4.87), and Tambakwedi 2¾miles S. 84 Paragraph 4101 4 lines 1-5 Replace by: 4 From No 8 Buoy (port hand) (712S 11248E) the track leads W to Tanjungperak, through a buoyed channel, under the bridge (4.87a). A dangerous wreck (7113S 112460E), lies 1 cable S of a buoy (starboard hand). Caution. The direction of buoyage changes 5 cables W of the bridge. Indonesian ENCs ID400096; ID500084 (SDDs 2010000 013826; 030044) [16/10] Indonesia – North Coast of Jawa – Selat Surabaya – Gresik — Berths 85 Paragraph 4.111 4 Replace by: 4 Siam Maspion Terminal, (70669S 1123915E), with platform and dolphins, lies 2 miles N of Petrochemical Wharf. A causeway and trestle extend 19 miles from the shore. Vessels of up to 100 000 dwt, maximum length of 240 m and maximum draught alongside of 105 m can be accommodated. Lights are exhibited from beacons (special) at the head of the terminal. PT Siam Maspion Terminal (SDD 2009000 146783) [47/09] Indonesia – North Coast of Jawa – Selat Surabaya – Port of Tanjungperak — Wreck 87 After Paragraph 4.136 1 Insert: 2 A stranded wreck, marked by a light buoy (starboard hand), lies 1½cables ENE of the Container Terminal elbow. Indonesian Notices 34/297/09; 34/298/09 (SDD 2009000 122716) [47/09] Indonesia – North coast of Madura — Directions; major light 88 Paragraph 4151 3 lines 7-8 Replace by: 4 Major lights: Pulau Karangjamuang Light (656S 11244E) (4.92). Batuputih Light (white metal framework tower, 40 m in height) (6522S 113563E). 89 Paragraph 4154 1 lines 4-5 Delete Dishidros (SDD 2010000 018377) [17/10] Jawa – Selat Madura – Approaches to Probolinggo – Pulau Ketapang and Karang Katon — Directions; light beacon; light buoy 91 Paragraph 4.177 1 lines 8-9 Replace by: N of Pulau Ketapang; a light (white post, 10 m in height) (74050S 1131570E) is exhibited from the E of the island. Thence: 92 Paragraph 4.186 1 line 9 Replace by: ... to the anchorage, is reef-fringed. A light (74050S 1131570E) (4.177) is exhibited from the E extremity of the island. Paragraph 4.188 1 line 3 Replace by: ...shells and stones marked by a light buoy (isolated danger) (74150S1131270E), thence to the anchorage (4.190) N of the... After Paragraph 4.189 1 line 7 Insert: Pulau Ketapang Light (74045S 1131570E) (4.177). DG Sea Comm (SDD 2012000 134194) [33/12] Indonesia – Nusa Tenggara – Lombok – Teluk Ayang Southwards — Rock 122 Paragraph 5.176 2 lines 5-6 Delete Indonesian Chart 291 (SDD 2009000 019005) [47/09] Index NP34 2 - 81 Indonesia – Pulau Sumba – South-east coast — Directions; major light 167 Paragraph 746 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: 2 Major lights: Tanjung Ngaru Mangigit Light (white beacon) (10149S 120396E). Tanjung Undu Light (10053S 120507E) (713). Dishidros (SDD 2010000 018377) [17/10] Indonesia – Selat Flores — Directions; lights 192 After Paragraph 8.29 3 line 5 Add: Pulau Serbete lighthouse (8090S 123011E) (White metal framework tower, 15 m in height). 193 Paragraph 8.34 1 line 5 For (8191S 123011E) (8.37) Read (8192S 123007E) (white metal framework structure, 30 m in height). Paragraph 8.37 2 lines 11-12 Replace by: ...light (8.29) is exhibited from the islet. The channel... 194 Paragraph 8.40 1 line 7 Replace by: Tanjung Serbete Light (8.34). United Kingdom Hydrographic Office (HH. 034/200/01) [04/10] Kalimantab – Sangai Burito — Directions 220 After Paragraph 9.76 1 line 9 Insert: Other aid to navigation 9.76a 1 Racon: Tanjung Pedadatua (32996S 1142795E). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Paragraph 9.78 1 lines 5-6 Replace by: ...position, S of the Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (34080S 1142840E) (9.90), initially leads E then NE keeping in depths of not less than 11 m, passing: 221 Paragraph 9.84 Replace by: 1 Approach and entry. Sungai Barito may be approached from S and entered through a dredged channel marked by light buoys. Paragraph 9.86 1 line 4 For www.banjarmasin.pp3.co.id Read http://www.banjarmasinport.co.id/ Paragraph 9.89 Replace by: 1 Outer Anchorage. Temporary anchorage may be obtained S or SW of the Fairway Light Buoy (34080S 1142840E) (9.95) in depths between 10 and 20 m, mud and sand. Paragraph 9.90 Replace by: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for Sungai Barito and Sungai Martapura for all vessels over 150 gt. The pilot boards S of the Fairway Light Buoy (34080S 1142840E) (9.95). A pilot look-out station stands close NE of Tanjung Pedadatua, at the W entrance point to Sungai Barito. 2 Requests for pilotage should be given to local agents at least 12 hours before arrival and 6 hours before departure. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4). Tugs. Several tugs are available at Trisakti Wharf. 222 Paragraph 9.95 Replace by: 1 From the vicinity of the Fairway Light Buoy (34080S 1142840E), the track leads N through the dredged channel, marked by light buoys (lateral), passing: W of Tanjung Burung Light Beacon (33219S 1142967E), thence: E of Tanjung Pedadatua (33032S 1142887E) (9.76). BA Chart 3015 Edition 3 (SDD 2011000 171464) [49/11] Indonesia – East Coast of Kalimantan – Teluk Balikpapan — Private Terminal 245 After Paragraph 10.162 1 line 11 Insert: Palm oil, chemical Terminal 10.162a 1 Wilmar Private Terminal (10810S 1164610E), which lies 5 miles NNW of Tanjung Makasar, consists of a two berth T-head jetty. The outer berth, Alpha, can accommodate vessels up to 50 000 dwt with a maximum permitted draught of 115 m. There is a minimum alongside depth of 135 m. The inner berth, Bravo, has a minimum depth alongside of 100 m. Terminal operator: Mekar Bumi Andalas (MBA) Wilmar Private Terminal. MSI Ship Management Pte Ltd (SDD 2011000 138082) [33/11] Approaches to Makassar – North-west Approach Channel — Shoal 268 Paragraph 11.90 2 line 5 Replace by: Cautions. In September 2010 a vessel with a draught of 97 m reported grounding close S of the recommended track, 2¼ mi l es SW of Pul au Kapoposang Light, in approximate position 44340S 1185520E. This channel is rarely navigated at night. Hudson Shipping Lines (SDD 2011000 171563) [41/11] Index NP34 2 - 82 Sulawesi – Head of Teluk Bone — Directions; light 331 Paragraph 13.169 2 line 8 Replace by: ...a depth of less than 3 m, from which a light (black beacon, white bands) is exhibited, situated 8½ miles W of... Indonesian Chart 319 (SDD 2012000 118703) [48/12] Sulawesi – Kepulauan Banggai – Karang Vesuvius — Directions; light 350 Paragraph 14.13 2 lines 5-7 Replace by: ...a light (white metal framework tower 10 m in height) is exhibited (20967S 1225600E) from the SWside of the SEreef. Aconspicuous hut lies 8 cables N of the light. All three reefs are marked by discoloration when covered. Thence: UKHO (SDD 2012000 45408) [20/12] Indonesia – Sulawesi – Selat Bangka – Pulau Talisei – Tanjung Arus — Racon 423 Paragraph 16.180 including heading Replace by: Spare 16.180 Indonesian Chart 344 (SDD 2009000 140657) [47/09] NP35 Indonesia Pilot Volume 3 (2011 Edition) Indonesia – East Coast of Halmahera – Teluk Buli – Directions; shoal; lights 188 After Paragraph 6.250 3 line 5 Insert: ENE of a shoal (04403N 1282354E) (6.247), thence; Paragraph 6.250 3 lines 9-10 Replace by: ENEof Pulau Gee (Gei) (04980N1281925E), an islet, from where a light beacon (05071N 1281909E) is exhibited, 2 miles NNW of Pulau Pakal. Paragraph 6.251 1 Replace by: 1 From E, the track leads W passing: N of Pulau Leleve (04387N 1283321E), a reef-fringed islet, from where a light (6.249) is exhibited. Thence: S of Pulau Parapara (Para Para) from where a light beacon (04794N 1283046E) is exhibited, thence; Nof a dangerous rock lying 6 cables Eof Pulau Sain, an islet from where a light beacon (04568N 1283002E) is exhibited, thence N of this islet. The track then passes S of Karang Bulat (Ronde Reef) from where a l i ght beacon (047 70N 1282574E) is exhibited, thence NW direct to the roadstead passing between Pulau Gee (6.250) and Karang Litin (6.252). 189 Paragraph 6.252 2 lines 9-12 Replace by: The track then leads WSW as required to pass S of Karang Litin, a drying reef, from where a light beacon (05184N 1282232E) is exhibited, thence W to the roadstead. A 2 m (6 ft) shoal patch lies 2½ miles ESE of Karang Litin. Indonesian Notices 20/182/11; 20/183/11; 20/184/11; 21/189/11; 21/194/11 (SDD 2011000 117572; 117577) [32/11] NP36 Indonesia Pilot Volume 1 (2012 Edition) Indonesia – Sumatera – Selat Sunda — Directions; wreck 71 After Paragraph 3.155 6 line 8 Insert: Clear of a wreck (55212S 1055012E), thence: DG SeaComm (SDD 2012000 221808) [51/12] NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot (2011 Edition) England – West Coast – Bristol Channel — Light 65 Paragraph 2.1 1 line 4 For (510130N 43155W) Read (510133N 43153W) 66 Paragraph 2.9 3 line 3 For (510130N 43155W) Read (510133N 43153W) Paragraph 2.19 1 line 8 For (510130N 43156W) Read (510133N 43153W) 67 Paragraph 2.24 4 line 1 For (510130N 43155W) Read (510133N 43153W) Paragraph 2.26 3 lines 5-6 For (510130N 43155W) Read (510133N 43153W) 76 Paragraph 2.67 2 line 10 For (510130N43155W) Read (510133N 43153W) 79 Paragraph 2.80 1 lines 2-3 For (510130N 43155W) Read (510133N 43153W) Index NP37 2 - 83 Paragraph 2.84 1 lines 7-8 Replace by: Hartland Point (510133N 43153W), with a lighted beacon (15 m in height) and disused lighthouse (white round tower, 18 m in height), ... 80 Paragraph 2.84 2 lines 5-6 Replace by: Hartland Point Light — as above. Paragraph 2.85 4 line 1 For (510130N 43155W) Read (510133N 43153W) 83 Paragraph 3.1 1 line 2 For (510130N 43155W) Read (510133N 43153W) 84 Paragraph 3.10 1 lines 1-2 For (510130N 43155W) Read (510133N 43153W) Paragraph 3.11 1 lines 1-2 For (510130N 43155W) Read (510133N 43153W) Paragraph 3.16 1 lines 2-3 Replace by: Hartland Point (510133N 43153W), with a lighted beacon and disused lighthouse (2.84). Paragraph 3.16 2 line 7 For (510130N 43155W) Read (510133N 43153W) Paragraph 3.17 1 line 2 For (510130N 43155W) Read (510133N 43153W) 87 Paragraph 3.27 1 lines 2-3 For (510130N 43155W) Read (510133N 43153W) 93 Paragraph 3.46 2 line 4 For (510130N 43155W) Read (510133N 43153W) Trinity House (SDD 2012000 004546; 029723) [08/12] England – Isles of Scilly — Directions; racon 66 Paragraph 2.16 1 lines 3-4 Delete 67 Paragraph 2.25 1 lines 4-5 Delete Trinity House (SDD 2011000 167076) [42/11] England – South–west coast – Offshore routes — Directions; light buoys 67 After Paragraph 2.25 1 Insert: 2 Automatic Identification System: Wave Hub NW Light Buoy (502306N 53824W). For details see The Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Paragraph 2.26 2 lines 1-4 Replace by: 1 NW of Renewable Energy Development Area (502184N 53671W) marked by Wave Hub NW Light Buoy (N cardinal) (502306N 53824W), Wave Hub SE Light Buoy (S cardinal) (502064N 53501W), a wave recorder light buoy and six light buoys (special), thence: Wave Hub, Hayle (SDD 2012000 076096) [21/12] England – South–west coast – St Ives Bay — Directions; light 68 Paragraph 2.36 2 lines 1-4 Replace by: 2 Godrevy Island disused lighthouse (white octagonal tower, 26 m height) (501455N 52403W), which stands in the centre of the island, with a light (2.38) close NE. 69 Paragraph 2.38 5 line 5 For NW of Godrevy Island Light Read NW of Godrevy Island After Paragraph 2.38 6 line 5 Insert: Useful mark: Godrevy Island Light (metal framework structure 4 m in height, atop a rock pinnacle) (501456N 52401W). Trinity House (SDD 2012000 202697) [43/12] England south–west coast – Hayle — Directions; buoys 71 Paragraph 2.43 3 line 5 For light buoys (lateral) Read a light buoy (N cardinal) Hayle Harbour Authority Ltd (SDD 2012000 189116 and 170011) [40/12] Index NP37 2 - 84 Wales – South–east coast – River Usk — Berths 132 Paragraph 4.116 1 lines 1-9 Replace by: 1 General information. Bi rdport (5133 70N 25809W) is situated on the E side of the river 4 cables N of Saint Julian’s Pill. It is equipped to handle processed steel, metals, timber and loose bulk cargoes using a gantry crane (vertical clearance 215 m) spanning the dock. The dock is 225 m long, 198 m wide with depths of 85 m at MHWS, 52 m at MHWN and is entered between two short jetties. Formerly a dry dock, it has a flat concrete bottom with a covering of silt. Half-tide gates at the dock entrance are normally kept closed and depths up to 62 m can be maintained. Vessels up to 8000 dwt and capable of taking the ground can be accommodated. Paragraph 4.117 1 lines 1-5 Replace by: 1 MIR Steel Wharf, with a jetty close N lies on the E side of the river about 3 cables SSE of Birdport. The berth, which dries at low water, can accommodate vessels capable of taking the ground up to 150 m LOA and 26 m maximum beam. Vessels of 150 m to 155 m LOA are only accepted after consultation with the Harbour Master. Cargo Services (UK) Limited; ABP South Wales (SDD 2012000 135037); (SDD 2012000 129749) [30/12] Wales – South-west coast – Turbot Bank — Directions; buoy 162 Paragraph 5.45 2 lines 7-8 Delete Trinity House (SDD 2012000 030857) [10/12] Wales – Milford Haven — Depths 163 Paragraph 5.53 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: Depth in West Channel is 163 m and Main Channel 165 m (2012). Milford Haven Port Authority (SDD 2011000 223683; 2012000 037766) [14/12] Wales – West coast – Fishguard — Depth 188 Paragraph 5.176 3 line 1 For 3 m Read 5 m Harbourmaster, Stena Ports Limited (SDD 2012000 085588) [20/12] Wales – West coast – Barmouth Bay — Beacon 203 Paragraph 6.82 2 lines 7-8 For (red tripod tower) Read (S cardinal) Harbwr Feistr Abermaw Harbourmaster (SDD 2012000 079668) [19/12] Wales – North-west coast – Anglesey — Penrhyn Mawr 218 Paragraph 7.60 1 line 6 For (531841N 44198W) Read (531704N 44119W) Paragraph 7.61 1 lines 2-3 For (531841N 44198W) Read (531704N 44119W) BA Chart 1413 [06/12] Wales – West Coast – Menai Strait — Directions 235 Paragraph 7.158 1 line 2 For S Read SSW After Paragraph 7.158 1 line 6 Insert: Either side of Caernarfon Bar Fairway Light Buoy (safe water), thence: 237 Paragraph 7.163 3 line 1 For S Read SSW Paragraph 7.163 3 line 2 For 570737N 42514W Read 530640N 42601W Caernarfon Harbour Trust (SDD 2011000 149390, 155116) [39/11] England – Liverpool Bay — Directions; buoy 245 Paragraph 8.18 4 lines 5-6 Replace by: ...5 cables and 1¼ cables W of Bar Light Float. Cefas (SDD 2012000 000206) [04/12] Wales – River Dee Estuary — Directions 248 Paragraph 8.35 2 lines 3-5 Replace by: leads ESE for about 5 miles, thence SE and ESE for a further 4½miles to the outer end of South Hoyle Channel leading into Welsh Channel, passing: Index NP37 2 - 85 249 Paragraph 8.35 6 lines 1-10 Replace by: 6 The line of bearing 090, in the white sector (0895- 0905), of West Hoyle Spit (Earwig) Outer Directional Light (perch pile) (532121N 32407W) which leads into South Hoyle Channel close S of South Hoyle Outer Light Buoy (port hand) (532126N 32694W). The channel is marked by light buoys (lateral), has a least depth 31 m (2011) and leads E and ENE into Welsh Channel. Paragraph 8.36 1 lines 3-7 Delete from The dredged channel to Point of Ayr. 251 Paragraph 8.44 3 line 4 Replace by: ...buoyed channel and leads close E of M1 Light Buoy. BA Chart 1953 (SDD 2012000 041035) [15/12] Wales – River Dee Estuary — Directions 249 Paragraph 8.36 2 lines 7-9 Replace by: SW of Dee Light Buoy (S cardinal) (532195N 31836W), into Wild Road (8.49) and Mostyn inner pilot boarding position. 250 Paragraph 8.37 4 lines 1-2 For (532199N 31868W) Read (532195N 31836W) 251 Paragraph 8.42 3 line 2 For (532199N 31868W) Read (532195N 31836W) Paragraph 8.44 1 line 1 For (532199N 31868W) Read (532195N 31836W) Mostyn Harbour Master (SDD 2012000 054544) [14/12] Wales – River Dee Estuary — Berths 251-252 Paragraph 8.45 1 lines 4-7 Replace by: Berths 1, 2 and 3 are 100 m sections of the river wharf piled quay starting from upriver. Berth 1 dredged to 60 m (2010). Berth 4 is the Dee River Craft berth. Berth 5 is the RoRo terminal. Mostyn Harbour Master (SDD 2012000 036212) [11/12] England – River Mersey — Arrival information; Vessel traffic service 255 Paragraph 8.68 2 lines 4-7 Replace by: ...Marine Operations Control Centre, call sign: MERSEY VTS, preferably when rounding The Skerries (532527N 43650W) and not later than the vicinity of Bar Light Float inward-bound or before sailing. A continuous listening watch must be maintained when under way or at anchor within the port. Mersey Docks and Harbour Company (SDD 2011000 231833) [04/12] England – West Coast – Directions — Buoy 279 Paragraph 9.19 3 line 2 For 32410W Read 32200W 282 Paragraph 9.39 1 line 2 For 32410W Read 32200W Paragraph 9.39 1 line 9 For 32410W Read 32200W Paragraph 9.41 1 line 2 For 32410W Read 32200W 296 Paragraph 9.93 1 line 3 For 32410W Read 32200W 297 Paragraph 9.99 1 line 2 For 32410W Read 32200W Paragraph 9.100 1 line 2 For 32410W Read 32200W 298 Paragraph 9.108 1 line 2 For 32410W Read 32200W Trinity House (SDD 2011000 207314) [48/11] North-west coast of England – Fleetwood — Anchorage; depth 282 Paragraph 9.43 1 lines 1-4 Replace by: 1 Vessels can find open anchorage 2¾cables NW of No 2 Light Buoy (535856N 30184W) in about 18 m, clear of submarine cables. An area of foul ground lies 1 mile NW of Wyre Lighthouse (disused) (535716N 30179W) (9.48). Paragraph 9.45 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 Controlling depths. The controlling depth is 12 m (2012) in the channel and is to be found close N of No 7 Light Buoy. The turning area off the... Associated British Ports Fleetwood and Navigation Safety Branch MCGA (SDD 2012000 064689 and 067028) [17/12] Index NP37 2 - 86 Morecambe Bay – River Lune — Buoy 287 Paragraph 9.57 1 lines 7-8 Replace by: ...position close S of Lune No 1 Light Buoy (W cardinal) (535866N 30000W). 289 Paragraph 9.65 3 line 4 Replace by: ...and Lune No 1 Light Buoy (W cardinal) (535866N 30000W), 1 mile E,... Chief Executive, Lancaster Port Commission (SDD 2012000 060654; 231678) [49/12] England – West coast – Heysham — Buoy 289 Paragraph 9.65 4 lines 1-3 Replace by: 4 SE of No 6 Light Buoy (port hand) (540063N 25818W) which marks the edge of shoal water with depths of less than 5 m and rock armour protecting submarine cables, thence: Heysham Port Limited (SDD 2012000 030391) [09/12] England – North–west coast – Barrow–in–Furness — Port radio 290 Paragraph 9.70 2 line 7 For Control Read Radio Paragraph 9.71 1 line 5 and line 8 For Control Read Radio 292 Paragraph 9.73 1 line 8 and line 12 For Control Read Radio Paragraph 9.74 1 line 7 and line 10 For Control Read Radio Associated British Ports, Barrow (SDD 2012000 105671) [25/12] England – North–west coast – Barrow-in-Furness — Traffic signals 292 Paragraph 9.77 1 lines 1-5 Replace by: 1 Spare. Harbour Master ABP Barrow & Fleetwood Notice 17/12 (SDD 2012000 154359) [34/12] England – Solway Firth – Silloth Harbour — Maximum draught 313 Existing Section IV Notice Week 06/12 Paragraph 10.59 1 lines 8-9 Replace by: ...of 74 mat MHWSand 51 mat MHWN. Afigure of 10 m should be subtracted fromthe height of HW(above the sill) to obtain the maximum permissible draught. The quay height is approximately 99 m above sill level. Associated British Ports Silloth (SDD 2012000 054775) [14/12] England – Solway Firth – Silloth approach — Buoys 313 Paragraph 10.57 3 line 2 For (544730N32960W) Read (544750N 33000W) Paragraph 10.57 3 line 4 For (544865N32990W) Read (544890N 33000W) Paragraph 10.57 4 line 2 For (545030N32710W) Read (545030N 32730W) Associated British Ports Silloth (SDD 2012000 134511 & 135340) [30/12] NP38 West Coast of India Pilot (2010 Edition) Sri Lanka East Coast – Trincomalee to Pulmoddai Roads — Directions; wreck 141 Paragraph 3.146 2 lines 2-3 Replace by: ...headland fringed by a reef with a dangerous wreck... Harbour Master, SLPA (SDD 2011000 192205) [44/11] Sri Lanka – West coast – Colombo harbour — Limiting conditions; arrival information; directions; berths 161 Paragraph 4.78 1 Replace by: 1 South Asia Gateway Terminal (4.102). Index NP38 2 - 87 162 Paragraph 4.86 3 lines 5-8 Delete. 163 Paragraph 4.98 3 lines 10-11 Delete. 164 Paragraph 4.102 1 Replace by: 1 South Asia Gateway Terminal (SAGT) occupies 940 m of the SW jetty in the Harbour Basin. It has three berths with depths of 15 m alongside and is used by container vessels. The S part of the jetty, about 200 m in length, is used by passenger and general cargo vessels. Harbour Master, Sri Lanka Ports Authority (SDD 2010000 079813) [25/10] India – West coast – Quilon – Port authority; pilotage 185 Paragraph 5.37 3 line 2 Replace by: Port Authority. Port Officer, Neendkara, Asramam, Kollam, Kerala-02. E-mail:
[email protected] After Paragraph 5.38 1 Insert: Pilotage 5.38a 1 Pilotage is compulsory and is provided by Port Officer, Neendkara. Pilot boards 5 cables SE of the main breakwater head. Indian Notice 7/10 (SDD 2010000 056540) [25/10] India – West coast – Quilon to Kochi — Directions; obstruction 187 Paragraph 5.50 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: 2 WSW of an obstruction in a depth of 145 m (14½ miles S), lying in the approaches to NØndakara (5.52). Thence: Indian Notice 09/10 (SDD 2010000 075927) [25/10] India – Kochi — Arrival information; anchorages; pilotage 190 Paragraph 5.80 Replace by: 5.80 1 Anchorage is available as follows; (a) For vessels with a draught over 12 m, in an area bounded by: 95660N 760350E 95660N 760510E 95410N 760510E 95410N 760350E (b) For vessels with a draught below12 m, in an area bounded by: 95660N 760680E 95660N 761060E 95410N 761060E 95410N 760680E Tankers waiting to discharge at the SPM should anchor 2½ miles S of the SPM. 2 Lightering area. An area where STS operations are carried out, radius 5 cables, lies centred on 100350N 760450E. After Paragraph 5.80 Insert: Traffic regulations 5.80a 1 Restricted area. The SPM (5.100) lies in a restricted area with a radius of 7 cables. Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited, in an area bounded by: 95860N 760350E 95860N 760550E 95660N 760550E 95660N 760350E 191 Paragraph 5.82 Replace by: 5.82 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all merchant vessels exceeding 100 gt, is advisable for smaller vessels, and available 24 hours. Pilots board vessels bound for the port in the following positions: Boarding ground Position North 95830N 760870E South 95730N 760870E West 95750N 760550E 2 Pilot for the SPM boards from a tug about 2½ miles from the SPM, between 0600 and 1600 local time, to complete mooring during daylight. Boarding position should be confirmed with port control over VHF radio prior to arrival. Tankers may depart from SPM at any time. For detai l s see Admi ral ty Li st of Si gnal s Volume 6(4). 3 Tugs are available; generally two tugs are used for each shipping movement. At the SPM a tug remains secured to the offloading tanker for pull back operations. Port of Kochi; Indian Notice VI/15/12 (SDD 2012000 151521; 156592) [37/12] Index NP38 2 - 88 India – West coast – Kochi Harbour — Spoil ground 191 After Paragraph 5.87 1 Insert: Spoil ground 5.87a 1 Two spoil grounds, circular in area, each with a radius of 1500 m, have been established in the approaches to Kochi as follows: North Spoil Ground centred on 10000N76050E; South Spoil Ground centred on 9550N 76060E. Indian Notice 07/10 (SDD 2010000 056540) [25/10] India – Kochi — Cochin Oil Terminal 194 After Paragraph 5.103 1 line 8 Insert: Depths less than charted were reported (July 2012) alongside the terminal; the Port Authority should be consulted for the latest depths. MV Challenge Polaris (SDD 2012000 144593) [37/12] India – Kochi to Beypore — Directions; wreck 196 After Paragraph 5.117 1 line 6 Insert: Clear of a dangerous wreck marked by a light buoy (isolated danger) (100811N 760295E), position approximate, thence: Indian Notice 15/188/12 (SDD 2012000 144669; 156592) [37/12] India – Badagara to Mount Dilli — Azhikkal; storm signals; useful marks 203 Paragraph 5.168 2 lines 7-8 Delete Paragraph 5.168 4 lines 4-6 Replace by: Useful marks. Two breakwaters mark the entrance to Valapattanam River. Indian Notice VI/15/12 (SDD 2012000 156592) [37/12] India – New Mangalore — Arrival information; SPM 209 After Paragraph 6.49 Insert: Submarine pipeline 6.49a 1 A submarine pipeline is laid between 125456N 744860E and the SPM (6.59a). After Paragraph 6.50 Insert: Traffic regulations 6.50a 1 Restricted area. The SPM (6.59a) and oil pipeline lie within restricted areas. Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited within 500 m of the SPM and 250 m either side of the charted pipeline. 210 After Paragraph 6.59 Insert: Single Point Mooring SPM 6.59a 1 A SPM (lit) is moored in position 125400N 743900E, in a depth of about 31 m. Indian Notice VI/14/12 (SDD 2012000 144669) [37/12] India – West coast – Kºrwºr to Mormugao Head — Directions; dangerous wreck 223 After Paragraph 6.172 5 line 11 Add: A dangerous wreck lies about 11½ miles W of Mormugao Head. Indian Notice 07/10 (SDD 2010000 056540) [25/10] India – West coast – Mandºvi River — Pilotage 228 Paragraph 6.223 1 lines 3-5 Replace by: Pilotage is compulsory in the river; a local pilot may be engaged by contacting the Captain of the Port, Panaji. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4) for further details. Deputy Captain of the Port, Panaji (SDD 2010000 067680) [25/10] Index NP38 2 - 89 India – Murud – Janjira Harbour; General information; anchorages; berths 248 Paragraphs 7.154 to 7.158 including heading Replace by: Dighi Harbour (Murud – Janjira) Charts 1508, 1487 General information 7.154 1 Position and function. Dighi Harbour (Murud – JanjØra) (181670N 725863E) lies at the entrance to Rºjpuri Creek. The port being developed on both banks of the creek entrance, will, when completed, be able to handle a wide variety of cargoes. The harbour also affords good shelter to vessels of moderate size from all winds except those from W to NW, during which small craft may shelter in Rºjpuri Creek. Fishing is a major activity of the port. 2 Topography. Murud, a town lying on the N shore of Rºjpuri Creek, 2½ miles NNE of Nºnwell Point Lighthouse (181684N 725617E), is surrounded by a large grove of palm trees. Dighi, a village 2 miles ESE of the same lighthouse, situated on the S shore of Rºjpuri Creek, has a bight SE of it which is fringed with mangroves; a drying mud-flat fills the bight. Traffic. Local vessels use the harbour daily. Port authority. Head of Marine/Operations, AT and P.O: Di ghi , Teh: Sri vardhan, Di stri ct: Rai gad, Maharashtra - 402 402. Internet: www.dighiport.in Limiting conditions 7.155 1 Controlling depths. The port authority should be contacted for the latest information on depths in the channel and alongside berths. Tidal levels. Maxi mum range about 4 1 m; minimum range about 08 m. See information in Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 3. Arrival information 7.156 1 Notice of ETA required. At least 24 hours prior to arrival. Outer anchorages. There are two designated anchorages as follows: Anchorage Limits Alpha 181830N 724890E 181830N 725090E 181930N 725090E 181930N 724890E Bravo 181860N 724725E 181860N 724825E 181960N 724825E 181960N 724725E 2 Smaller vessels may also obtain anchorage about 5 miles W of JanjØra Fort, in depths of 10 m, mud, as shown on the chart. Pilotage and tugs. Pilotage is mandatory for all vessel s. Pi l ot boards i n posi ti on 1817 40N 724900E, close W of the fairway light buoy. Two tugs are available. Harbour 7.157 1 General layout. The harbour comprises a quay, 650 m in length, on the S bank 2 miles E of Nºnwell Point. There is a jetty situated 2 cables SE of Dighi; this jetty is surrounded by drying mud at LW. There are three jetties on the N shore of Rºjpuri Creek. One lies close SE of Bandar Hill, another on the point S of the village of Rºjpuri, 1 mile SE of Bandar Hill and a third jetty lies close E of Sandy Point (181641N 725961E). A ferry plies between these jetties during the fine weather season. 2 Development. Under Phase 1 of the development plan, three berths, totalling 1100 m in length, are under construction on the N bank with completion expected in 2013. These berths are to be used for handling containers and other clean cargo. Storm signals are displayed from Nºnwell Point Lighthouse, the brief system is used. See 1.54. Tidal streams have a rate from 1 to 1½ kn during flood and ½ to 1 kn during ebb. Directions 7.158 1 Major light: Nºnwell Point Light (white 8-sided masonry tower, red bands, 19 m in height) (181684N 725617E). Caution. Fishing stakes may be encountered within the harbour. These usually consist of large poles or stripped palm trees, however, they generally show well above HW. Approach. Vessels approaching the harbour from S should keep in depths of more than 15 m until JanjØra Fort (7.149) standing 2 miles NE of Nºnwell Point Light is identified. 2 Entry. From a position about 7 miles W of Nºnwell Point Light the track leads generally E and SE for about 9½ miles through a buoyed channel marked by 10 pairs of light buoys (lateral) to a turning circle situated between the N and S berths, noting that the limits of the dredged area are marked by light buoys (special). Useful marks: Sandy Point (181641N 725961E). Dighi Hill (251 m high) (181603N 725735E), the highest point on the peninsula. Conical Hill (232 m high) (181513N 725725E), bare. Berths 7.158a 1 Two multi-purpose berths, each 325 m in length, lie on the S bank; cargoes handled include containers, bulk, break-bulk, liquid and LNG. Port services 7.158b 1 Other facilities. Medical; garbage collection; waste oil reception. Supplies. Fuel; fresh water; provisions. Indian Notice VI/14/12; www.dighiport.in (SDD 2012000 144669) [37/12] Index NP38 2 - 90 Approaches to Mumbai and Jawaharlal Nehru Port – Bravo (West) anchorage — Wreck 252 Paragraph 7.186 1 including existing Section IV Notice Week 38/10 Replace by: 1 An anchorage area centred on 1906N 7232E lies 21 miles NW of Prongs Reef Light, its limits are shown on the chart. Bravo (West) anchorage, centred on 1845N 7229E, lies between the safety fairways and Neelam Heera and Ratna Oilfield. Large vessels may anchor in depths commensurate with draught keeping clear of the charted disused cables and foul ground. A dangerous wreck (184622N 722915E) with exposed masts, lies in the N part of this anchorage. It is marked by a light buoy (isolated danger) moored about 7½ cables N. Bravo (East) anchorage, for use by smaller vessels, centred on 1846N 7237E, lies 12 miles WSW of Prongs Reef Light; its limits are shown on the chart. Indian Notices 15/202/10, 17/208/11 (SDD 2010000 124269, 2011000 163685) [40/11] India – Gulf of Khambhºt — VTS 261 After Paragraph 8.2 2 Insert: Vessel traffic service 8.2a 1 A vessel traffic service (VTS) for the control of shipping is in operation in Gulf of Khambhºt. Participation is mandatory for all vessels navigating in or intending to enter Gulf of Khambhºt. For further detai l s see Admi ral ty Li st of Radi o Si gnal s Volume 6(4). Indian Notice VIII/14/12 (SDD 2012000 144669) [37/12] South approach to Gulf of Khambhºt – Hºzira (Sørat) Port — Pilotage 268 Paragraph 8.53 3 lines 14-15 Replace by: Pilotage. Pilot boards LNG vessels in position 205400N 723500E, close S of Magdalla Port Limit. For further details see... Capt. Ankur Basu, Pilot and Berthing Master, Hazira Port Pvt. Ltd. (SDD 2011000 210624) [49/11] PØpºvºv Port – Approach and entry; pilotage; directions; recommended track 276 Paragraph 8.104 3 lines 12-14 Replace by: Approach and entry. The port is approached from S on the charted recommended track which passes E of the Fairway Light Buoy (205313N 712974E) (safe water), and entered through the buoyed West Channel, dredged (2009) to 145 m. Paragraph 8.106 2 lines 15-16 Replace by: ...board in position 205260N 713011E, on the inbound recommended track. Vessels with LOA under 100 m and draught under... Paragraph 8.106 2 line 18 For UCL Read Ultra Tech 277 Paragraph 8.107 1 lines 4-7 Delete Paragraphs 8.108 1 line 9 For UCL Read Ultra Tech Paragraph 8.108 1 lines 12-18 Delete from The Fairway Light...to...GPPL Jetty. Paragraphs 8.108 2 and 3 Replace by: 2 Caution — arrival. Due to the current setting strongly across the channel entrance and to facilitate safe navigation between inbound and outbound vessels in the vicinity of the pilot boarding ground, the port authori ty have establ i shed two one-way recommended tracks. Inbound vessels are advised to proceed along the charted track to embark their pilot. The approach speed over ground should be restricted to about 4 kn at the charted pilot embarkation position to allow vessels to abort the approach by taking all way off and/or turn about using bold engines and helm if the pilot is delayed in boarding and reaching the conning position. If aborting the approach by turning about, it is recommended that vessels entering on the flood turn to port and vessels entering on the ebb turn to starboard. 3 To make good the recommended track, vessels may have to steer up to 40 across the current depending on the strength of the stream and engine speed of the vessel. Vessels should closely monitor their course and speed over ground so as to proceed along the recommended track. Inbound vessels shall allow outbound vessels to pass well clear of the Fairway Light Buoy prior to closing in on the pilot boarding position. Departure. Outbound vessels should follow the charted recommended track after passing close E of the Fairway Light Buoy. Paragraph 8.108 4 line 4 For UCL Read Ultra Tech Paragraph 8.109 2 line 8 For UCL Read Ultra Tech Indian Notices 150/9/11, 157/10/11 and SDO 10/11 (SDD 2011000 082409;093386) [30/11] Index NP38 2 - 91 India – West coast – Dahej — Port authority; pilotage; tidal stream; berths 281 After Paragraph 8.135 3 line 9 Add: Petronet LNG Jetty; Internet: www.petronetlng.com Paragraph 8.137 3 line 6 Replace by: ...pilot for GCPTCL jetty boards 1 mile W of the jetty. Pilotage for Petronet LNG Jetty is compulsory; vessel’s speed to be less than 5 kts when embarking pilot. Berthing during daylight slack water. See... After Paragraph 8.137 4 line 3 Add: Direction of the stream in the vicinity of Petronet LNG Jetty is 160-340. After Paragraph 8.139 2 line 3 Add: The jetty can accept vessels up to 220 000 m 3 (Q-Flex) with a maximum draught of 127 m. Indian Notice 10/10 (SDD 2010000 081224) [25/10] Gulf of Khambhºt – Dahej — Arrival information; berth 281 Paragraph 8.137 3 line 6, including existing Section IV Notice Week 25/10 Replace by: ...pilots for GCPTCL and APPPL jetties board 1 mile W of the respective jetties. Pilotage for Petronet LNG Jetty is compulsory; vessel’s speed to be less than 5 kn when embarking pilot. Berthing during daylight slack water. See... After Paragraph 8.139 1 line 4 Insert: APPPL (Adani Petronet Port Private Limited) jetty is a T-headed jetty, consisting of a North Berth with a length of 206 m and a South Berth with a length of 221 m. The berths can accommodate dry/break bulk cargo vessels with a maximum LOA of 260 m and draught of 145 m. Mahesh Pillai, Marine (SDD 2011000 189472) [49/11] India – West coast – Verºval to Porbandar — Directions; wreck 289 Paragraph 8.200 2 line 4 For 33½ miles Read 32½ miles Indian Notice 09/10 (SDD 2010000 075927) [25/10] India – West coast – Porbandar to Kachchigadh — Directions; safety fairways; wrecks 290 After Paragraph 8.213 1 Insert: Safety Fairways 8.213a 1 Three safety fairways converge at a point 11 miles W of Kachchigarh Light (8.217), as shown on the chart. They are mandatory for Indian registered vessels and recommended for all other vessels. One fairway leads NNW for 42 miles from a position 34 miles W of Porbandar Light (8.197). The other two fairways lead ENE and ESE from seaward. 2 To minimise risk of head-on encounters, mariners are advised to keep their vessels as near to the outer limit of the fairway which lies on their starboard side as is safe and practicable, while approaching or leaving the area, consistent with International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972). 291 Paragraph 8.219 2 lines 5-6 Replace by: Clear of two dangerous wrecks (19 miles WNW and 21 miles NW), thence: Indian Notice 09/10 (SDDs 2010000 065010; 075927) [25/10] Porbandar to Kachchigadh – Ghughadwa Creek — SPM 291 After Paragraph 8.221 1 Insert: Ghughadwa Creek 8.221a 1 Ghughadwa Creek lies 3 miles NW of Nºvadra Light (8.217). A SPM (l i t) moored i n posi ti on 2155 94N 690991E, is connected to the shore by a submerged oil pipeline which leads NE to land about 2½ miles SW of the village of Bhogºt (215950N 691444E). Anchoring is prohibited within 1000 m of the SPM and within 500 m of the pipeline. Indian Notice 187 (14/11) (SDD 2011000 137740) [37/11] India – Gulf of Kachchh — VTS 293 After Paragraph 9.3 1 Insert: Vessel traffic service 9.3a 1 A vessel traffic service (VTS) for the control of shi ppi ng i s i n operati on i n Gul f of Kachchh. Participation is mandatory for all vessels navigating in or intending to enter Gulf of Kachchh. For further detai l s see Admi ral ty Li st of Radi o Si gnal s Volume 6(4). Indian Notice VIII/14/12 (SDD 2012000 144669) [37/12] Index NP38 2 - 92 West part of Gulf of Kachchh — Major Light 295 After Paragraph 9.14 3 line 6 Insert: Bhadreswar Light (225449N 695484E) (9.75). 304 After Paragraph 9.75 4 line 3 Insert: Bhadreswar Light (white masonry tower, 60 m in height) (225449N 695484E). 306 After Paragraph 9.101 2 line 8 Insert: Bhadreswar Light (225449N 695484E) (9.75). Indian Notice 3/62/12 (SDD 2012000 029984) [12/12] West part of Gulf of Kachchh – Salºya Harbour — Anchorages 302 Paragraph 9.64 1 lines 5-8 Replace by: Outer anchorage. The designated anchorage, 2 miles square, lies centred on 223100N 693300E, with depths ranging from 18 m to 42 m, mud. 303 Paragraph 9.69 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 Anchorages. A large vessel may anchor in Salºya Harbour about 1½ miles WSW or 2 miles S of Kºlubhºr Tºpu Lighthouse in a depth of 14 m, mud. Indian Notice 188 (14/11) (SDD 2011000 137740) [37/11] India – West coast – Karod Nadi to NavØnºl Point — Directions; buoyage 304 Paragraph 9.77 2 lines 6-7 Replace by: ...on its Sside, and SSWof Sonar Light Buoy (port hand) moored about 1½ miles S of this danger. Thence: Indian Notice 10/10 (SDD 2010000 081224) [25/10] India – Mundra — Port information 305 Paragraph 9.85 1 lines 2-5 Replace by: ...consi sts of two contai ner termi nal s and a mul ti -purpose j etty on NavØnºl Isl and, the multi-purpose T-headed jetty extending 7 cables SSW from the coast and a SPM. Paragraph 9.85 1 line 9 For 6 miles W Read 10 miles W Paragraph 9.85 2 lines 6-7 Replace by: Port Authority. Mundra Port and Special Economic Zone Ltd, Post Bag No 1, Mundra, Kachchh, Gujarat 370 421. After Paragraph 9.87 2 line 5 Insert: Pilot for the SPM boards 1¾ miles S of the SPM. Paragraph 9.89 1 line 1 Replace By: 3 Major light: Mundra Marine Control Tower Light (22438N 69424E) (9.75). Other aid to navigation - racons: Mundra Marine Control Tower Light (22438N 69424E). Mundra SPM (22407N 69393E). For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Approaches. The anchorage or pilot station (9.87) may... After Paragraph 9.89 2 line 4 Add: Entry to basin SW of Multi-purpose Terminal 2. Leading Lights: Front light (height 120 m) (22444N 69429E), Rear light (height 155 m) (50 m from front light). The alignment of the above lights leads to the SW berths of Multi-purpose Terminal 2. Paragraph 9.90 2 Replace by: 4 Container Terminals 1 and 2 lie, along a single wharf 1264 m in length, close N of NavØnºl Point (22442N 62427E). Both terminals are allocated two berths, each 316 m in length. Multi - purpose Terminal 2, consists of a 575 m long jetty extension of the container terminals. The SW face of the jetty lies alongside a basin with a maintained depth of 145 m. The terminal has 4 berths, two on each side of the jetty, with facilities to accept vessels upto 300 m in length and draught ranging from 105 to 155 m. Mundra Port (SDDs 2010000 134005; 134665) [38/10] India – West coast – VºdØnºr Offshore Oil Terminal — Function; maximum size 308 After Paragraph 9.105 1 line 6 Insert: Function. Consisting of SBMs I and II owned by Indian Oil Corporation and SBM III owned by ESSAR, the terminal imports crude oil for refining at their respective facilities ashore. Paragraph 9.106 1 Replace by: 1 The SBMs can accommodate crude oil tankers from 87 000 to 325 000 dwt. Indian Notice 02/10 (SDD 2010000 010955) [25/10] Index NP38 2 - 93 India – West coast – Essar VºdØnºr Terminal — Port authority; limiting conditions; berths 309 Paragraph 9.113 2 Replace by: 2 Terminal authority: Head Marine Vadinar Oil Terminal Ltd Essar Refinery Site, Vadinar Jamnagar, Gujarat-361010 Website: www.essar.com Limiting conditions 9.113a 1 Density of water: 1025 g/cm 3 . Maximum size of vessel handled. LOA 245 m, draught 13 5 m (reported December 2009), 100 000 dwt. Paragraph 9.117 1 Replace by: 1 There are two berths each of length 3095 m with a depth of 20 m alongside. Each berth has eight mooring dolphins with quick release hooks and capstan. Indian Notice 02/10 (SDD 2010000 010955) [25/10] India – West coast – Kandla – Harbour and approaches — Pilotage; spoil grounds; berths 314 Paragraph 9.162 1 line 2 Delete ...1 mile WSW of Outer Tuna Buoy and... 315 Paragraph 9.167 1 Replace by: 1 Two spoil grounds, radius 1000 m, have been established centred on 22540N 70090E and 22510N 70100E. An alternative spoil ground, marked by a light buoy (special), is established in vicinity of 20567N 70150E. 316 Paragraph 9.176 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 Cargo Jetty, 2533 m in length, is located about 2 miles within the creek on the W side, and has twelve berths. Two berths are reserved for container... Paragraph 9.176 2 Replace by: 2 Passenger Jetties No 1 and No 2 are T-shaped and lie close N of Cargo Jetty. Flotilla Jetty, 130 m in length and aligned 356/176 has been constructed N of Passenger Jetty No 1. Tanker berths. There are six oil jetties on the W bank, which can accommodate vessels between 40 000 to 56 000 dwt. Oil Jetty No 1, also known as Nehru Jetty, lies 12 cables N from N end of Cargo Jetty, and the remaining jetties are within about 11 cables N from it. Paragraph 9.177 including heading Replace by: Spare 9.177 Indian Notices 07/10 and 09/10 (SDDs 2010000 056540; 065010; 075927) [25/10] Pakistan – Sonmiani Bay — SPM 337 After Paragraph 10.143 1 Insert: Single Point Mooring 10.143a 1 A SPM buoy (lit) is moored in position 245691N 663489E, about 3 miles NNW of Churna Island. It is connected to the shore by a submarine pipeline which lands about 8 cables S of Khalifa Point (10.141). Pakistan Notice 65/23/12 (SDD 2012000 117449) [37/12] NP39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2011 Edition) Nil NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2010 Edition) Ireland – South coast – Cork Harbour to Tuskar Rock — Directions: light buoy 58 Paragraph 2.26 3 lines 1-2 Delete Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2012000 046487) [12/12] Ireland – South-west coast – Bantry Bay — Directions 70 Paragraph 3.24 3 line 5 For (513916N 94488W) Read (513918N 94484W) 78 Paragraph 3.85 4 line 7 For 010 Read 008 Paragraph 3.86 1 lines 2-6 Replace by: Roancarrigmore Light (stainless steel tower, 7 m in height) (513918N 94484W) and a disused lighthouse(whiteroundtower, black band, 18 min elevation) stand on Roancarrigmore. The lighthousebuildings andbothtowers areenclosed by a white wall. 80 Paragraph 3.95 1 line 2 For depth of 37 m Read dredged depth of 60 m (2012) Paragraph 3.96 2 line 1 For 010 Read 008 Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2012000 039993; 040194; 040935) [11/12] Index NP40 2 - 94 South–west coast of Ireland – Bantry Bay – Castletownbere — Arrival information; directions 76 After Paragraph 3.74 and beneath Arrival information Insert: Port operations 3.74a 1 See 3.95 for details of broadcast requirements. 80 Paragraph 3.95 1 including existing Section IV Notice Week 11/12 Replace by: 1 The principal entrance channel to Castletownbere leads W of Dinish Island. It is narrow with a width of 35 m, and a dredged depth of 60 m (2012) on the leading line (3.96). There is also a small channel N of Dinish Island suitable only for boats; it is spanned by a bridge with a vertical clearance of 72 m. 2 Vessels restricted in their ability to manoeuvre within the principal entrance channel should broadcast their intention to transit the channel on VHF Channel 16 when: Inbound from SW, on passing Colt Rock Light Beacon (513807N 95510W) (3.85). Inbound from E, in position 1 mile E of Walter Scott Rock (513857N 95426W) (3.96). Outbound, preparing to depart the harbour. Harbour Master Castletownbere Fishery Harbour Centre and BA Chart 1840 (SDD 2012000 198266) [43/12] South coast – Castletownbere – Directions — Leading lights 77 Paragraph 3.84 1 lines 3-8 Replace by: Directional light. A directional light beacon (white hut, red stripe, 6 m in height) (513878N 75432W) stands on the SW end of Dinish Island. The light is exhibited by day and night with the white sector (024-024½) leading through West Entrance. Paragraph 3.84 2 lines 1-3 Delete Castletownbere Harbour Master (SDD 2010000 109939; 194625; 205498) [01/11] South–west coast – Castletown Bearhaven — Directional light 77 Paragraph 3.84 1 line 7 Including existing section IVNotice Week 01/11 For (024-024½) Read (023-023½) Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2011000 043945) [13/11] South-west coast – Dunmanus Bay — Directions 82 Paragraph 3.106 3 line 1 For (513300N94300W) Read (512828N 94937W) 83 Paragraph 3.114 1 lines 5-7 Delete Paragraph 3.116 2 line 3 For Lord Bandon’s Tower Read Bandon’s Tower 84 Paragraph 3.121 2 line 5 Delete noting the marine farmNof Furze Island, 85 Paragraph 3.125 2 line 5 For 67 mpatch Read 59 mshoal bank BA Chart 2552 [29/11] South coast – Cork — Submarine cables 116 Paragraph 3.351 1 line 7 Add: ...Another submarine power cable area runs across the main channel, fromclose S of Corkbeg Island (514969N 81500W) to close S of Paddy’s Point (515012N 81792W), passing between No 5 and 8 Light Buoys. Port of Cork Company (SDD 2011000 154128) [42/11] South coast – Cork — Pilot boarding 116 Paragraph 3.352 2 lines 3-8 Replace by: Pilot boarding. Pilots are available throughout 24 hours, and should be ordered through Port Operations (3.347) when reporting ETA. There are three numbered pilot boarding areas: No 1 (514350N 81500W), 4 miles S of Roches Point, for all tankers loaded with crude oil. No 2 (514510N81517W), 2½miles Sof Roches Point, for all vessels over 130 m LOA, excluding tankers loaded with crude oil. No 3 (515083N81729W), Buoy No 20, Cobh, for vessels less than 130 m LOA. Cork Harbour Master (SDD 2012000 015823) [06/12] South coast – Cork Harbour — Directions; buoy 118 After Paragraph 3.361 2 line 1 Add: E of a wave monitoring light buoy (special) (514650N 81580W), thence: Cork Harbour Master (SDD 2010000 195727; 204375) [01/11] Index NP40 2 - 95 West coast – Approaches to Rosslare Europort – South Shear — Buoyage 156 Paragraph 5.35 2 lines 1-5 Replace by: 2 These bearings lead into the channel, passing: SSW of South Long Light Buoy (starboard hand) (521474N 61580W), thence: NNE of Splaugh Light Buoy (port hand) (521436N 61677W). The lights on the buoys are synchronized. MRCC Dublin (SDD 2011000 033654) [12/11] Ireland – East Coast – Codling Bank — Directions; buoy 161 Paragraph 5.84 1 line 5 For (530851N 54710W) Read (510856N 94613W) Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2012000 031056) [17/12] East coast – Glassgorman Banks — Directions; buoyage 163 Paragraph 5.103 1 line 5 Replace by: ...(523769N60746W) which is moored on the SE... Paragraph 5.103 2 line 2 For (524451N 60533W) Read (524535N 60534W) Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2011000 027766; 029773; 029774) [12/11] East coast — Directions; buoyage 167 Paragraph 5.144 2 line 2-3 Replace by: ...(525684N 55847W) which is moored 1¼ miles offshore marking the E side of Horseshoe, a bank... Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2011000 086426; 082354) [22/11] Ireland – East Coast – Dublin — Vessel traffic service 171 Paragraph 5.186 1 Replace by: 1 VTS Dublin is in operation for the control of shipping. Situated at the head of Eastern Breakwater (532069N 61219W) it maintains a 24-hour watch on VHF. All traffic is monitored by radar. Positions of reporting points are shown on the chart. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1) for further details. 176 Paragraph 5.228 1 lines 3-4 Replace by: ...the allocation of berths are controlled through VTS Dublin (5.186). The... Paragraph 5.229 1 line 1 Replace by: 1 VTS Dublin: see 5.186 177 Paragraph 5.230 including heading Replace by: Spare 5.230 Paragraph 5.232 1 line 8 For the Port Radio Read VTS Dublin Paragraph 5.234 3 Replace by: 3 A vessel intending to navigate stern foremost within the port should indicate such intention on VHF Channel 12, through VTS Dublin (5.186). When it is practicable to do so, radio contact should be established with any other vessel known to be navigating in the vicinity. 178 Paragraph 5.239 3 line 3 For Dublin Port Radio Read VTS Dublin Dublin Port Company (SDD 2012000 017254) [07/12] Ireland – East Coast – Dublin; buoys 180 Paragraph 5.243 2 lines 8-9 For (532055N 60883W) Read (532052N 60856W) Paragraph 5.243 3 line 3 For (532060N60935W) Read (532057N 60906W) Paragraph 5.243 3 line 7 For (532057N61015W) Read (532058N 60971W) Dublin Port Company (SDD 2012000 197417) [46/12] East coast – Dundalk — Directions; principal marks 186 Paragraph 6.13 2 line 4 Delete 196 Paragraph 6.70 1 line 7 Delete 197 Paragraph 6.77 3 line 1 For (6.79) Read (6.80) 198 Paragraph 6.79 1 lines 2-7 Delete Index NP40 2 - 96 Paragraph 6.80 5 lines 1-3 Replace by: 5 The channel is marked by Pile Light (white house on green piles, 10 m in height) (535856N 61771W) and No 2 Light Beacon (port hand), thereafter by light beacons and light buoys. MRCC Dublin (SDD 2011000 121834) [30/11] East coast – Carlingford Lough — Haulbowline Light 186 Paragraph 6.13 2 line 5 Delete 196 Paragraph 6.70 1 line 8 Delete 199 Paragraph 6.93 1 line 4 For lights Read light Paragraph 6.93 1 line 5-9 Delete 200 Photograph Haulbowline Light (6.93) For (6.93) Read (6.97) Paragraph 6.97 1 line 8-9 Replace by: On passing Haulbowline Light (grey granite tower, 34 m in height) (540120N 60474W) standing on the E rock of Haulbowline Rocks, the track turns WNW and leads into the lough, passing: 201 Paragraph 6.98 4 line 3 For NE Read E 205 Paragraph 6.134 2 line 1 For lights Read light Paragraph 6.134 2 line 2 Delete Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2011000 137282) [33/11] Strangford Lough — Directions; light beacons 214 Paragraph 6.191 4 lines 1-2 For (white masonry column) Read (E cardinal) 215 Paragraph 6.197 2 line 1 For the light beacon Read Swan Island Light Beacon (E cardinal) Paragraph 6.197 2 lines 9-10 Replace by: SSE of South Pladdy Light Beacon (S cardinal) (542233N 53323W) which stands on a drying rock. Commissioners of Irish Lights and Ferry Service Manager/Harbour Master Strangford Ferry Terminal (SDD 2012000 151220; 217526) [46/12] Northern Ireland – Strangford Lough — Directions 217 Paragraph 6.215 1 lines 3-5 Replace by: WNW of Craigyouran Light Beacon (W cardinal) marking the SW end of Craigyouran, thence: ESE of Long Sheelah Light Beacon (E cardinal) marking the E side of Long Sheelah. When past Long Sheelah Light Beacon the route turns to NNW on to Track H, or NE on to Track G. Paragraph 6.216 Replace by: 1 From a position 2¾ cables ENE of Long Sheelah Light Beacon (542693N 53534W), the line of beari ng 339 of Mahee Poi nt Li ght Beacon (543041N 53709W) leads NNW on Track H, passing: WSW of Tip Reef Light Buoy (S cardinal) (542745N53450W) which marks the Send of Tip Reef, and: ENE of Hadd (542739N 53581W), thence: 2 WSW of Slave Rock (542782N 53481W), which is marked by a pole, thence: Between Drummond Island (542837N 53646W) and Bird Island (542877N 53479W), thence: Between Dead Man’s Rock on which stands a light beacon (E cardinal) (542880N 53641W) and Michaels Rock (542896N 53546W), which is marked by a perch. (Directions for the anchorage in Mahee Roads are given at 6.218) Paragraph 6.218 3 lines 1-6 Replace by: 3 Killyleagh Reefs (5 cables E of Town Rock Light Beacon) (5423 61N 538 47W). The recommended berth, in 7 to 10 m, mud, is with Town Rock Light Beacon bearing 264 and the perch on Barrel Rock (542393N 53765W) bearing 002. Paragraph 6.219 1 lines 2-3 Replace by: ...3 cables S of Town Rock Light Beacon (542361N 53847W), is navigable as far as the tidal barrier at Hare Island... Paragraph 6.220 2 line 3 For Town Rock Beacon Read Town Rock Light Beacon 218 Paragraph 6.220 4 line 1 For Town Rock Beacon Read Town Rock Light Beacon Paragraph 6.222 2-3 Replace by: 2 Caution. When entering Kircubbin Bay, care must be taken to avoid foul ground extending 2 cables N from Monaghan Bank, which forms the S side of the bay. Index NP40 2 - 97 Directions. From a position in the fairway of the lough, 3 cables E of Long Sheelah Light Beacon (542693N 53534W), the channel to Kircubbin Roads leads NE along Track G between Gransha Point (542751N 53339W) on the E side, and Slave Rock Pladdies, on the W, passing: SE of Tip Reef (542762N 53462W) which is marked on the S end by Tip Reef Light Buoy (S cardinal), thence: 3 SE of a depth of 03 m (542780N 53394W), thence: NW of Hoskyns Shoal (542775N 53356W), marked on the NW side by Hoskyns Shoal Light Buoy (starboard hand), thence: SE of Sand Rock Pladdy (542806N 53352W), marked on the SEside by Sand Rock Pladdy Light Buoy (port hand). The route turns N round Sand Rock Pladdy on Track G, whence the line of bearing 185, astern, of the trigonometrical station on Gransha Point leads for a distance of 1½ miles to the anchorage in Kircubbin Roads, passing: Between Kircubbin Roads Light Buoys (lateral), thence: Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2011000 057496) [17/11] East coast of Ireland – Belfast Lough — Buoys; AIS; traffic management 226 Paragraph 7.37 1 line 5 For (544172N 54624W) Read (544232N 54230W) After Paragraph 7.37 2 line 2 Insert: Mew Island Lighthouse (544192N 53082W) (7.36). Belfast Fairway Light Buoy (544232N 54230W). 229 Paragraph 7.56 1 line 2 For 91 m Read 93 m Paragraph 7.56 1 line 3 For the Fairway Light Buoy (544171N 54623W) Read No 1 Light Buoy (544171N 54637W) Paragraph 7.56 1 line 5 For 91 m Read 93 m 230 Paragraph 7.65 1 line 4 For Fairway Light Buoy (544171N 54623W) Read Belfast Fairway Light Buoy (544232N 54230W). After Paragraph 7.65 1 Insert: 2 AIS: Mew Island Lighthouse (544192N 53082W) (7.36). Belfast Fairway Light Buoy (544232N 54230W) (7.37). For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Paragraph 7.66 1 lines 5-8 Replace by: Vessels bound for Belfast Docks should make for the appropriate one of the three pilot boarding positions described at 7.100. 2 Inbound vessels should pass N of Belfast Fairway Light Buoy (544232N 54230W) and S of Kilroot Light Buoy (544256N 54328W); outbound vessels should pass N of Helens Bay Light Buoy (port hand) (544186N 54290W) and S of Belfast Fairway Light Buoy. Paragraph 7.67 1 Replace by: 1 Approach from E; from a position N of Mew Island Light (544192N 53082W) (7.36), the route leads 9½miles WSW, passing: NNW of Briggs Light Buoy (port hand) (544118N 53573W) which marks South Briggs Rocks, thence: NNW of a shoal (544253N 53949W), depth 90 m, thence: NNW of Belfast Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (544232N 54230W), thence: ESE of Kilroot Light Buoy (starboard hand) (544256N 54328W), thence: To the entrance to Victoria Channel (7.106), between No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (544171N 54637W) and No 2 Light Buoy. 231 After Paragraph 7.68 1 line 7 Insert: NNW of Belfast Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (544232N 54230W), and: SSE of Kilroot Light Buoy (starboard hand) (544256N 54328W), thence: The route leads 2 miles WSW to the entrance to Victoria Channel (7.106), between No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (544171N 54637W) and No 2 Light Buoy. 233 Paragraph 7.92 1 lines 3-6 Replace by: No 1 Light Buoy to East Twin Island Light Beacon (543735N 55356W): 93 m. East Twin Island Light Beacon to S end of Stormont Wharf: 87 m. S end Stormont Wharf to Barnett Dock: 64 m. Albert Quay ramp to the S limit of the port: 55 m. 234–235 Existing Section IV Notice Week 34/12 Paragraph 7.100 2 line 4 For 544290N 54140W Read 544370N 54050W Existing Section IV Notice Week 34/12 Paragraph 7.100 2 line 5 For off Read about 1 mile E of Existing Section IV Notice Week 34/12 Paragraph 7.100 2 line 11 For white Read black Existing Section IV Notice Week 34/12 Paragraph 7.100 2 line 13 Delete Index NP40 2 - 98 235 Paragraph 7.106 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: Victoria Channel, leading from between No 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (544171N 54637W) and No 2 Light Buoy... Paragraph 7.106 1 lines 7-8 Replace by: ...No 1 Light Buoy to the East Twin Island Light Beacon (on the SE side of the entrance to the docks), is dredged to a depth of 93 m... Paragraph 7.106 2 lines 7-8 Replace by: Between No 1 Li ght Buoy (starboard hand) (544171N 54637W) and No 2 Light Buoy (port hand), thence: 237 Paragraph 7.109 2 line 2 Replace by: West Twin Wharf and Stormont Wharf: 670 m in length; depth 102 m. Stormont Wharf S End 245 m in length; depth 110 m. Albert Quay RoRo berth: depth 60 m. Commissioners of Irish Lights and Belfast Harbour Master (SDD 2012000 130782; 151236; 197908) [42/12] Northern Ireland – East Coast – Donaghadee Sound — Directions; buoy 227 Paragraph 7.42 3 lines 7-9 Replace by: SSW of the light buoy (starboard hand) marking the Nlimit of navigable water in the sound and a stony bank with a depth of 27 m (544000N 53226W). Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2011000 235511) [04/12] Northern Ireland – North–east coast – Bangor Bay — Directions 231 Paragraph 7.72 1 line 1 For North Breakwater Read Eisenhower (North) Pier 232 After Paragraph 7.73 1 line 3 Insert: 2 Caution. Vessels exceeding 20 metres draught are advised to keep a safe distance, over 45 metres, from Eisenhower (North) Pier Light Beacon to avoid rock armour extending from the pier head. Vessels constrained by their draught should contact Bangor Harbour in advance. Paragraph 7.74 1 line 3 For North Breakwater: Read Eisenhower (North) Pier: Assistant Harbour Manager, Bangor (SDD 2012000 102148) [23/12] Port of Belfast – Pilotage 234 Paragraph 7.100 1 lines 3-4 Replace by: Vessels over 75 m but less than 100 m in length, from a position close W of No 3 and No 4 Light Buoys. Belfast Harbour Notice 17/12 (SDD 2012000 150383) [33/12] East coast of Ireland – Belfast Lough — Pilotage 234-235 Existing Section IV Notices Weeks 34/12 and 42/12, Paragraph 7.100 2 lines 1-13 Replace by: 2 Pilot station and boarding. The pilots are stationed at Belfast and board vessels at one of three positions, lettered A to C: A. For vessels with a draught greater than 102 m (deep-draught) in position 544370N 54050W about 1¼miles SE of Cloghan Jetty (544418N 54235W). B. For vessels of over 100 m LOA in position 544210N54440Wabout 1¼miles ENEof the entrance to Victoria Channel. C. For vessels over 75 m but less than 100 m in length in position 544090N 54850W close W of No 4 Light Buoy. Pilot launches are painted black with orange superstructure and the word PILOT in black letters on each side. Belfast Harbour Master (SDD 2012000 206953) [43/12] Northern Ireland – Approaches to Larne Lough — Directions 239 Paragraph 7.127 2 line 2 Delete Rock 241 Paragraph 7.143 1 line 6 Delete Rock Paragraph 7.144 1 line 9 Delete Rock Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2012000 029508) [08/12] West coast – Valentia Harbour — Directions; directional light 265 Paragraph 8.114 1 lines 1-8 Replace by: 1 Directional light (white conical tower, red stripe) is situated on the N side of Valentia Island, 7½ cables SE of Fort Point. The light is shown throughout 24 hours and the white sector (140-142) leads through the entrance, passing: Paragraph 8.114 4 line 1 For line Read route Index NP40 2 - 99 Paragraph 8.114 5 line 1 For line Read route Paragraph 8.116 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: 2 In the W part of the harbour in position 515570N 101868W, in 12 m, sand and shingle. Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2011000 039470; 2010000 186778) [12/11] West coast – Valentia River — Directions; leading lights 267 Paragraph 8.127 1 line 2 Delete indicated by pairs of leading lights and Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2011000 105891) [26/11] Ireland – West coast – Dingle Harbour — Directions; light beacon 268 After Paragraph 8.136 1 line 5 Insert: Dingle Entrance Light Beacon (white metal tower) (520724N 101571W). Paragraph 8.137 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 Entrance. The narrow channel through the entrance leads NW for a distance of about 5 cables. The route passes between the Li ght Tower (5207 31N 101550W) which stands on the NE side and Dingle Entrance Light Beacon (520724N 101571W) on the SW side. Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2012000 151235; 211769) [47/12] West coast – Kilcredaun Head — Principal mark 272 Paragraph 9.8 3 line 5-6 Delete 282 Paragraph 9.62 2 line 4 For light Read disused lighthouse Paragraph 9.62 3 line 1 For lights Read light Paragraph 9.62 3 line 3 Delete 284 Paragraph 9.81 2 line 1 For Light Read disused lighthouse Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2011000 048353) [14/11] Ireland – South-west coast – River Shannon — Pilot boarding positions; anchorages 278 Paragraph 9.48 2 line 5 For positions: Read areas: Paragraph 9.48 2 line 6 For 4 Read 3¾ Paragraph 9.48 2 line 8 For 1½miles SSW Read 2 miles SW Paragraph 9.48 3 line 2 For E Read ESE 284 Paragraph 9.81 including heading and existing Section IV Notice Week 14/11 Replace by: Spare 9.81 Paragraph 9.82 including heading Replace by: Anchorages A to L 9.82 1 Eleven designated anchorages lettered A to L (excluding I) with depths of 23 m to 5 m lie E of a line from Corlis Point (523709N 93636W) to Beal Point (523483N 93710W), and W of Scattery Island. Anchorage H is for tankers. Clearing marks: 2 The line of bearing 246 of Kilcredaun Head disused lighthouse (523480N 94261W) (9.62) just open SW of the battery on Kilcredaun Point (5½cables ENE), passes S of Five Fathom Rock (1½miles N of Beal Point) and of Doonaha Shoal (1 mile W of the rock). Caution. A foul anchorage lies between anchorages B, C and D. Paragraph 9.83 including heading Replace by: Scattery Roads - Anchorages M to R 9.83 1 Scattery Roads, E of Scattery Island (523676N 93118W), are sheltered from the prevailing W winds and afford excellent anchorage with good holding of blue mud with a thin covering of sand. Five designated anchorages lettered M to R (excluding O) with depths of 6 to 17 m lie between Scattery Island and Moyne Poi nt (5236 75N 927 80W). Anchorage P is for tankers. Shannon Foynes Port Company (SDD 2011000 216202) [05/12] West coast – River Shannon — Directions; buoyage 283 Paragraph 9.74 2 line 1-2 For preferred channel to starboard Read port hand Paragraph 9.74 2 line 3 For W cardinal Read starboard hand Paragraph 9.74 2 line 9 For W cardinal Read starboard hand Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2011000 117467) [32/11] Index NP40 2 - 100 Ireland – South-west coast – Shannon Estuary — Directions; buoyage 283 Paragraph 9.74 3 Replace by: NW of Beal Bar Light Buoy (starboard hand) (513518N 93905W) marking the outer edge of Beal Bar which is steep-to, thence course is altered to pass: S of Doonaha Light Buoy (port hand) (513555N 93901W) which marks a shoal depth of 149 m and the S edge of Doonaha Shoal. Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2012000 043247) [12/12] Ireland – South-west coast – River Shannon — Anchorages 284 Existing Section IV Notice Week 5/12 Paragraph 9.82 2 lines 7-8 Delete Shannon Foynes Port Company (SDD 2012000 046551) [14/12] Ireland – West coast – Inishmore — Directions; buoy 318 Paragraph 10.110 3 lines 3-4 Replace by: SE of Killeany Light Buoy (starboard hand) (530733N 093837W). Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2012000 130811; 217597) [47/12] West coast – Kiggaul Bay — Approach; light 319 Paragraph 10.115 2 line 1 For metal column on stone beacon Read white concrete blockhouse on concrete base Paragraph 10.115 2 line 3 For 359 Read 349 Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2011000 039276) [13/11] Ireland – West coast – Inishbofin — Bofin Harbour 337 Paragraph 11.67 2 lines 1-3 Replace by: 2 Line of bearing. By day the line of bearing 021 and by night the white sector (0207- 0212) of Inishbofin Directional Light (533678N 101316W) on the N side of the harbour,... Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2012000 128796 and 135611) [31/12] West coast – Sligo Harbour — Directions; beacon 370 Paragraph 12.81 2 lines 9-10 Replace by: SW of Yacht Club No2 Light Buoy (port hand) (541829N 83458W) Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2010000 204547) [01/11] West coast – Donegal Bay — Directions 372 Paragraph 12.93 Including heading Replace by: Spare 12.93 UKHO BA Chart 2702 [35/11] West coast – Ballyshannon – Entrance — Leading lights 382 Paragraph 12.169 2 line 1-10 Replace by: 2 Entrance to the river Erne. The entrance is confined to a narrow passage between North Rock (543090N 81595W), composed of a heap of stones, and South Rock (543081N 81595W), a similar heap of stones which dries. The alignment of leading lights (092½) leads over the bar and between North and South Rock: Front light (red rectangle, yellow stripe, on pole) (543085N 81527W). Rear light (red rectangle, yellow stripe, on pole) (42 m from front light). Passage over the bar, depth 02 m, between the two rocks, is dangerous to small craft, and the channel, which is liable to frequent changes and is only partially marked, meanders between the wide expanse of Tullan Strand (off Finner Point) and Wardtown Strand on the N side inside the entrance. Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2010000 178130; 208152) [01/11] West coast – Inver Bay — Useful marks 382 Paragraph 12.173 1 line 3 Delete are conspicuous Paragraph 12.173 1 lines 6-8 Delete UKHO BA Chart 2702 [35/11] West coast – Bunbeg — Directions; aids to navigation 396 Paragraph 12.278 2 lines 3-7 Replace by: The channel is marked by light beacons and light buoys. The positions of these aids to navigation can best be seen on the chart. Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2011000 087695) [22/11] Index NP40 2 - 101 West coast – Sheep Haven – Breaghy Head — Light 402 After Paragraph 12.324 4 line 6 Insert: Useful mark: Breaghy Head Light (white beacon) (551147N 75481W). Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2011000 087700) [22/11] Northern Ireland – North coast – River Foyle — General information; vertical clearance 420 After Paragraph 13.82 1 line 5 Insert: 2 Peace Bridge (545988N 71897W), vertical clearance 37 m, crosses the river 1 cable S of Queen’s Quay. 427 Paragraph 13.117 2 lines 3-4 Replace by: Peace Bridge (13.82) crosses the river 1 cable S of Queen’s Quay. Londonderry Port and Harbour Commissioners (SDD 2011000 120886) [05/12] Northern Ireland – North coast – River Foyle — Directions 422 Paragraph 13.100 10 line 1 For Bay Light Read Point 425 After Paragraph 13.106 5 line 5 Insert: SE of Black Point Light Beacon (starboard hand) (550885N70729W) which lies close SSE of a drying bank. Paragraph 13.107 1 line 8 For (550278N 71524W) Read (550277N 71522W) Londonderry Port and Harbour Commissioners (SDD 2012000 011131) [05/12] Northern Ireland – North coast – River Foyle — Leading lights 426 Paragraph 13.110 2 lines 3-6 Replace by: Leading lights: Front. Rosses Bay Light Beacon (topmark white triangle apex up) (550072N 71750W). Rear. Gransha Light Beacon (topmark white triangle apex down) (550073N 71741W). The alignment (085 astern) of the above lights indicates the centre of the maintained channel S of Madams Bank, passing: Paragraph 13.110 3 lines 5-6 Delete Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2011000 206799) [05/12] Northern Ireland – North coast – The Skerries — Directions 428 After Paragraph 13.127 2 Insert: Other aids to navigation 13.127a 1 Automatic Identification System: Skerries Light Buoy (551390N 63690W). Paragraph 13.128 2 line 8 Replace by: N of The Skerries (13.139) marked close NE by Skerries Light Buoy (port hand) (551390N 63690W), thence: 431 After Paragraph 13.139 3 line 8 Insert: SE of Skerries Light Buoy (port hand) (551390N 63690W), and: Commissioners of Irish Lights (SDD 2011000 159195) [42/11] NP41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 (2012 Edition) SEVERO-KURIL’SK climate station diagram 63 Diagram 1.181 Replace by: Diagram 1.181 which is printed at Annex A (see page 4 - 9). UKHO [33/12] NP42A Japan Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition) Nil NP42B Japan Pilot Volume 3 (2011 Edition) Seto Naikai – Aki Nada – Kudako Suido to Kure Ko – East Part — Directions 185 Paragraph 7.168 Replace by: 7.168 1 From a position NW of Uta Saki (340108N 1323872E) the track leads N, passing: E of Suzuki Iwa (340223N 1323643E), a detached rocky shoal close E of Ko-Tachiba Shima (340219N 1323603E), a small island joined by a shallow bank to O-Tachiba Shima (7.224), 3 cables SW, thence: 2 W of Ai Shima (340425N 1324244E). Itsuki Dashi (340407N 1324190E), a rocky shoal, lies close off the W side of Ai Shima. Ai Shima Light (7.167) is exhibited from the SE part of the island. A light buoy (safe water), marking the recommended track through the N part of Aki Nada, is moored 1 mile NW of Ai Shima. Thence: Index NP42B 2 - 102 3 E of Sengai Iwai (340435N 1323377E), two drying rocks lying 2 cables E of the E extremity of Karoto Shima (7.71); a light beacon (E cardinal, 12 m in height) stands on the W rock. Hiyama Dashi (7.71) lies 6 cables S. Thence: E of Kame-ga-Kubi (340689N 1323558E), a point at the NE end of a small but prominent peninsula forming the E extremity of Kurahashi Shima (7.66), thence: 4 W of Shi mo-Guro Shi ma (3409 17N 1323926E); Kami-Guro Shima (340929N 1324024E), a similar islet, lies close E. Depths in the vicinity of theses islets are uneven and they should be avoided. Thence: E of Nasake Shima (340965N 1323441E), thence: 5 W of the SW extremity of Shimo-Kamagari Shima (341027N 1323867E), an island which forms the S side of Naka Seto (7.195); a light buoy (starboard hand) is moored close off the point. Thence: E of the shoal area (341089N 1323626E), with depths of less than 10 m, extending E from Ondo-no-Seto (7.169). The track then continues a short distance N to a posi ti on SW of Shi moneko Saki (3412 13N 1323813E). 6 Useful marks: Shira Ishi Light (341065N 1322086E) (7.64). Manaita Iwai Light (340235N 1323198E) (7.64). (Directions continue at 7.194) UKHO (HH. 42B/200/01) [26/12] NP42C Japan Pilot Volume 4 (2011 Edition) Nil NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot (2011 Edition) Cheju Do – North Coast – Aewologot to Cheju Hang — Cheju Hang; Pilot Station 81 Paragraph 2.32 3 line 3 For 333195N 1263255E Read 333350N 1263300E South Korean Notice 51/875/11 (SDD 2011000 239652) [03/12] South Korea - South coast - Cheju Do – Cheju Hang — Harbour; development 81 After Paragraph 2.33 2 line 4 Insert: Major work on a new international passenger terminal has been completed east of the E breakwater (333162N 1263265E). See Admiralty Notice 5366(P)/11 for details. 82 After Paragraph 2.34 4 line 6 Insert: Passenger terminal SE breakwater light (17 m in height) (333177N 1263339E). Korean Notice 43/664/11 (SDD 2011000 200770) [49/11] South Coast – Offshore Route – Ch’uja Hang — Position and function; directions 89 Paragraph 2.81 1 line 5 For ½ Read ¾ to 1 Paragraph 2.81 3 line 2 For (335768N 1261835E) Read (335764N 1261837E) South Korean Notice 8/111/12 (SDD 2012000 039776) [11/12] South Korea – South Coast – Inshore Route - Haenamgak to Somodo — Directions; wreck 99 After Paragraph 2.144 6 line 5 Insert: S of a dangerous wreck (341601N 1264109E), thence; South Korean Notice 51/872/11 (SDD 2011000 239652) [03/12] South Korea – South Coast – Inshore route – P’yãng-ilto to Chima Do — Directions; light beacon 104 Paragraph 2.179 1 lines 6-8 Replace by: S of a small above-water rock (341829N 1270497E), lying on a bank with a depth of 71 m, marked by a light buoy (341823N 1270492E) (isolated danger), thence: SKN 45/727/12 (SDD 2012000 225247) [50/12] Korea – South coast – Inshore route — Directions; depth; obstruction; wreck 104 Paragraph 2.180 1 line 5 For 54 m Read 51 m After Paragraph 2.180 1 Insert: NWof ashoal (341654N1270908E) withadepth of 75 m, thence: After Paragraph 2.180 3 line 4 Insert: NW of an obstruction (341821N 1271114E) with a depth of 154 m, thence: After Paragraph 2.180 3 line 6 Insert: NW of a wreck (341886N 1271311E) with a depth of 152 m, thence: South Korean Notice 30/429/12 (SDD 2012000 150499) [37/12] Index NP43 2 - 103 South Korea - South coast – Chungdo Sudo – East entrance — Light beacon 106 Paragraph 2.193 4 line 1-2 Replace by: 4 East entrance. Yeotdoam (342194N 1270470E) a rocky patch, marked by a light beacon (isolated danger). Korean Notice 43/671/11 (SDD 2011000 200770) [49/11] Korea – South coast – inshore route – T÷ngnyang Man — Directions; light beacon; submarine cable 108 Paragraph 2.208 3 line 10 Add: ...A light beacon (344369N 1271685E) (isolated danger) lies close NE of the anchorage. After Paragraph 2.210 1 Insert: 2 Caution. A submarine cable lies across the anchorage orientated NNE to SSW. Korean ENC KR4F4H10; Korean Notice 38/598/12 (SDD 2012000 192275) [42/12] Inshore Route - Chima Do to Sori Do - Approaches to Yãja Man and Kamak Yang — Directions; depth 109 Paragraph 2.222 3 line 2 For 6.4 Read 5.7 South Korean Chart 240 [06/12] Outer Approaches to Yãsu Hang and Kwangyang Hang – Yokchi Do and Chwasari Chedo — Vertical clearance 120 Paragraph 3.28 5 line 2 For 35m Read 26m South Korean Notice 01/12/12 (SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12] South Korea – Approaches to Yãsu Hang and Kwangyang Hang — Directions; depths 122 Paragraph 3.43 2 line 7 For 171 Read 166 Paragraph 3.43 2 line 9 For 152 Read 166 BA Chart 3391; Korean Notice 18/251/12 (SDD 2012000 00089546) [23/12] South Korea – Yãsu Hang — Limiting Conditions; bridge 124 Paragraph 3.57 1 lines 5-8 Replace by: Bridges. The SW end of Yãsu Haehyãp, at its narrowest point, is spanned by a bridge with a vertical clearance of 20 m. The bridge links the NW end of Dolsando with the city of Yeosu. The E end of Yãsu Haehyãp, is spanned by a bridge with a vertical clearance of 22 m between positions 344416N 1274495E and 344402N 1274491E. 125 Paragraph 3.64 3 Delete South Korean Notice 25/352/12 (SDD 2012000 123633) [29/12] South Korea – Yãsu Hang – Sin Hang — Directions; lights 125 Paragraph 3.67 3 lines 8-12 Delete BA Chart 3391; Korean Notice 18/251/12 (SDD 2012000 00089546) [23/12] Korea – South coast – Kwangyang Hang — Bridges 127 After Paragraph 3.81 1 Insert: 2 See also 3.91. After Paragraph 3.91 1 Insert: 2 A large suspension bridge, vertical clearance unknown, is underconstruction (2012) orientated north/south between 345403N 1274227E north of Myodo (345212N 1274311E) and 345462N 1274227E south of Administration Wharf (345482N 1274247E) at the west end of POSCO steel works. A bridge, vertical clearance unknown, is under construction (2012) between the S extremity of Myodo (345212N 1274311E) and the N coast of Yosu Pando 5 cables farther S. South Korea Notice 32/471/12 (SDD 2012000 160793) [42/12] Index NP43 2 - 104 South Korea – Kwangyang Hang — Anchorages 129 Paragraph 3.103 3 lines 1-8 Replace by: 3 North-west of Myodo. Anchorage may be obtained within the following areas: 34 5363 N 127 4180 E 34 5325 N 127 4118 E 34 5357 N 127 4065 E 34 5397 N 127 4065 E 34 5388 N 127 4218 E 34 5363 N 127 4180 E 34 5397 N 127 4150 E 34 5417 N 127 4187 E South Korean Notice 50/852/11 (SDD 2011000 234881) [03/12] Inshore Route – Paek Sã to Tumi Do – Mijo Hang — Vertical clearance 131 Paragraph 3.119 4 line 2 For 29m Read 27m Paragraph 3.119 4 line 6 For 41m Read 19m South Korean Notice 01/16/12 (SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12] Chinju Man and approaches — Vertical clearances 134 After Paragraph 3.136 6 line 5 Insert: Channel NWof N÷kto. Apower cable with a vertical clearance of 18m spans the channel between the NW of N÷kto and NE of Sindo (345570N 1280180E). South Korean Notice 6/98/12 (SDD 2012000 034861) [10/12] South Korea – South Coast – Inshore Route – Paek Sã to Tumi Do – Nungyang Hang — Directions; depth 137 Paragraph 3.157 2 line 8 For 23 m Read 08 m SKN 43/685/12 (SDD 2012000 216234) [50/12] Samch’ãnp’o Hang to Nam Man – Kosãng Man — Vertical clearance 138 Paragraph 3.159 4 line 2 For 30m Read 26m South Korean Notice 01/11/12 (SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12] Inshore Route – Tumi Do to Pbujido – Offshore Islands – Yãnhwa Yãlto — Vertical clearance 140 After Paragraph 3.168 1 line 9 Insert: Vertical Clearance. A power cable with a vertical clearance of 20m spans the channel between the S of U do and the N of Yãnhwa Do. South Korean Notice 01/12/12 (SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12] Tongyãng Haeman and Kyãnnaeryang and Haehyãp — Vertical clearance 140 Paragraph 3.170 3 line 4 For 28m Read 25m South Korean Notice 01/10/12 (SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12] South coast of Korea – Okpo Hang — Directions; lights 147 After Paragraph 3.219 1 line 9 Insert: 2 Okpo Hang N Breakwater Light (red round concrete tower, 11 m in height) (345382N 1284305E). Okpo Hang S Breakwater Light (white round concrete structure, 13 m in height) (345369N 1284317E). 149 After Paragraph 3.228 1 line 8 Insert: Okpo Hang N Breakwater Light (red round concrete tower, 11 m in height) (345382N 1284305E). Okpo Hang S Breakwater Light (white round concrete structure, 13 m in height) (345369N 1284317E). Paragraph 3.228 2 line 4 and 3.228 3 lines 1-6 Delete South Korean Notice 30/426/12 (SDD2012000 150499) [34/12] South Korea - South Coast - Chinhae Man — Vertical clearance 159 After Paragraph 3.309 1 line 8 Insert: A bridge with a vertical clearance of 20m spans, Kajodo Sudo (345552N 1283163E) between the S of Kajodo and Kãje Do. South Korean Notice 9/126/12 (SDD 2012000 0444478) [12/12] Index NP43 2 - 105 South Korea – Pusan Hang — Directions; light 169 After Paragraph 3.371 2 line 8 Insert: Yongdu San Light (on top of Pusan Tower) (350607N 1290194E). South Korean Notice 24/334/12 (SDD 2012000 118381) [28/12] S Korea – East Coast – Mip’o Hang — Anchorage areas 184 Paragraph 4.78 1 lines 4-7 Replace by: Outer Anchorages. The following designated anchorage areas are situated E of Mip’o Hang: T-1 (353062N 1292730E), radius 300m for vessels less than 5000gt. T-2 (353095N 1292730E), radius 300m for vessels less than 5000gt. T-3 (353167N 1292757E), radius 250m for vessels less than 2000gt. Pilotage is compulsory and available from Ulsan Hang. For details of Ulsan Hang pilotage see 4.44 and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). South Korean Notice 9/124/12 (SDD 2012000 044478) [12/12] Chumunjin Dan to Pisãn Jang — Directions; light 204 After Paragraph 4.204 1 line 3 Insert: Daepo Hang Light (white round concrete tower, 18m in height) (381020N 1283670E). South Korean Notice 3/49/12 (SDD 2012000 0004534) [09/12] Sokch’o Hang — Directions for entering harbour; light 205 Paragraph 4.212 1 lines 6-7 Replace by: Major lights: Sokch’o Light (381282N 1283601E) (4.204). Daepo Hang Light (381020N 1283670E) (4.204). South Korean Notice 3/49/12 (SDD 2012000 0004534) [09/12] Pisãn Jang to Suwãn Dan — Directions; light 206 After Paragraph 4.220 1 line 1 Insert: Daepo Hang Light (381020N1283670E) (4.204) South Korean Notice 3/49/12 (SDD 2012000 0004534) [09/12] Russian Federation – Sea of Okhotsk – East coast Ostrov Sakhalin — Directions; platform 354 After Paragraph 11.78 4 line 5 Insert: ENE of BERKUT production platform (522789N 1433905E), thence: After Paragraph 11.78 5 line 8 Insert: BERKUT production platform light (522789N 1433905E). Russian Notice 35/5149/12 (SDD 2012000 170355) [41/12] NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera Pilot (2011 Edition) Pelabuhan Klang and Approaches — Outer anchorages; pilotage 189 After Paragraph 6.162 1 line 8 Insert: Lay-up anchorages (centred on 24900N 1011650E) lie E of South Fairway Light Buoy. Paragraph 6.164 2 lines 3-5 Replace by: Southern approach – 1½ miles NE of South Fairway Light Buoy (24900N 1011480E) (6.177). 192 Paragraph 6.177 3 line 2 For (25034N 1011497E) Read (24900N 1011480E) Malaysian Notice 117/12 (SDD 2012000 144050) [48/12] Malaysia – Pelabuhan Sungai Udang — Controlling depth 202 Paragraph 6.247 1 line 2 Replace by: ...150 m (2012). Malaysian Notice 9/148/12 & ENC MY4C5217 (SDD 2012000 221832) [51/12] Index NP44 2 - 106 Singapore Strait – Karang Singa (Carter Shoal) — Directions 227 Paragraph 7.61 3 line 8 Replace by: ...marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), thence: Indonesian Notice 29/247/12 (SDD 2012000 161327) [48/12] Malaysia – Johor – Pelabuhan Calder — Directions; depth 300 After Paragraph 9.166 3 line 2 Insert: Wof awreck (12160N1040499E) witha depthof 138m, thence: Malaysian Notice 9/154/12 (SDD 2012000 221832) [50/12] NP45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition) Spain – Isla de Formentera – Cala Pujols — Light 198 Paragraph 4.73 3 line 1 For (214½-216½) Read (2085-2105) Spanish Notice SD 24.12 (SDD 2012000 129294) [29/12] Algeria – Port of Arzew – Arzew-el Djédid — Directions; berths 266 Paragraph 6.93 3 line 6 Add: ...A detached breakwater, aligned approximately E/W and 4 cables long, is centred 5 cables ESE of the E end of the detached mole. Paragraph 6.96 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding ground (354985N 01365W) (6.87), the track leads generally SW for about 8 cables, passing: Paragraph 6.96 2 lines 1-3 Replace by: 2 Between the E end of the detached mole (354943N 01500W), and the W end of the detached breakwater. Paragraph 6.97 3 lines 5-8 Delete MV British Osprey (SDD 2012000 129321) [29/12] Tunisia - Bancs Kerkenah — Wreck 326 Paragraph 7.163 4 lines 4-5 Replace by: E of a wreck (39½ miles SE), with a depth of 18 m. A dangerous wreck lies 12 miles farther NE. Thence: Tunisian Notice 398/18/12 (SDD 2012000 208594) [45/12] Sicilia - Porto di Pozzallo — Traffic Separation Scheme 398 Paragraph 9.147 1 lines 1-4 Delete 399 Paragraph 9.156 2 lines 5-7 Replace by: Approach and entry. The port is approached through a traffic separation scheme and entered E of the head of Molo di Sopraflutto. 400 After Paragraph 9.158 3 line 2 Insert: Traffic Separation Scheme. A TSS has been established in the approaches to the port. It comprises inward and outward traffic lanes and a semi-circular precautionary area, radius 12 miles, centred on 364347N 145063E. Restricted areas. Two restricted areas, where anchoring is prohibited, surround submarine pipelines which extend 1½ miles and 2¼ miles SSW, from positions on the shore 1 mile WNW and 3¼ miles ENE of the head of Molo di Sopraflutto, respectively. Light buoys (special) are located at the seaward ends of the pipelines. Paragraph 9.160 1 lines 1-9 Replace by: 1 From a position 13 miles SSE of the head of Molo di Sopraflutto, the track leads 14 miles NNE in the inbound lane of the TSS, to the pilot boarding position. Italian Notice 1.16.12 (SDD 2012000 022399) [08/12] Sicily – Porto di Messina — Outer anchorage 459 Paragraph 12.56 including heading Replace by: Spare 12.56 Italian Notice 16.33/12 (SDD 2012000 166566) [36/12] Index NP46 2 - 107 NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition) France – Le Barcarès, Port-Saint-Ange — Obstruction 71 After Paragraph 2.35 2 line 12 Insert: An obstruction exists, at an unknown depth, on the 10 m contour, approximately 4 cables offshore in position 424852N 30301E. French Notice 11/13/31 (SDD 2011000 062307) [18/11] France – Port de Fos — Depths; dredged areas 85 Paragraph 2.161 5 line 2 For 14 m Read 18 m Paragraph 2.161 5 lines 4 to 5 Replace by: ... occupies the SWpart of the basin. The basin depths are no longer maintained by dredging and the Port Authority should be consulted. A ... French Notice 11/45/31 (SDD 2011000 211227) [04/12] France – Port de Méjean – Entrance — Underwater rock 96 After Paragraph 2.258 1 line 8 Insert: An underwater rock, depth unknown, lies in position 431970N 51309E, approximately 1 cable west of Cape Méjean. French Notice 11/11/31 (SDD 2011000 052211) [18/11] France – Marseille-Nord – Anchorage — Obstruction 97 After Paragraph 2.275 2 line 7 Insert: An obstruction exists at a depth of 255 m in the SW corner of the Marseille-Nord anchorage, 1 cable S of Niolon, in position 432017N 51539E. French Notice 11/08/29 (SDD 2011000 038301) [18/11] France – South coast – Port de Cavalaire — Anchorage 119 Paragraph 3.36 3 lines 1-7 Replace by: 3 Anchorage for vessels less than 24 m in length can be obtained within Baie de Cavalaire in a depths of 15 to 20 m, sand; the usual anchorages are 3 cabl es NW of Port de Caval ai re and Jova anchorage, 3 cables NE of Point du Brouis. Anchoring is prohibited N of a line joining Cap Cavalaire and Cap Lardier, 2½ miles E, for cruise ships in depths of less than 40 m and for ships over 24 m in length in depths of less than 30 m. The bay is sheltered from the Mistral but untenable in winds from E through S to SW. Holding ... French Notice 11/45/33 (SDD 2011000 211300) [48/11] France – South coast – Saint-Raphaël — Light 125 Paragraph 3.85 1 lines 5-7 Replace by: ...½ cable Sfromthe coast. The W-facing entrance is 60 m wide and... French Notice 12/22/52 (SDD 2012000 108296) [28/12] France – Cannes – Golfe Juan — Beacon tower 129 Paragraph 3.102 3 lines 5-6 For light (green truncated tower, Read light beacon (black truncated conical tower, red bands, ALLFS E0806 [35/11] Italy – North-west Coast – San Remo — Wreck 148 Paragraph 4.34 6 lines 7-9 Delete Italian Notice 2.10/2011 (SDD 2011000 112886) [28/11] Italy – West coast – Savona — Anchor berths; legends 156 Paragraph 4.87 2 line 4 For Anchorage Area No 2 Read Anchorage Area A Paragraph 4.87 3 line 3 For Anchorage Area No 2 Read Anchorage Area A Paragraph 4.87 4 lines 1-2 For Two deep-water anchorage berths Read Deep-water anchorage berths C, D and E UKHO; IT500053 [31/11] Index NP46 2 - 108 Italy – Genova – Outer anchorages — Caution 161 After Paragraph 4.117 2 line 6 Insert: Caution. A submarine pipeline extends 3 cables SSW from the E section of Diga di Cornigliano (4.123). The pipeline extends 1¼ cables into the anchorage area and the seaward end is marked by a light buoy (special). A restricted area surrounds the pipeline to a distance of 100 m. Italian Notice 1.5/11 (SDD 2011000 023508) [18/11] Italy – W coast – Livorno — Anchorage 193 Paragraph 5.61 2 lines 5-6 Delete Italian Notice 11.5/11 (SDD 2011000 118417) [31/11] Italy – Sardegna – Golfo di Palmas — Anchorages 281 Paragraph 9.135 1 lines 6-15 Replace by: ...di Palmas: S2 390179N 82834E S3 385954N 82938E S4 385954N 83058E S5 385934N 83218E S6 385814N 82894E Italian Notice 17.13/12 (SDD 2012000 192719) [42/12] Italy – Sardegna – La Maddelena — Prohibited areas 298 Paragraph 10.7 1 line 3 Replace by: ... is prohibited. The transit of merchant vessels over 500 t, used to transport goods and passengers, is prohibited within 2 miles of the boundaries of these protected areas; the areas are shown on the chart. Italian Notice 14/2/12 (SDD 2012000 144271) [33/12] Italy – Sardegna – Punta Marmorata — Beacons 300 Paragraph 10.15 2 line 12 Replace by: ... the N islet and are marked by a light beacon (N cardinal). A dangerous wreck with a... Paragraph 10.15 3 line 6 For buoy (spar) Read beacon tower (N cardinal) Italian Notice 17.7/11 (SDD 2011000 175695) [41/11] Italy – Sardegna – Isola Caprera – Cala Garibaldi — Anchorage 304 Paragraph 10.46 2 lines 5-7 Replace by: ...resort. Italian Notice 13/16/12 (SDD 2012000 139453) [33/12] Italy – Sardegna – Approaches to Porto di Olbia — Pilotage 310 Paragraph 10.84 3 line 3 For about 1 mile Read 3 miles Italian Notice 11.9/22 (SDD 2011000 118417) [33/11] Italy – Sardegna – Approaches to Porto di Olbia — Racon 311 Paragraph 10.86 3 Delete Italian Notice 11.9/11 (SDD 2011000 118417) [33/11] Italy – Sardegna – Capo Sferracavallo — Prohibited area 319 Paragraph 10.146 including heading Replace by: Restricted areas 10.146 1 Entry is prohibited 3½ miles E Capo Sferracavallo within a radius of 600 m centred on 394250N 94540E. The area contains unexploded ordnance. 2 Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in an area enclosing Isola di Quirra (393150N 93950E) which extends SE and up to 5 miles offshore. The area contains unexploded ordnance. Italian Notice 23.24/11 (SDD 2011000 240239) [06/12] Italy – Sardegna – Capo San Lorenzo — Prohibited area 320 Paragraph 10.153 1 Replace by: 1 Entry is prohibited 6¼ miles NE Capo San Lorenzo within a radius of 400 m centred on 393378N 94450E. The area contains unexploded ordnance. 2 Vessels are prohibited from entering an area extending 100 m from the shore of Costa su Franzesu, in the vicinity of the mouth of Fiume Fl umendosa (3625 7N 937 7E), wi thi n the jurisdiction of the town of Villaputzu, 2½ miles WNW of the river mouth, because of the danger of rock falls. Italian Notice 23.25/11 (SDD 2011000 240239) [06/12] Index NP46 2 - 109 Italy – South-east of Capo d’Anzio – Torre Astura — Obstruction 340 After Paragraph 12.12 2 line 10 Insert: SSW of an obstruction (8¼ miles ESE), thence: Italian Notice 3.6/11 (SDD 2011000 034254) [18/11] Italy – West coast – Bagnoli – Isolotto di Nisida — Explosive dumping ground 368 After Paragraph 12.164 2 line 3 Insert: In position 404771N 140933E, 2 cables W of Isolotto di Nisida, lies suspected unexploded ordnance at a depth of approximately 28 m. Italian Notice 10.226/11 (SDD 2011000 112886) [31/11] Italy – West coast – Torre del Greco — Obstruction 369 Paragraph 12.167 3 line 1 Replace by: 3 Obstruction. An unmarked obstruction reducing depth to 10 m exists ... Italian Notice 24.15/08 (SDD 2011000 240328) [04/12] Italy – W coast – Agropoli — Anchorage area 388 Paragraph 13.58 3 line 2 For 6 cables Read 8 cables Italian Notice 18.10/11 (SDD 2011000 183876) [43/11] NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3 (2011 Edition) Western Greek Islands – Nisída Kastós — shoal depth 104 Paragraph 3.198 1 line 8 Replace by: 2054E), steep to, noting a rock awash in position 383232N 205350E, thence: 105 Paragraph 3.200 2 line 4 Replace by: E of Ákra Pothóni (7 miles SSW), noting a rock awash in position 383232N205350E, thence: Greek NM 9/174/11 (SDD 2011000 195657) [46/11] Greece – Pelopónnisos – Pátrai — New harbour 126 Paragraph 4.44 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: 1 The harbours are approached di rectl y from Patraïkós Kólpos and entered N or S of their respective detached breakwaters. Paragraph 4.47 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: 1 Old harbour North entrance (4.59) about 11 m. South entrance (4.60) about 7 m. 2 New harbour North and South entrances limited by depths at berths of 93 to 100 m. Paragraph 4.52 2 line 4 Replace by: ...of the N head of the old harbour breakwater. 127 Paragraph 4.56 heading For Harbour Read Harbours Paragraph 4.56 1 line 1 For The harbour Read The old harbour Paragraph 4.56 2 lines 5-6 Delete After Paragraph 4.56 3 line 3 Insert: 4 The new harbour (2011), 1 mile SSW of the old harbour S entrance, also has a detached breakwater, approximately 1220 m long, and orientated NNE/SSW. Lights are exhibited at the ends (metal framework towers with a green band at the N head and a red band at the S head). There are bollards on the breakwater and depths along the inner side of between approximately 95 to 108 m. 5 A wreck with a clearance depth of 118 m lies approximately 270 m S of the N head of the breakwater, and close to the inward side. Paragraph 4.59 heading For North entrance Read Old harbour North entrance Paragraph 4.60 heading For South entrance Read Old harbour South entrance After Paragraph 4.60 1 line 14 Insert: New harbour 4.60a 1 The N and S sections of the breakwater and the shore opposite form two entrances to the new port of Pátrai. The N entrance is 360 m wide and the S entrance is 450 m wide. Paragraph 4.62 heading For Basins Read Old harbour Index NP47 2 - 110 After Paragraph 4.62 6 line 5 Insert: 4.62a 1 New harbour. The shore inside the breakwater is quayed in steps in four sections running almost due N/S. The first section facing the N entrance is approximately 170 m long and has two ramps. Depths alongside range from 95 to 97 m. The quay then runs west for 30 m with one ramp and depths alongside of 95 to 99 m. The second section is 190 m long, including three ramps and depths alongside of 96 to 98 m. It then runs west for 40 m, with one ramp and depths alongside of 96 to 98 m. 2 The third section is 220 m long and has three ramps and depths alongside of 96 to 98 m. It then runs west for 40 m with one ramp and depths alongside of 96 to 98 m. The fourth and final section facing the S entrance is 220 m long and has three ramps and depths alongside of 96 to 100 m. It then runs west for 40 m with one ramp and depths alongside of 95 to 100 m. Greek NMs 134 and 141/7/11 (SDD 2011000 150452) [46/11] Montenegro – Budva — Directions; light 189 Paragraph 6.136 1 lines 2-6 Replace by: ... Nikola Light (6.130), the track into Budva leads NNE, passing: Croatian Notice 6/2/2009 (SDD 2009000 076831) [42/12] Croatia – Zadarski Kanal – Luka Zadar — Pilot boarding place 357 Paragraph 8.603 1 line 3 For 6 cables S Read 1¼ miles WSW Croatian Notice 1/2/12 (SDD 2012000 046600) [17/12] Italy – Trieste approaches — Racon 472 Paragraph 10.172 including heading Replace by: Spare 10.172 Italian Notice 9.11/12 (SDD 2012000 098936) [27/12] Italy – Brindisi approaches — Shoal depths 487 Paragraph 11.58 1 and 2 Replace by: 1 Shoal depths and numerous wrecks exist in the approaches to Brindisi and within the harbour. Off Capo di Torre Cavallo several shoal depths and rocks awash exist close inshore within the 10 metre contour. A stranded wreck is situated 1 cable N in position 403864N 180128E. A dangerous wreck exists 1¼ miles NE of the cape and 6 cables N of the NW corner of waiting area BR1. Italian NMs 11.11/10, 14.9/11 and 16.15/11 (SDDs 2010000 094665, 2011000 148570 & 171794) [46/11] Italy – Porto di Vasto — Anchorage 513 Paragraph 11.284 1 lines 5-6 For (1¾ miles E) Read (2¾ miles NE) Italian NM 4.28/12 (SDD 2012000 049910) [14/12] Italy - Adriatic Sea - Pescara — Depths 516 Paragraph 11.309 1 lines 1-5 Replace by: 1 Depths. As a result of the gradual and irregular silting of Porto Canale (2012) the depths on the charts may not reflect the actual situation. Mariners are to contact the Maritime Authorities before entering the port. Italian Notice 2.10/12 (SDD 2012000 026977) [10/12] Italy – Ancona – Falconara Marittima — Wreck 523 After Paragraph 12.45 1 line 13 Insert: A prohibited area is centred on a dangerous wreck in position 434041N 132150E, radius 1 mile. Italian NM 14.12/11 (SDD 2011000 148570) [46/11] Italy – Rimini — Wreck 538 Paragraph 12.149 2 line 9 Add: ...A wreck, depth unknown but considered potentially dangerous to surface navigation, lies 1 cable Nof the outer breakwater light in position 440500N 123460E. Italian Notice 21.16/11 (SDD 2011000 214683) [49/11] Index NP48 2 - 111 NP48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 4 (2012 Edition) Turkey - AliaÔa — Pilotage 440 Paragraph 12.345 1 line 1-3 Replace by: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. The pilot boarding place is 6 cables NE of TaîlÝ Burnu. Turkish ENC TR402147 (SDD 2012000 217853) [49/12] NP49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 5 (2011 Edition) Nil NP50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot (2011 Edition) Newfoundland – Stevensons Islets — Light 272 Paragraph 8.136 3 Replace by: 3 The track then leads to a position about 5 cables SE of Stevensons Islets (2 miles WSW). From this position the track then leads N, passing (with positions relative to Cabot Island Light): Canada Eastern Notice 4857/03/2012 (SDD 2012000 060469) [15/12] Newfoundland – Sops Arm — Rock 346 Paragraph 10.42 1 line 9 Add: ...A dangerous rock is reported (2011) in position 494617N 565233W. Canada Eastern Notice 4584/09/2011 (SDD 2011000 176215) [42/11] NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2010 Edition) Queen Charlotte Sound – Tory Channel — Directions; pilot boarding positions 114 Paragraph 4.155 1 lines 5-9 Replace by: Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of more than 500 gt within the entire Queen Charlotte Sound, subject to exemption by law. Pilot normally boards at Alpha pilot boarding position (410462S 1741892E), but in heavy weather pilot boards at Bravo pilot boarding position (410365S 1741985E). 115 Paragraph 4.162 2 lines 4-7 Replace by: Thence to a position 2 miles NE of Motuara Island Light (white metal framework tower, 5 m in height) (41060S 174166E), in the vicinity of Alpha pilot boarding position (410462S 1741892E). Paragraph 4.163 2 lines 1-4 Replace by: Thence the track continues SW to Alpha pilot boarding position (410462S 1741892E) 2 miles NE of Motuara Island. A dangerous rock marked by a beacon (N cardinal) lies about ½ mile N of the island. Paragraph 4.164 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: From the vicinity of Alpha pilot boarding position (410462S 1741892E), the track... 116 Paragraph 4.175 2 lines 1-3 Replace by: 2 Pilot boarding place. By special arrangement with the Harbour Authority pilots board in position 411526S 1742216E. In view of the heavy ferry traffic... New Zealand Notice 17/145/12 (SDD 2012000 165047) [36/12] South Island – Queen Charlotte Sound – Directions; light 115 After Paragraph 4.164 2 line 2 Insert: SE of Farnham Point (411035S 1741202E) from where a light (white metal tower, 6m in height) is exhibited, thence: New Zealand Notice 20/163/12 (SDD 2012000 197483) [43/12] South Island – North Coast – Queen Charlotte Sound — Directions; light buoy 119 Paragraph 4.193 2 line 1 Replace by: 2 SSE of Perano Shoal (2¾ miles ENE), marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), thence: New Zealand Notice 23/238/11 (SDD 2011000 210868) [49/11] New Zealand – North Island – Doubtful Sound — Directions; buoyage 147 Paragraph 5.158 2 line 2 Replace by: NE of Tarapunga Rock (1 mile ESE), marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), whence the... New Zealand Notice 21/181(P)/10 (SDD 2010000 170547) [51/10] Index NP51 2 - 112 New Zealand – North Island – Breaksea Sound — Directions; buoyage 149 Paragraph 5.171 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: 2 SW of a rock (3¾ cables SSE) with a depth of 51 m, marked by Rocky Point Buoy (isolated danger), thence: New Zealand Notice 23/202(P)/10 (SDD 2010000 189600) [51/10] New Zealand – North Island – Dusky Sound — Directions; beacon 151 Paragraph 5.181 3 lines 7-8 Replace by: ...WSW of East Point; a rock, drying 07 m and marked by Paget Passage Beacon (W cardinal), 3¼ cables ENE of the same point. New Zealand Notice 23/202(P)/10 (SDD 2010000 189600) [51/10] New Zealand – North Island – Cascade Cove — Beacon 152 Paragraph 5.191 1 lines 9-11 Replace by: ...93 m bank on which is a rock drying 15 m marked by Cascade Cove Beacon (isolated danger); shallowpatches extend ½ cable, both NE and SSE, from Heron Island. New Zealand Notice 23/202(P)/10 (SDD 2010000 189600) [51/10] Islands South of South Island – Snares Islands — Anchorage 160 After Paragraph 6.13 2 line 8 Add: Caution. It is reported (2010) that anchors have been lost or become fast on obstructions when anchoring off Seal Point and Ho Ho Bay. MV Orion (SDD 2010000 217996) [03/11] Paterson Inlet and approaches — Directions; depths 180 Paragraph 6.144 1 line 6 For 75 m Read 71 m Paragraph 6.144 2 line 3 For 94 m Read 89 m Paragraph 6.144 2 line 5 For 85 m Read 79 m Paragraph 6.151 1 line 5 For 80 m Read 65 m Paragraph 6.151 1 line 6 For 52 m Read 54 m Paragraph 6.151 2 line 2 For SSE of a breakwater Read SSE of the ruins of a breakwater 181 Paragraph 6.152 2 line 2 For 64 m Read 34 Paragraph 6.152 3 line 3 Replace by: ...andnotinga44 mshoal ¾ cableWNW, thence: NZ 6825 [23/11] North Island – North Cape to Hauraki Gulf — Reporting 183 After Paragraph 7.5 1 Insert: Reporting 7.5a 1 Any vessel over 100 gt should contact the Regional Harbour Master before anchoring on the coast or entering any harbours. Regional Harbour Master, Northland Regional Council (SDD 2012000 118506) [27/12] North Island – North Cape to Cape Brett – Doubtless Bay — Anchorage 186 Paragraph 7.19 3 lines 4-6 Delete Regional Harbour Master, Northland Regional Council (SDD 2012000 118506) [27/12] North Island – North Cape to Cape Brett – Whangaroa Harbour — Restrictions; anchorages 189 After Paragraph 7.35 3 line 4 Insert: Regulations concerning entry. Whangaroa Harbour is limited to vessels under 100 m LOA, and all vessels over 100 gt must file a passage plan with the Regional Harbour Master (7.124). After Paragraph 7.40 2 line 6 Insert: In summer Pekapeka Bay is frequented by yachts, so larger vessels are recommended to anchor 32 cables SSE of Puketamoi Point in position 350180S 1734500E. Regional Harbour Master, Northland Regional Council (SDD 2012000 118506) [27/12] New Zealand – North Island – East Coast – Kerikeri Inlet — Directions; buoy 193 Paragraph 7.64 3 lines 9-13 Replace by: ...which breaks occasionally. Vessels passing S should remain clear of the shallow spit, marked by a light buoy (starboard hand), extending SW from The Brothers. Thence: New Zealand Notice 25/211/10 (SDD2010000 208217) [01/11] North Island – Bay of Islands – Kent Passage — Vertical clearance 193 Paragraph 7.65 2 lines 3-4 Delete where To 23 m, Regional Harbour Master, Northland Regional Council (SDD 2012000 118506) [27/12] Index NP51 2 - 113 Cape Brett to Tutukaka Harbour — Directions; depth 199 Paragraph 7.96 4 line 3 For 43m Read 15m New Zealand Notice 04/36/12 (SDD 2012000 033723) [10/12] North Island – Tutukaka Head to Bream Tail – Hen and Chicken Islands — Depths 201 Paragraph 7.113 2 line 2 For 27 m Read 59 m Paragraph 7.113 2 line 3 For 79 m Read 80 m New Zealand Notice 12/98/12 (SDD 2012000 111738) [29/12] New Zealand – North Island – Whangarei Harbour — Anchorages 204 Paragraph 7.135 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 Outer anchorage. The following anchorages have been esablished: Anchorage area Position Area A 355240S 1743450E 355240S 1743610E 355340S 1743610E 355340S 1743450E Area B 355580S 1743230E 355580S 1743390E 355780S 1743390E New Zealand Notice 24/206(P)/10 (SDD 2010000 197929) [51/10] Great Barrier Island – East coast — Directions; beacons 212 Paragraph 8.13 1 lines 5-10 Replace by: ENE of Rakitu Island (Arid Island) (3607S 17530E), thence: ENE of Whakatautuna Point (3611S 17530E), which is surrounded by cliffs and rises to Whakatautuna, a hill, thence (with positions from Whakatautuna Point): Paragraph 8.13 2 lines 6-7 Replace by: ENE of Oruawharo, a hill, thence: New Zealand Notice 02/21/12 (SDD 2012000 015949) [06/12] New Zealand – Great Barrier Island – Approach to Man of War Passage — Directions; depth 219 Paragraph 8.47 3 line 8 For buoy Read light beacon Paragraph 8.47 3 line 9 For 82 m Read 5 m Chart NZ 5223 (SDD2010000 209052) [01/11] North Island – East Coast – Hauraki Gulf – Mairangi Bay — Prohibited anchorage 220 After Paragraph 8.54 6 line 4 Insert: 7 Within an area bounded by the following coordinates: 36 4372S 174 4710E. 36 4382S 174 4715E. 36 4393S 174 4681E. 36 4383S 174 4676E. New Zealand Notice 16/184/11 (SDD 2011000 146253) [34/11] Auckland — Vertical clearance 226 Paragraph 8.82 1 Replace by: 1 Auckland Harbour Bridge is a fixed road bridge consisting of seven spans on six concrete piers numbered 1 to 6 from Stokes Point. The Bridge has a vertical clearance of 39m. A daymark (green triangle, white border) is painted on the E and W faces of No 1 Pier. No craft should pass between No 1 Pier and Stokes Point. New Zealand Notice 02/22/12 (SDD 2012000 015949) [06/12] East Coast of North Island – Tauranga — Prohibited Anchorages 255 Paragraph 9.60 1 lines 6-8 Replace by: A prohibited anchorage exists within 50 metres of the commerical wharves. The channels leading from the harbour entrance to Tauranga and off the berths are restricted anchorages, except in emergency. Harbour Master, Western Bay of Plenty (SDD 2012000 026524) [08/12] East Coast of North Island – Tauranga — Pilotage 256 Paragraph 9.62 1 line 2 For 5 miles Read 3 miles Paragraph 9.62 1 line 5 For 100gt Read 250gt Paragraph 9.62 2 lines 6-9 Replace by: There are two pilot launches. One is 16.3m long, painted yellow and named Arataki. The other is 12.6m long and painted orange, with the words Survey/Pilot on its side. Harbour Master, Western Bay of Plenty (SDD 2012000 026524) [08/12] Index NP51 2 - 114 East Coast of North Island – Tauranga to East Cape — Route 262 Paragraph 9.87 1 Replace by: 1 The coastal route between Tauranga Harbour Entrance (3738S 17610E) and East Cape (3741S 17833E), about 114 miles E, passes about 3 miles N of Astrolabe Reef (37325S 176255E), at least 5 miles N of Volkner Rocks (37286S 177078E) and at least 5 miles N of Cape Runaway (3732S 17759E); see 9.3. Thence the coastal route leads E to Matakaoa Point (3734S 17819E) and thence ESE, passing seaward of numerous charted dangers off East Cape. Harbour Master, Western Bay of Plenty (SDD 2012000 026524) [08/12] Tauranga to East Cape — Directions; coastal routes 263-264 Paragraph 9.95 1-2 including heading Replace by: Coastal routes 9.95 1 Main shipping route. From a position ENE of A Light Beacon (E cardinal) (373607S 1761071E), at the seaward end of No 1 Reach to Tauranga Harbour, the track leads initially ENE passing clear of Pudney Rock (373124S 1761905E), depending on draught, and NW of Astrolabe Reef (373250S 1762550E). The track continues ENE to pass N of Volkner Rocks (372860S 1770780E). The track then leads E passi ng N of Cape Runaway (3732 32S 1775910E), to a position N of Matakaoa Point (373341S 1781882E). The track then leads ESE, passing NNE of Horoera Point, to a position between East Island (37415S 178345E) and Ranfurly Bank (373650S 1785200E). 2 Small vessels. From a position NW of Astrolabe Reef, a track, which is not recommended by NZ Authorities, but is suitable for small vessels leads E passing (with positions from Motiti Island Light (white metal col umn 4 m i n hei ght) (3736 43S 1762513E)): North of Astrolabe Reef (above), which breaks in all swell conditions and in fair weather appears like a boat, thence: Harbour Master, Western Bay of Plenty (SDD 2012000 026524) [08/12] South Island – Haumuri Bluffs to Lyttelton Harbour — Directions; Light 289 Paragraph 10.31 and heading Replace by: Spare 10.31 290 Paragraph 10.33 3 line 6 Delete ..., from where a light (10.31) is exhibited 293 Paragraph 10.68 3 lines 2-4 Delete 296 Paragraph 10.88 1 line 2 Delete New Zealand Notice 14/123(P)/12 (SDD 2012000 134542) [30/12] NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot (2012 Edition) Scotland – North coast – Scrabster — Basins and berths; depths 69 Paragraph 3.87 2 to 4 Replace by: 2 Fish Dock. The NW part of the dock has depths of 75 m and the SE half has a dredged depth of 50 m (2012). On the NW side is Southern Quay, with a length of 120 m. New Fish Market Quay, length 123 m and depth alongside 45 m, forms the SW side, adjacent to the fish market. The SE side consists of South Breakwater, and Fuel Quay which extends N from it; it has an overall length of 150 m. 3 Outer and Inner Basins lie NW of Fish Dock and are separated from it by a broad quay on the end of which is a tanker berth, length 71 m, depth 75 m. On the NW face of the broad quay lies Inner Basin Quay, length 131 m, depth 45 m; Inner Basin also has pontoons for leisure craft. The entrance to the basins is between the broad quay and Ice Quay, and is marked by lights at their outer ends. Maximum size of vessel handled. A cruise ship, length 183 m, has berthed in the port. Scrabster Harbour Master (SDD 2012000 189099; 201555) [44/12] Scotland - Shetland Islands - Sumburgh Head to Helliness — Directions; light 224 Paragraph 6.146 4 line 1 For Lights: Read Light: Paragraph 6.146 4 lines 3-4 Delete 226 After Paragraph 6.162 1 line 1 Insert: Disused lighthouse (white tower 16 m in height, and buildings) (600720N 10730W) on Kirkabister Ness. 227 Paragraph 6.162 2 lines 2-4 Delete Index NP52 2 - 115 230 After Paragraph 6.185 1 line 1 Insert: Disused lighthouse (600720N 10730W) (6.162) on Kirkabister Ness. Paragraph 6.185 3 Delete Paragraph 6.186 1 lines 2-3 For 10730W) (6.162) is exhibited, Read 10731W) is exhibited from a white building with a radar scanner, Northern Lighthouse Board NM 18/12 (SDD 2012000 188853) [40/12] Faroe Islands – LeirvíksfjørÉur — Vertical clearance; overhead cables 296 Paragraph 7.226 1 lines 3-5 Replace by: In the Spart, 1¾ miles SSEof Galvur in the vicinity of 621230N 63756W, vertical clearance reported (2012) as 45 m. A reduction in the vertical clearance may occur and mariners should approach these cables with caution. Danish Notice 1005(T)/12 (SDD 2012000 203235) [44/12] NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2009 Edition) Scotland – East Coast – Peterhead — Anchorage 59 After Paragraph 3.37 1 line 8 Insert: Vessels are advised not to anchor in the area centred 1 mile E of Keith Inch (573015N 14620W) due to the risk of a fouled anchor from discarded wires on the seabed. Peterhead Harbour Master (SDD 2011000 162692) [38/11] Scotland – East Coast – Approaches to Isle of May — Directions 83 After Paragraph 3.221 5 line 3 Insert: Caution. Extensive static creel pot fishing is undertaken to the N and W of Isle of May between Fife Ness and Pittenweem. Mariners navigating in this area should avoid fouling the pots, which are marked by unlit orange floats. Forth Ports Ltd (SDD 2011000 196226) [45/11] Scotland – East Coast – Methil — Landmark 89 Paragraph 4.16 3 line 3 Delete 91 Paragraph 4.34 1 lines 4-6 Replace by: ...population about 8000, can be identified by tall chimneys and three church spires. Paragraph 4.34 2 lines 5-7 Replace by: ...on both sides. A beacon marking a cooling water intake stands in position 561125N 25971W. Within the bar there is a depth of 15 m in the... Forth Ports Ltd (SDD 2011000 105922) [26/11] Scotland – East Coast – Rosyth — Controlling depth 105 Paragraph 4.155 1 line 2 For 88 m Read 83 m BA Chart 728 [36/12] Scotland – East Coast – Firth of Forth — Directions; light 106 Paragraph 4.165 1 lines 4-5 Delete 108 Paragraph 4.180 1 lines 6-7 Replace by: ...is marked by light beacons (white metal posts) on its E and W sides, and: Forth Ports PLC (SDD 2011000 202136) [47/11] Scotland – East Coast – Firth of Forth — Development 107 After Paragraph 4.174 1 line 7 Insert: Development 4.174a 1 A new bridge, The Forth Replacement Crossing, is being constructed (2011). The construction, including preparatory work and surveys, will take five years. The bridge is being built west of the Forth Road Bridge from position 560075N 32445W to 555960N 32517W along a bearing of 019/199 through Beamer Rock. Exclusion zones marked by light buoys (special) will be placed at the foot of each column prior to commencement of construction. Additional exclusion zones will be in place throughout the construction period. Forth Navigation Service will broadcast information regarding any special river operation, but all river users should maintain a close listening watch on VHF Channel 71 and navigate with caution within the area. Forth Ports Ltd (SDD 2011000 196346) [45/11] Index NP54 2 - 116 England – East coast – Blyth — Pilotage 136 Paragraph 5.138 1 lines 1-11 Replace by: 1 Pilotage iscompulsory for vessels over 50 m in length, and for vessels towing other vessels or objects when the combined length of tow exceeds 50 m. For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1). Harbour Master, Port of Blyth (SDD 2010000 034195) [12/10] England – East Coast – Blyth — Directions; buoy 136 Paragraph 5.142 2 line 5 Delete (with positions from the entrance) Paragraph 5.142 2 lines 6-7 Delete Port of Blyth Notice 2/2011 (SDD 2011000 099374) [24/11] England – East coast – River Tyne — Millenium Bridge 141 Paragraph 5.181 2 lines 6-13 Replace by: ...and when open a vertical clearance of 24 m. At all times the following lights are shown from the bridge: An occulting white light is shown from the centre line. Aflashing green light is exhibited fromthe Nside. A flashing red light is exhibited from the S side. A flashing white light is exhibited from the support span when the bridge is open to indicate the centre of the bridge and the best point of passage. Harbour Master, Port of Tyne (SDD 2012000 020795) [07/12] England – East coast – River Tees — Breakwaters 154 Photograph (6.93) caption Replace by: South Gare Breakwater North Gare Breakwater Entrance to River Tees from NE (6.93) (Original dated 2000) (Photograph - Air Images) MV Oriana (SDD 2010 000092633) [25/10] England – East coast – Teesport — Outer anchorage; pipelines 155 Paragraph 6.103 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 Vessels may anchor to E or SE of Tees Fairway Light Buoy (54409N 1065W). Vessels are likely to drag anchor in wind speeds above Force 8 from any direction, in wind speeds above Force 6 from NNW through N to SE, and where the swell exceeds 4 m. In such conditions vessels are advised not to anchor. If conditions dictate, Masters of anchored vessels will be advised to weigh by Tees VTS or HM Coastguard if serious risk of damage to submarine pipelines exists. Teesport Harbour Master (SDD 2010000 045051) [15/10] England – East coast – Humber Approaches — Pilotage; anchorages 169 Paragraph 7.3 1 line 8 Replace by: ...bulk when proceeding to and from the inner anchorages (7.10a, 7.66 and 7.109) for the purpose of anchoring. Vessels which are exempt from compulsory pilotage,... 170 After Paragraph 7.10 2 line 11 Insert: Inner anchorages 7.10a Paragraph 7.10 3 line 1 Replace by: 1 Bull Anchorage. 1½ miles SW of Spurn Head (5334N... Paragraph 7.10 4 line 1 Replace by: 2 Haile Anchorage, inset within the SW limit of Bull... Paragraph 7.10 5 line 1 Replace by: 3 Hawke Anchorage, 3 miles WNW of Spurn Head is a... Harbour Master, Humber (SDD 2009000 190382) [12/10] England – East coast – Approaches to River Humber — Outer Rosse Reach Light Buoy 171 Paragraph 7.15 4 line 6 For (5430N 021E) Read (532989N 02079E) 196 Paragraph 8.20 1 line 2 For (52299N 0208E) Read (532989N 02079E) BA Chart 109 [07/12] Index NP54 2 - 117 River Humber – Grimsby — Development 174 After Paragraph 7.46 Insert: Development 7.46a 1 Grimsby Riverside Terminal is under construction (2012) NE of West Jetty (533516N 00413W). The construction area is centred on 533516N 00400W. Mariners should navigate with caution in the vicinity of the works. ABP Humber Harbour Master (SDD 2012000 088487) [21/12] England – East coast — Wind farms; firing practice area 193 Paragraph 8.8 Replace by: 1 Inner Dowsing Offshore Wind Farm, comprising 27 wind turbines, is centred on 53115N 0268E within a submarine cable area that extends about 3 miles N/S and 1½ miles E/W. Seven wind turbines marking the outer limits of the wind farm are lit, as shown on the chart. 2 Sites under development. Several offshore wind farms are being developed in the approaches to The Wash. These include: Wind farm Meteorological mast site Lynn 53081N 0270E Race Bank 53188N 0449E Docking Shoal 53095N 0389E Wind farm Centred on Sheringham Shoal 53081N 1087E 3 Lynn Offshore Wind Farm. An area marked by light buoys (cardinal and special) is centred on 53082N 0276E and extends about 2 miles N/S and 2¾ miles E/W. Sheringham Shoal Offshore Wind Farm. A development area marked by light buoys (cardinal and special) is centred on 53081N 1087E and extends about 3¼ miles N/S and 3½ miles E/W. 4 While these wind farms are being constructed, partially built structures may exist within the area marked by light buoys. The structures may be submerged or partially submerged and will not be individually marked. 194 Paragraph 8.14 4 line 9 Replace by: ...extremity of the shoal, thence: ENE of Sheringham Shoal Offshore Wind Farm (53081N 1087E) (8.8). 199 Paragraph 8.40 1 lines 1-7 Delete Paragraph 8.40 2 lines 1-9 Delete Paragraph 8.40 3 line 1 Replace by: 1 Holbeach Firing Practice Area fronts the SW coast... MT Højgaard a/s; WAF-OC; Centrica (SDDs 2009000 154764; 2010000 026348; 029077) [12/10] England – East Coast — Wind farms 193 Paragraph 8.8 including existing Section IV Notice Week 12/10 Replace by: 1 Wind farms exist and are being developed in the approaches to the Wash. Inner Dowsing Offshore Wind Farm comprising 27 wind turbines is centred on 53115N 0268E within a submarine cable area that extends about 3 miles N/S and 1½ miles E/W. Seven wind turbines marking the outer limits of the wind farm are lit, as shown on the chart. This area lies within the Lincs Offshore Windfarm development site. Lynn Offshore Wind Farm. An area marked by light buoys (cardinal and special) is centred on 53082N 0276E and extends about 2 miles N/S and 2¾ miles E/W. This area lies within the Lincs Offshore Windfarm development site. 2 Sites under development: Wind farm Meteorological mast site Lynn 53081N 0270E Race Bank 53188N 0449E Docking Shoal 53095N 0389E Wind farm Centred on Lincs Offshore 53110N 0285E Sheringham Shoal 53081N 1087E 3 Lincs Offshore Wind farm is being developed in an area centred on 53110N 0285E. This area includes the already constructed Inner Dowsing and Lynn Offshore Wind Farms. The limits of the area are marked by light buoys (cardinal and special). Sheri ngham Shoal Offshore Wi nd Farm. A development area marked by light buoys (cardinal and special) is centred on 53081N 1087E and extends about 3¼ miles N/S and 3½ miles E/W. 4 Caution. While these wind farms are being constructed, partially built structures may exist within the area marked by light buoys. The structures may be submerged or partially submerged and will not be individually marked. Centrica Energy, Trinity House (SDD 2011000 017580; 024908) [09/11] England – East Coast — Aids to navigation 194 Paragraph 8.13 2 line 2 Delete 212 Paragraph 9.13 2 lines 3-4 Delete 219 Paragraph 9.55 1 lines 4-5 Delete Index NP54 2 - 118 225 Paragraph 9.115 Replace by: Spare 9.115 227 Paragraph 9.132 Replace by: Spare 9.132 229 Paragraph 9.138 2 lines 1-2 Delete Trinity House (SDD 2010000 190271) [01/11] England – East Coast – The Wash – Boston — Anchorage; directions; buoy 201 Paragraph 8.65 1 lines 2-3 Replace by: A triangular anchorage area centred on 525810N 01800E, as shown on the chart. 202 Paragraph 8.70 2 lines 2-3 For Boston No 1 Light Buoy Read No 1 Light Buoy Port of Boston Ltd (SDD 2011000 162294, 180987) [42/11] England – East coast – Wisbech — Pilotage 204 Paragraph 8.93 1 Replace by: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all commercial vessels. The pilot boards in position 525443N 01479E; in bad weather, the pilot boards S of Holbeach RAF No 4 Light Buoy (525258N 01308E). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1). Port of Wisbech Authority (SDD 2012000 012068) [06/12] England – East coast – Winterton-on-Sea — Racon 213 Paragraph 9.22 1 line 3 Delete 215 Paragraph 9.34 1 line 2 Delete 217 Paragraph 9.46 1 line 2 Delete Trinity House Notice 28/10 (SDD 2010000 139300) [39/10] England – East Coast – Approaches to Great Yarmouth — Directions; buoyage 216 Paragraph 9.36 7 lines 1-2 Replace by: 1 W of the W extremity of Corton Sand. 218 Paragraph 9.47 8 line 6 For Corton Read Holm Approach Paragraph 9.50 1 lines 1-6 Replace by: 1 Depths are subject to change and the Port Authori ty shoul d be consul ted for the l atest information. 219 Paragraph 9.56 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: 1 From the vicinity of Holm Approach Light Buoy (E cardinal) (52309N 1502E), the route leads 4¾miles NW through... Trinity House Notice 30/10 (SDDs 2010000 150483; 171440) [44/10] England – East coast – Great Yarmouth – Outer Harbour — Directions 220 Paragraph 9.74 1 lines 1-6 Including heading Replace by: Spare 9.74 221 After Paragraph 9.82 1 line 6 Insert: Outer Harbour 9.82a 1 The Outer Harbour (9.78) is entered between two breakwaters with lights at the breakwater heads. The chart is sufficient guide. Great Yarmouth Harbour Master (SDDs 2010000 028917; 030682) [11/10] England – East coast – Great Yarmouth — Traffic signals 221 Paragraph 9.79 Replace by: 1 Outer Harbour. Signals Nos 1, 2 and 5 of the International Port Traffic Signals are exhibited from the root of the north breakwater. River Port. Signals Nos 1, 2, 3 and 5 of the International Port Traffic Signals are exhibited from the E end of Gorleston Pier. Signals Nos 1, 2, 3 and 5 are also exhibited on the S side of Brush Bend for vessels proceeding down river. When signal No 2 is exhibited vessels should not approach Brush Bend. For further details see The Mariners’ Handbook. Great Yarmouth Port Company Ltd (SDD 2010000 139267) [38/10] Index NP54 2 - 119 England – East coast – Great Yarmouth — Traffic signals 221 Existing Section IV Notice Week 38/10 Paragraph 9.79 1 line 6 For Gorleston Pier Read the North Wall (523438N 14435E) Great Yarmouth Port Company Ltd (SDD 2010000 209988) [01/11] England – East Coast – Lowestoft — Bridge 223 After Paragraph 9.103 2 line 1 Insert: Caution. The bascule bridge structure imposes restraints upon vessels transiting the Bridge Channel. In the fully raised position parts of the bridge structure are within a few centimetres horizontally of the coping edge. Contact with the bridge leaves could damage a vessel, the bridge structure or its control systems. If it is not certain whether a risk exists the Harbour Master should be consulted. Harbour Master Lowestoft (SDD 2011000 142241) [34/11] England – East coast – Lowestoft — Pilotage 224 Paragraph 9.106 1 Replace by: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for the following vessels: All vessels or tows of 60 m LOA or over. All vessels or tows over 20 m LOA carrying dangerous or noxious liquid substances in bulk. All vessels or tows over 20 m LOA carrying explosives. All vessels or tows over 30 m LOA carrying more than 12 passengers. All vessels of less than 60 min length, deemed to be a potential hazard to navigation. ABP Harbour Master Lowestoft (SDD 2012000 014080) [06/12] England – East coast – Lowestoft — Directions; Kirkley Light 226 Paragraph 9.118 1 lines 2-3 Replace by: ....the line of bearing (227) of Kirkley Light (column, 4 m in height) (52277N 1445E), or at night the narrow white sector (225- 229) of the light, leads to a position.... ABP Lowestoft Local Notice 16/2009 (SDDs 2009000 040439; 155106) [01/10] NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2012 Edition) Nil NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2012 Edition) Sweden – Älgöfjorden — Restricted area 16-17 Paragraph 1.105 including heading Replace by: Spare 1.105 278 Paragraph 9.148 including heading Replace by: Customs 9.148 1 Vessels arriving from abroad are boarded by Customs officers at Hättan (575580N 113937E). The customs house is in Uddevalla. Swedish Notice 390/7682/12 (SDD 2012000 035695) [21/12] Norway – South-west coast – Hellvik i Marrenbukta — Leading lights 67 Paragraph 2.17 3 lines 2-5 Replace by: Front light (582853N 55135E). Rear light (109 m from front light). Paragraph 2.17 4 line 1 For (013) Read (0165) Norwegian Notice 11/44106/12 (SDD 2012000 117171) [27/12] Norway – Kristiansand – Kongsgårdbukta — Berths 118 After Paragraph 3.129 1 line 3 Insert: Kongsgårdbukta (580944N 80220E), on the W side of Topdalsfjorden, 7 cables WSW of the Varodden Bridges (3.120), has two berths with lengths of 140 m and 160 m. For depths alongside consult the harbour authorities. Norwegian Notice 09/43818/12 (SDD 2012000 095033) [23/12] Norway – Brevikfjorden – Brevikstrømmen — Directions; lights 151 Paragraph 4.194 3 lines 12-16 Replace by: ...from which Omborg Leading Lights are exhibited. Paragraph 4.194 4 lines 4-7 Replace by: The alignment (1486) (astern) of these lights then leads NW for 7 cables to a position in the vicinity of 590384N 93898E at the S end of Frierfjorden. Norwegian Notice 06/43459/12 (SDD 2012000 064895) [21/12] Index NP56 2 - 120 Norway – Sandefjordsfjorden – Sandefjord Havn — Directions; depth; buoy 165 Paragraph 5.71 1 lines 9-12 Replace by: ...NNW, passing: 2 ENE of a 57 m patch (590612N 101384E), marked at its NE extent by a spar buoy (N cardinal), thence: WSW of Langestrandsbåen (590670N 101376E) which, with a depth of 66 m, extends up to 1 cable from the E side of the fjord to a position near the centre line. Norwegian Notice 10/44009/12 (SDD 2012000 107597) [26/12] Norway – Oslofjorden – Drøbaksundet — Prohibited activities 194 Paragraph 6.118 3 Delete Norwegian Notice 06/43459/12 (SDD 2012000 064895) [21/12] Norway – Drammensfjorden – Dramstadbukta — Anchorages 213 Paragraph 6.226 2 Delete Norwegian Notice 18/45032/12 (SDD 2012000 197479) [42/12] Sweden – Askeröfjorden – Stenungsund — Swept depth 285 Paragraph 9.203 2 line 4 For 14 m Read 136 m Swedish Notice 395/7724/12 (SDD 2012000 060169) [21/12] NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2011 Edition) Norway – South-west coast — Lindesnes to Jærens Rev including Farsund and Egersund i Title page lines 5-6 Replace by: West coast of Norway from Jærens Rev to Stadlandet xvii Book Limit diagram Replace by: Book Limit diagram which is printed at Annex B (see page 4 - 11). xviii Chapter Index diagram Replace by: Chapter Index diagram which is printed at Annex C (see page 4 - 13). 1 Paragraph 1.1 1 line 3 For Lindesnes (575883N 70322E) Read Jærens Rev (584515N 52940E) Paragraph 1.1 2 Replace by: 2 From Jærens Rev: 584515 52940 Thence WSW to the United Kingdom/Norway Continental Shelf Boundary: 573700 20600 76 – 113 Chapter 3 and diagrams Replace by: CHAPTER 3 Delete entire chapter. Note: The information formerly contained in this chapter is now published as Chapter 2 of NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1, Fifteenth Edition (2012). Transfer of Chapter 3 from NP57A to Chapter 2 of NP56 15th Edition - May 2012 (HH. 056/200/01) [21/12] Norway – Færøysundet and Prestøysundet — Anchorages 86 Paragraph 3.57 and heading Replace by: Spare 3.57 Paragraph 3.58 2 Delete Norwegian Notice 17/38494/11 (SDD 2011000 171248) [41/11] Norway – Farsund and approaches — Anchorages 88 - 89 Paragraph 3.66 4 lines 1-8 Delete Norwegian 15/37615/11 (SDD 2011000 149308) [35/11] Stavanger – Dusavika — Light; depths 128 Paragraph 4.82 1 lines 3-4 For (59000N 5409E) Read (585998N 54079E) Index NP57A 2 - 121 136 Paragraph 4.130 2 lines 3-5 Replace by: ...3¾ cables W of Dusavika Light (585998N 54079E), being the deepest and longest; length 188 m with depths from 86 to 98 m alongside. Norwegian Notice 01/41495/12 and ENC NO5G071 (SDD 2012000 011429) [05/12] Gandsfjorden – Sandnes — Depths 147 Paragraph 4.193 Chart heading Replace by: Chart 3003 148 Paragraph 4.210 Replace by: 1 The main berthing areas are as follows: Lurahammaren (585264N 54478E) with two concretequays operatedby Statoil AS; thelargest is the NE-most quay with a berthing length of 26 m and depths from 116 to 131 m alongside. 2 Somanset public industrial quay (585225N 54480E). Consists of a main quay 265 m long with two dolphins 50 and 100 m S of the quay. There are depths from 80 to 100 m alongside the main quay. The quay and dolphins form a line giving a total berthing length of 375 m for large vessels and other floating structures. 3 Rappaneset (585164N 54485E). There are three quays in the vicinity of Rappaneset; the deepest and longest is the S-most with an E face 64 m long and depths from 50 to 78 m alongside. 4 Public quays (585130N 54463E) are situated on the W side of Vågen, this berthing area consists of a pier, at its N end, and two concrete quays. The SE side of the pier is 148 m long, with depths from 60 to 68 m alongside. South of the pier the largest quay is 314 m long, with depths from 59 to 80 m alongside. 149 Delete (Sandnes 4.210) port plan Norwegian Notice 10/35679/11 and ENC NO6D0711 (SDD 2011000 101160) [06/12] Finnøyfjorden – Fjellberg — Overhead cable 170 Paragraph 5.139 2 lines 1-3 Delete Norwegian Notice 2/41715/12 (SDD 2012000 022567) [08/12] Karmsundet – Austdjupet — Light 193 Paragraph 6.36 title For Austdupet Read Austdjupet Paragraph 6.36 1 lines 6-7 Replace by: ...5217E) (6.22). Thence the track leads N, and at ni ght i n the whi te sector (009-016) of Austdjupholmane Light (metal column, 115 m in height, floodlit) (591630N 52306E), passing (with positions relative to Boknahovud Light): Paragraph 6.36 4 lines 4-8 Replace by: ...off the E side of Sauøy. The track then continues N, passing: Between Guleskjeret (1½ miles NNW) and Austdjupholmane; the light is exhibited from the SW extremity of the NW islet. A light (post, 8 m in height, floodlit) is exhibited from Dyna, a rock 1 cable NNW of Guleskjeret. Paragraph 6.36 5 line 1 Replace by: 5 Once N of Austdjupholmane, the track continues N, at night in the white sector (183-186), astern, of Austdjupholmane Light, passing (with positions relative to Boknahovud Light): Between the W side of Høvring (1¾ miles N) and... Norwegian Notice 20/39574/11 (SDDs 2011000 201126, 205199) [47/11] Karmsundet – Storasundflu — Light 210 Paragraph 6.140 6 Replace by: 6 The track then leads to a position close SW of Vestre Storasundflu (7 cables NW). Norwegian Notice 09/43929/12 (SDD 2012000095033) [23/12] Bømlafjorden – Auklandshamn; Vestvikvågen — Anchorages 219 Paragraph 7.16 1 Replace by: 1 Description. Auklandshamn (59383N 5223E) is situated 1 mile ESE of Nappholmen. The bay is entered between Litle Bleikja, an above-water rock l yi ng cl ose SW of the S end of Storøy and Storableikja, 1½ cables farther SW. Paragraph 7.16 4 lines 1-3 Delete 221 Paragraph 7.31 3 Replace by: 3 The anchorage at Liereid (7.33) is approached within the white sector (231¾-234½), astern, of Førdespollen Light. Paragraph 7.34 and heading Replace by: Spare 7.34 Norwegian Notice 20/45205/12 (SDD 2012000 217797) [48/12] Index NP57A 2 - 122 Husnesfjorden – Laukhammarsundet — Lights 239 Paragraph 7.136 3 lines 4-5 Replace by: Between the N end of Huglo (1¼ miles NNW), marked by Seldalsneset Light (floodlit) (595222N 53641E) and Laukhammarsundet Vestre Light (floodlit) (595257N53572E), and the SW side of Skorpo. Thence: Paragraph 7.136 4 lines 1-3 Replace by: 4 SW of Paddeborgsneset Light (floodlit) (2 miles NW), thence: NE of Store Storsøya (2¼ miles NW), with Litle Storsøya close NW. Norwegian Notices 22/40176/11; 22/40194/11: 22/40214/11 (SDD 2011000 221029) [51/11] Stokksundet – Koløyosen — Anchorage 282 Paragraph 8.102 1 lines 2-4 Replace by: ...inlet with Koløystø at its head, lies E of Koløy. A reef, on the W end of which... Norwegian Notice 21/40076/11 (SDD 2011000 211493) [49/11] Lysefjorden – Eidsvågen — Anchorage 312 Paragraph 9.80 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: 1 Description. Eidsvågen... Norwegian Notice 08/43640/12 (SDD 2012000 084608) [21/12] Raunefjorden to Hjelteneset – Vatlestraumen — Directions; light 326 Paragraph 9.146 7 lines 6-9 Replace by: NE of Revskoltgrunnen Light Buoy (port hand) (5½ cables NW), marking the edge of the 100 m depth contour. Thence: Norwegian Notice 12/44277/12 (SDD 2012000 128544) [29/12] Bergen – Skoltegrunnskaien — Light 329 Paragraph 9.166 1 lines 9-11 Replace by: ...Light towards Bergen Havn. 333 Paragraph 9.200 1 lines 1-2 Delete 335 Paragraph 9.202 1 lines 2-4 Replace by: ...the largest of which are as follows: Paragraph 9.202 1 line 5 For (close ESE) Read (602409N 51870E) Paragraph 9.202 2 line 1 For (2 cables SE) Read (602395N 51900E) Paragraph 9.202 3 line 1 For (1½ cables SSE) Read (602399N 51868E) 336 Diagram Bergen Plan B Replace by: Diagram Bergen Plan B which is printed at Annex D (see page 4 - 15). Norwegian Notice 01/41494/12 (SDD 2012000 011429) [07/12] Fedjeosen – Hernar – Hernesundet — Overhead cable 348 After Paragraph 10.48 2 line 2 Insert: Vertical clearance. An overhead cable with a vertical clearance of 14 m spans Hernesundet S of Hernar village. Norwegian Notice 23/40695/11 (SDD 2011000 240191) [04/12] Hauglandsosen – Horsøy — Lights 353 Paragraph 10.87 4 lines 6-8 Delete Paragraph 10.87 5 lines 1-2 Delete Norwegian Notice 01/41514/12 (SDD 2012000 011429) [06/12] Masfjorden – Duesundet — Vertical clearance 402 Paragraph 10.414 1 line 7 For 21 m. Read 19 m. Norwegian Notice 24/41156/11 (SDD 2011000 240192) [04/12] Matresfjorden – Tersundet — Vertical clearance 403 Paragraph 10.418 2 line 3 For 87 m. Read 60 m. Norwegian Notice 23/41020/11 (SDD 2011000 240191) [04/12] Index NP57A 2 - 123 Brandangersundet – Slovågen — Depths 415 Paragraph 11.68 2 line 6 For 49 to 57 Read 27 to 55 Paragraph 11.68 2 line 9 Replace by: ...with a depth of 61 m alongside. Norwegian Notice 08/35014/11 (SDD 2011000 082181) [06/12] Askrova – Valvikevågen — Light 489 Paragraph 12.243 2 line 2 Replace by: Nesodden... Norwegian Notice 01/41517/12 (SDD 2012000 011429) [06/12] Svanøya – Stavfjorden — Depth 493 Paragraph 12.269 4 line 3 For 130 m Read 97 m Norwegian Notice 5/43098/12 (SDD 2012000 051194) [14/12] Skorpa – Vassøya — Depth 521 Paragraph 13.33 6 line 8 For 54 Read 46 Norwegian Notice 08/35116/11 (SDD 2011000 082181) [06/12] Frøya – Oldersundet — Depth 537 After Paragraph 13.129 7 line 3 Insert: W of a rock (614623N 45403E), with a depth of 42 m, thence; Norwegian Notice 09/35256/11 (SDD 2011000 103081) [06/12] Norway – Måløy — Lights; directions 545 Paragraph 13.171 4 lines 9-10 Replace by: ...(004-062½) of Måløysundet W passage SW Light (floodlit) (615566N 50722E) (13.270). 546 Paragraph 13.172 4 lines 10-11 Replace by: ...also into the white sector (004-062½) of Måløysundet W passage SW Light (floodlit) (615566N 50722E). 561 Paragraph 13.257 1 Replace by: 1 Måløystraumen (13.254) is divided into two passages by a small islet on which stands the central pillar of a bridge. In the W passage, there is a least depth of 100 m; the E passage has a least depth of 120 m. Paragraph 13.267 2 Replace by: 2 Prohibited anchorage. Vessels are not allowed to anchor in the fairway E of a line drawn between Mål øysundet W passage NW Li ght (fl oodl i t) (615579N 50726E) and the light exhibited from the E point of Goteberghammaren (615655N 50769E). The fairway must be open to coastal through-traffic. Anchorage is also prohibited near the quays. Paragraph 13.270 Heading Replace by: Directions for east passage Paragraph 13.270 1 lines 1-5 Replace by: 1 From the vicinity of 615481N 50665E the track leads initially NNE for 8 cables and at night within the white sector (004-062½) of Måløysundet W passage SW Light (615566N 50722E), passing: 561-562 Paragraph 13.270 2 lines 1-7 Replace by: 2 ESE of Måløysundet W passage SW Light (615566N 50722E), thence: From the vicinity of 615557N 50731E the track continues NNE for 2 cables through the E passage of Måløystraumen, the sides of which are marked by lights (lateral), thence: 562 Paragraph 13.270 3 Replace by: 3 Under the bri dge (6155 75N 507 31E) (13.259), from which lights are exhibited to indicate the centre. Thence: From the vicinity of 615578N 50747E the track then leads N for 3 cables to the vicinity of 615610N 50747E, in the middle of the port of Måløy, from which the harbour berths can be directly accessed. Lights are exhibited from some of the corners of the berths on the Vågsøy side of the harbour. Paragraph 13.270 4-5 Replace by: Directions for west passage 13.270a 1 From the vicinity of 615610N 50747E the track leads SSW for 3 cables through the W passage of Måløystraumen, the sides of which are marked by lights (lateral), thence: 2 From the vicinity of 615580N 50735E the track leads S for 2 cables under the bridge (615575N 50739E) (13.259), from which lights are exhibited to indicate the centre, thence: 3 From the vicinity of 615557N 50731E the track leads SSW for 8 cables and at night within the white sector (004-062½), astern of Måløysundet W passage SW Light (615566N 50722E), passing: Index NP57A 2 - 124 ESE of Måløysundet W passage SW Light (615566N 50722E), thence: WNW of Kariskjeret Light (615521N 50724E) (13.171), thence: 4 To a position in the vicinity of 615481N 50665E where the directions for Vågsfjorden (13.168) can be reversed. Paragraph 13.271 1 lines 7-8 Replace by: ...4¼ cables N and 4½ cables NNE of Måløysundet W passage NW Light (615579N 50726E), and to a submarine... 562-563 Paragraph 13.277 1 Replace by: 1 From the vicinity of 615610N 50747E, in the middle of the port of Måløy, the route leads generally NNE for about 3½ mi l es through Ul vesundet (615740N 50890E), the channel between Vågsøy and the mainland, to a position about 2 cables NNW of Ulvesundet Front Leading Light (615910N 51012E). The channel has few dangers. 563 Diagram 13.272 Replace by: Diagram 13.272a which is printed at Annex E (see page 4 - 17). After diagram 13.272a Insert: Diagram 13.272b which was printed with the accompanying chart correcting block. (This diagram is not included in this publication as it has been replaced by a new diagram at Annex F see page 4 - 19). 563-564 Paragraph 13.280 1 lines 1-7 Replace by: 1 From the vicinity of 615610N 50747E, the track leads NNE, passing: Clear of, depending on draught, a shoal (615660N 50824E) which has been dredged to a least depth of 12 m, thence: 564 Paragraph 13.281 1 Replace by: 1 At night the track leads NE, from the N end of Måløystraumen (13.254), passing close NW of Havnevesnet ISPS Terminal (615623N 50806E) and Trollebø Industriområde. Norwegian Notices 14/ 37115, 37134, 37135, 37136, 37194, 37195, 37196, 37197 & 37198 /11, Norwegian Hydrographic Office e-mail (SDD 2011000 142009, 155970) [38/11] Nordfjord – Bryggja — Anchorage 547 Paragraph 13.185 1 lines 8-10 Delete Norwegian Notice 08/43633/12 (SDD 2012000084608) [22/12] Måloy – Måloystraumen — Lights; directions 561 Paragraph 13.254 1 Replace by: 1 The port is approached from the S through Måløystraumen (615573N 50736E), the stretch of water 1¼ cables wide which lies between the E side of Måløyna (615573N 50710E) and the Kulen peninsula on the mainland; a causeway joins Måløyna to Sæterneset (615565N 50669E), the SE point of Vågsøy. 2 An islet lies in the centre of Måløystraumen, dividing the fairway into an E and a W passage, and a bridge (13.259 and 13.260) spans the fairway, the central pillar of which stands on this islet. Both E and W passages are well marked by lights and leading lines (see diagram 13.272b). 3 From the N the port is approached and entered through Ulvesundet (615740N 50890E). Existing Section IVNotice Week 38/11 Paragraph 13.257 1 Replace by: 1 In the W passage (13.254), there is a least depth of 105 m; the E passage has a least depth of 70 m. 561-562 Paragraph 13.270 and 13.270a Including all Existing Section IV Notices Week 38/11 replace by: Directions (continued from 13.171 and 13.172) East passage 13.270 1 From the vicinity of 615481N 50665E the track leads NNE for 8 cables and at night initially within the white sector (004-062½) of Måløysundet W passage SW Light (615566N 50722E), passing: WNW of Kariskjeret Light (615521N 50724E) (13.171), thence: ESE of Måløysundet W passage SW Light, thence: 2 To the vicinity of 615557N 50737E, 1¾ cables S of the bridge (13.259 and 13.260). Leading lights. From the vicinity of 615557N 50737E, the alignment of leading lights (010¾) leads through the centre of E passage, with light beacons marking the edges of the channel, and under the centre of the E span of the bridge. Front light: Måloysundet East passage No 1 (6155738N 507439E) U. Rear light: Måloysundet East passage No 2 (6155748N 507443E) U. 3 Once clear of the bridge, in the vicinity of 615578N 50747E, the track continues N into the centre of the port of Måløy, from where the harbour berths can be approached directly. Lights are exhibited from the corners of some of the berths on the W side of the harbour. (Directions continue for Ulvesundet at 13.280) Index NP57A 2 - 125 West passage 13.270a 1 From a position in the centre of Måløy harbour, in the vicinity of 615610N 50744E, the track leads SSW for 3 cables to the entrance to W passage. Leading lights. The alignment of leading lights (190) leads through the centre of W passage, with light beacons marking the edges of the channel, and under the centre of the W span of the bridge (13.259 and 13.260). 2 Front light: Måloysundet West passage No 1 (6155756N 507309E) U. Rear Light: Måloysundet West passage No 2 (6155747N 507306E) U. Once clear of the bridge, the track leads SSW for 8 cables, and at night within the white sector (004-062½), astern, of Måløysundet W passage SW Light (615566N 50722E), passing: ESE of Måløysundet W passage SW Light (615566N 50722E), thence: 3 WNW of Kariskjeret Light (615521N 50724E) (13.171), thence: To a posi ti on i n the vi ci ni ty of 6154 81N 50665E. (Directions continue for Vågsfjorden at 13.168) Existing Section IV Notice Week 38/11 Diagram 13.272b Replace by: New diagram 13.272b which is printed at Annex F (see page 4 - 19). Norwegian Chart 490; Norwegian Notices 21/39856/11; 21/39915/11 (SDDs 2008000 006311; 2011 211403) [51/11] Sildegapet – Vågsøy — Directions; depth 565 Paragraph 13.290 7 line 6 For 120 m Read 105 m Norwegian Notice 10/44007/12 (SDD 2012000 107597) [25/12] Furenes to Stadtlandet – Fureneset — Directions; depth 571 Paragraph 13.333 3 line 2 For 20 m Read 16 m Norwegian Notice 8/43657/12 (SDD 2012000 084608) [29/12] NP57B Norway Pilot Volume 2B (2012 Edition) Haugsfjorden – Åramsundet — Route; depths; directions 74 Paragraph 3.55 4 Delete Paragraph 3.57 1 Replace by: 1 Haugsfjorden is deep, but Åramsundet has a least depth of 112 m in the fairway. Paragraph 3.58 2 Replace by: 2 The track then leads NNE, at night through an area covered by a whi te sector (211½-344½) of Terneskjerflu Light (621074N 52403E) (3.32), passing: NNW of a rock (621165N 52727E) with a depth of 77 m close W of an iron perch marking Ytstefluda, both of which are covered by a green sector (047-060) of Åramsund Light (post 5 min height) (621217N 52905E). 3 The track then leads NE passing: Clear of a rock (621228N 52811E) with a depth of 113 m. The track then continues NE to a position S of Kyrholmskjeret Light (lantern) (621251N 52818E). Clearing marks: The alignment (053) of the gap between the two Langholmane (621260N 52930E) islets with Hollenupen 1¾ miles ENE, passes NNW of Ytstefluda; Hollenupenhas asteepdroponits NW side. Paragraphs 3.59 and 3.60, including headings, Replace by: Spare 3.59 Spare 3.60 Paragraph 3.61, including heading, Replace by: Åramsundet 3.61 1 From a posi ti on S of Kyrhol mskj eret Li ght (621251N 52818E) the track leads ESE through Åramsundet, passing: Clear of a rock (621236N 52919E) with a depth of 112 m, thence: SSW of foul ground (621240N 52943E) fronting Langholmane, thence: 2 NNE of a rock (621218N 52940E) with a depth of 59 m, marked on its E side by a light buoy (N cardinal), and: SSW of Rædene (621240N 52980E), a foul area, where the W-most part is marked by an iron perch. The track then leads E into the open waters of Hallefjorden. (Directions continue for Hallefjorden at 3.83) Paragraph 3.62, including heading Replace by: Spare 3.62 75 Paragraph 3.63, including heading Replace by: Spare 3.63 Paragraph 3.69 1 lines 4-5 For ...Stabbane Light (621224N 52978E)... Read ...Åramsund Light (621217N 52905E)... Index NP57B 2 - 126 Paragraph 3.70 3 lines 2-9 Replace by: ...position E of Åramsund Light (621217N 52905E) (3.58). (Directions continue for Hallefjorden at 3.83) 77 Paragraph 3.81 1 lines 1-2 For ...Stabbane Light (621224N 52978E)... Read ...Åramsund Light (621217N 52905E)... Paragraph 3.83 1 lines 1-2 For ...Stabbane Light (621224N 52978E)... Read ...Åramsund Light (621217N 52905E)... Paragraph 3.83 2 lines 1-2 Delete ...at night in a white sector (293 - 313), astern, of Stabbane Light... Paragraph 3.83 2 lines 8-10 Delete ...whichlies closewithinthewhitesector of Stabbane Light Norwegian Notice 12/44264/12 (SDD 2012000 128544) [33/12] 107 Norddalsfjorden - Linge – Anchorage Paragraph 3.332, including heading, Replace by: Spare 3.332 Norwegian Notice 12/44137/12 (SDD 2012000 128544) [33/12] Lepsøyrevet – Depths; directions 140 Paragraph 4.130 1 line 8 For buoyed Read dredged Paragraph 4.131 1 Replace by: 1 A channel through Lepsøyrevet has a dredged depth of 11 m (2012) over a width of about ½cable. Paragraph 4.135 1 line 8 and 9 Replace by: ...(62354N 6158E), to a position about 7 cables SW of Søre Kverna Light at the entrance to a dredged channel. 140-141 Paragraph 4.136 1 2 and 3 Replace by: 1 From a position about 7 cables SW of Søre Kverna Light (62354N 6147E) the track leads NE through a dredged channel (4.131) marked by light beacons (lateral) to a position about 6 cables NE of Søre Kverna Light. Thence the track continues NE, at night in a white sector (203-237), astern of Søre Kverna Light to a position ENE of Hestøya (62365N 6151E). Useful mark: Lepsøyrevet Light (62364N 6158E) (4.135). (Directions continue at 4.155) 141 Paragraph 4.138 2 line 4 and 5 Replace by: Thence the track continues NNE to a position about 7 cables SW of Søre Kverna Light at the entrance to a dredged channel. Norwegion Notice 17/44949/12 and ENC NO5E1512 (SDD 2012000 188478) [43/12] Sveggesundet – Depths; directions 188 Paragraph 5.77 1 line 4 For 4.0 m Read 2.3 m 189 Paragraph 5.87 1 line 10 Replace by: ...Sveggøya, noting a rock with a depth of 2.3 m close E of the light. Norwegian Notice 18/44954/12 (SDD 2012000 197479) [46/12] Langøysundet to Raudholmen — Directions 189 Paragraph 5.85 4 line 5 For NW Read NE UKHO [51/12] 261-262 Trondheimsleia – Slåttavika — Anchorage Paragraph 6.192 including heading Replace by: Spare 6.192 Norwegian Notice 3/41914/12 (SDD 2012000 032731) [22/12] 266 Trondheimsleia – Nordleksa – Heradsvika — Anchorage Paragraph 6.235 including heading Replace by: Spare 6.235 Trondheimsleia – Kongsvoll — Anchorage Paragraph 6.237 3-5 Replace by: 3 Anchorage. At the head of Innervågen, close S of the isthmus, in depths of 13 m, sand and shell; mooring rings are available. Berths: Ytterhamna, concrete quay; length 16 m, depths from 28 to 48 m. Innervågen. Outside a breakwater, within which lies a marina; a bunkering pontoon, length 40 m, depths from 49 to 91 m. Norwegian Notices 3/41937/12; 3/41941/12 (SDD 2012000 032731) [22/12] Index NP57B 2 - 127 310 Frøya – Inntian — Anchorage Paragraph 7.178 1 line 5 For is clear Read is encumbered by a large marine farm; Norwegian Notice 2/41876/12 (SDD 2012000 022567) [22/12] Lina — Directions; lights 324 Paragraph 7.282 1 line 3 For (64028N 9554E) Read (640293N 95538E) Paragraph 7.282 1 line 7 For (320-333½) Read (325½-334½) Paragraph 7.282 2 and 3 Replace by: 2 ENE of Bruskjæret (1¼ miles SSE). Thence the track continues NNW in a channel marked by iron perches and light beacons, passing: WSW of Torsholmbåen Light (tripod, 9 m in height) (3¾ cables SE), thence: ENE of Linasundet Light (1 cable S), thence: Under a bridge (7.280) where Lina Light is exhibited. Thence the track continues NNW, at night in a white sector (151½-156½), astern, of Lina Light, passing: 3 ENE of a rock (2¼ cables NW), with a depth of 5 m, thence: WSW of Langtaren Light (tripod), (4 cables NNW), thence: ENEof a rock (5½ cables NW), with a depth of 77 m. Thence the track continues NNW to a position in Flesafjorden WNW of Naustskjæret (9 cables N), marked by an iron perch. Flesafjorden forms part of Asenleia. (Directions for Asenleia are given at 7.228) Norwegian Notices 21/45392/12, 21/45400/12 (SDD 2012000 231194) [51/12] 336 Hopsfjorden — Depths Paragraph 8.57 1 line 5 For controlling depth of 12.5 m Read least depth 11.5 m Paragraph 8.58 2 line 1 For 4.0 m Read 3.0 m Norwegian Notice 06/43439/12 (SDD 2012000 064895) [22/12] NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition) NOR VTS 9 Paragraph 1.46 Replace by: 1 The area covered by this volume lies within the NOR VTS area of operation, which comprises the waters of the Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vessels over 5000 gt and ocean towages in transit are requested to report. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Kystverket Norway (SDD 2010000 036503) [16/10] Radio navigational warnings 9 Paragraph 1.49 1 lines 1-8 Replace by: 1 Coastal navigational warnings and meteorological warnings and forecasts for the area covered by this volume are available via the international NAVTEX service from Bodø and Vardø Coast Radio Stations. NAVAREA warnings and METAREA warnings for NAVAREA/METAREA XIX are also available via the international SafetyNET service. The service is currently on trial, and is scheduled to become fully operational on 1st June 2011. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3(1) and Volume 5, and the Mariner’s Handbook for details. United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III (SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10] Kvingra – Svinstein — wreck 77 After Paragraph 3.55 2 line 2 Insert: NW of a wreck (1¼ cables WSW), thence: Norwegian Notice 23/40994 (SDD 2011000 240191) [04/12] Torgværet – north-east of Tverrtaren — Depth 110 Paragraph 3.290 1 line 7 For 94 m Read 82 m Norwegian Notice 05/43181/12 (SDD 2012000 051194) [13/12] Ranfjorden – Finneidfjorden, Forneset and Skjånes — Anchorages 184 Paragraph 4.405 4 lines 1-2 Replace by: 4 Anchorage may be obtained S of Kalabukta (661254N 134674E) and at the head of the fjord, WSW of Neset (661180N 134698E), in depths from 30 to 45 m, as shown on the chart. Care is needed to avoid the submarine cable laid across the fjord from Granmoen and another submarine cable laid along the E side of the fjord in the vicinity of Neset. Index NP58A 2 - 128 Paragraph 4.407 1 lines 4-5 Delete Paragraph 4.408 and heading Replace by: Spare 4.408 Norwegian Notice 13/44438/12 (SDD 2012000 139130) [32/12] Lovundvika – Lovund — anchorages 193 Paragraph 4.474 7 lines 3-5 Delete Paragraph 4.474 8 lines 1-5 Delete Norwegian Notice 17/38354/11 (SDD 2011000 171248) [40/11] Tomma – Finnvika — anchorage 194-195 Paragraph 4.484 including headings Replace by: Spare 4.484 Norwegian Notice 17/38380/11 (SDD 2011000 171248 ) [40/11] Nesøya – Jovika — Directions; leading lights 210 Paragraph 540 2 line 1 to 3 line 7 Replace by: 2 Directions. From a position about 3 cables S of Lille Svenningen Light (66342N 12357E), the track leads ENE into Jovika, passing (with positions relative to Lille Svenningen Light): SSE of a rock (2 cables SE) with a depth of 40 m, thence: 3 SSE of a rock (2½ cables ESE) with a depth of 49 m, thence: Between the shore of Nesøya, to the S, marked by Jovikgrunnen Light (floodlit) (3¾ cables ESE), and a line of rocks and drying patches (2¾ cables E to 6¼ cables ENE), to the N, marked by lights and iron perches. Norwegian Notice 8/27235/10 (SDD 2010000 070894) [21/10] Stigfjorden – Innerkvarøya Harbour — Anchorage 217 Paragraph 5.83 3 lines 1-3 Delete Norwegian Notice 20/39336/11 (SDD 2011000 200655) [47/11] Meløyfjorden – Kjerkholmen — Light 235 Paragraph 5.181 3 line 7 Replace by: ...from which a light is exhibited, lying W of Laksbuneset, thence: Norwegian Notice 06/26709/10 (SDD 2010000063005) [50/10] Meløyvær – Kubakkflua — Light 238 Paragraph 5.211 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: 2 W of Kubakkflua (2 miles SSE), marked by an iron perch and from which a light (S cardinal) is exhibited. Kubakkflua is the SW-most danger of several lying off... Norwegian Notice 20/31296/10 (SDD 2010000189949) [50/10] Eiet and Mesøyfjorden — Lights 240 Paragraph 5.224 3 lines 1-6 Replace by: 3 E of a point (1¼ miles N) on the E side of Mesøya, fronted by a rock awash. Raudsetodden Light is exhibited from the rock and there are depths of 10 m, 1 cable SE and 2 cables NNE of the point. And: Wof Skjåholmen(1½ miles NNE), anislet lyingclose off the mainland coast, fromthe Wside of which a light is exhibited. A rock with a depth of 37 m, fronts the NW side of Skjåholmen. Thence: Norwegian Notices 21/31294/10, 20/30779/10 (SDD 2010000189948 and 2010000179949) [50/10] Paragraph 5.225 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: 2 SE of Grytøya (1½ miles NE) and Risøya (2 miles NE). A light is exhibited from the E point of Risøya. Thence: Norwegian Notice 20/30779/10 (SDD 2010000179948) [50/10] Index NP58A 2 - 129 Bodø approaches – Nyholmsundet — Controlling depths 279 Paragraph 7.200 1 line 1 Replace by: 1 Entrance channel depths are as follows: Paragraph 7.200 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: 2 Hjartøysundet (67175N 14204E). There are depths of more than 200 m in this channel. Nyholmsundet. Least charted depth of 165 m, 2 cables NNE of Nyholmen Light (67172N 14219E). Norwegian Notice 21/45439/12 (SDD 2012000 231194) [50/12] Ofotfjorden – Barøya — Barøya Light 325 Paragraph 9.11 1 lines 1-4 Replace by: 1 Major light: Tranøy Light (68110N 15359E) (6.13). Paragraph 9.12 4 line 6 Replace by: ...Barøya Light (white round metal tower, red top, 7 m in height) (3 miles E). Paragraph 9.12 5 line 3 For (046-056) Read (046½-055½) 328 Paragraph 9.35 1 Replace by: Principal mark 9.35 1 Major light: Tranøy Light (68110N 15359E) (6.13). 330 Paragraph 9.46 2 lines 1-2 Delete Paragraph 9.47 3 line 7 For (160-174) Read (160½-174) 344 Paragraph 9.130 2 lines 3-4 Delete Paragraph 9.132 2 lines 2-3 Replace by: ...of Barøya Light (9.12), the track continues to lead ENE within the white sector (241½-248½), astern, of Barøya Light... Norwegian Notice 23/32334/10 (SDD 2010000214711) [04/11] Kanstadfjorden – Straumen — Vertical clearance 328 Paragraph 9.33 1 line 2 For 10 m Read 5 m Norwegian Notice 05/43137/12 (SDD 2012000 051194) [13/12] Kanstadfjorden – Neshamn — Anchorage 329 Paragraph 9.42 1 lines 1-4 Replace by: 1 Description. Neshamn (68240N 15523E), a small cove, is situated on the E side of the S part of Kanstadfjorden. A submarine cable lands on its E shore, making the cove unsuitable as an anchorage. Norwegian Notice 21/45407/12 (SDD 2012000 231194) [50/12] Tysfjorden – Skrovkjosen – Skarberget — Buoyage 334 Paragraph 9.64 2 lines 4-8 Replace by: ESE of Skarberget Indre Light (starboard hand, floodlit) (½ cable N). Norwegian Notice 22/31918/10 (SDD 2010000 199675) [51/10] Tysfjorden – Haukøygrunnen and Storlysbotn — Buoyage 336 Paragraph 9.73 1 Replace by: General remarks. There are no specific directions for Haukøyfjorden, the chart being sufficient guide. However, attention is drawn to Haukøygrunnen (68103N 16157E), consisting of a group of dangerous below-water rocks lying in the middle of the entrance to the fjord. Paragraph 9.79 2 lines 3-4 Replace by: Storlysbotn (5½ cables W), which is unmarked. Norwegian Notice 22/31918/10 (SDD 2010000 199675) [51/10] Ofotfjorden – Bogen — Directions; light 349 Paragraph 9.162 4 lines 4-5 Delete Paragraph 9.163 4 lines 1-4 Replace by: 4 The track then leads NW, passing (with positions relative to Østervik Light): Norwegian Notice 6/26909/10 (SDD 2010000 059101) [18/10] Ofotfjorden – Ballangen — Directions 350 Paragraph 9.169 5-8 Replace by: 5 Thence the track leads SW through Ballangsfjorden, passing (with positions relative to Kårholmen Light): NW of a rock (1 mile ESE) with a depth of 83 m, thence: NW of Arnesgrunnen (1 mile SE), marked by an iron perch, thence: Index NP58A 2 - 130 6 SE of Steingrunnen (5½ cables SSW), marked by a buoy (starboard hand); a rock with a depth of 58 m, lies 1½ cables S of the buoy. And: NW of Hattholmgrunnen (9 cables S), consisting of several dangerous below-water rocks, thence: NW of Fornesskjeran (12 miles SSW), marked by an iron perch, thence: 7 NW of a quay at Fornes (14 miles SSW) (9.171), thence: SE of a rock (16 miles SSW) with a depth of 80 m, thence: NW of a rock (19 miles SSW) with a depth of 40 m. The track then leads directly to the anchorage and berth at Ballangen (9.172). Norwegian Notice 24/32818/10 (SDD 2010000 218916) [04/11] Sørlandsvågen – Røssnesvågen — Lights; Directions 367 Paragraph 10.57 2 line 1 Delete 368 Paragraph 10.62 4 lines 3-10 Replace by: ESE of the entrances to Sørlandsvågen (67394N 12426E) (3 miles SSW) (10.67) and Røssnesvågen, which are marked by several lights, thence: 369 Paragraph 10.71 5 lines 3-6 Replace by: W of a reef, marked by an iron perch, fringing the W side of the head of Værøy Molo (67390N 12432N) (1¾ miles N). 370 Paragraph 10.72 Replace by: 1 Røssnesvågen. Værøy Molo Leading Lights: Front light (post, floodlit) (67390N 12432E). Rear light (post) (¼ cable NW). From a position about 5 cables SE of Værøy Molo Front Light the track initially leads NW on the alignment (320¼) of these lights, passing (with positions relative to Ytre Seiklakken Light (67388N 12433E)): Close NE of a patch (67389N 12434E) (¾ cable ENE), with a depth of 49 m, thence: SWof a rock (67389N12435E) (1½ cables NE), with a depth of 37 m, marked by an iron perch, thence: NE of a rock (67389N 12433N) (½ cable NNE), with a depth of 32 m, thence: NE of an above-water rock (67389N 12432E) (¾ cable N) surrounded by drying ground, thence: SW of Røstnesvågen S Light (floodlit) (67390N 12434E) (1½ cables NNE); a rock, with a depth of 19 m, lies close NW of the light. 4 The track then leads NNW, passing close ENE of the head of the mole from which Værøy Molo Leading Lights (67390N 12432N) are exhibited, and thence through a channel, marked on both sides by lights and iron perches, into Røstnesvågen. 371 Port plan for Sørlandsvågen (10.73) Replace by: New port plan at Annex G (see page 4 - 21). Norwegian Notices 3/26326/10; 3/26329/10; 6/26855/10; 6/26893/10; 6/26895/10 (SDDs 2010000 025063; 026160; 059101) [19/10] Lofoten – South-east coast of Moskenesøya – Å — Anchorage 379 Paragraph 11.18 lines 1-5 Delete Norwegian Notices 2/33274/11 (SDD 2011000019417) [08/11] Lofoten south-east side – Sørvagen — Anchorage 380 Paragraph 11.26 1 lines 1-7 Replace by: 1 Anchorage. Vessels may anchor in the harbour of Moskenes in depths of about 10 m, sand. Mooring rings are available. Norwegian Notice 20/31154/10 (SDD 2010000 179948) [47/10] Stamsund – Rokkvika — Directions; leading lights 400-401 Paragraph 11.129 Replace by: 11.129 1 Rokkivika (continued from 11.127). From the position SSW of Skarvsteinan (680689N 135098E) the track leads WNW for a short distance, passing SSW of Søre Joøyskj ersnaget (6806 81N 135011E), a rock with a depth of 09 m, marked by an iron perch, lying off the SW side of Joøyskjæran, to the beginning of the alignment of Rokkvika Leading Lights: 2 Front light (680742N 135011E) exhibited from the head of Rokkivika. Rear light (680738N 135009E). Thence the track leads N on the alignment (0066) of these lights, passing: W of Søre Joøyskjersnaget (680681N 135011E), thence: 3 W of Joøyskjæran (680685N 135022E), from the S part of which Østre Joøyskjeret Light (whi te l antern on cai rn) (680684N135022E) is exhibited, and: E of Vestre Joøyskjeret (680690N 134970E), on which stands a beacon (black tower, white band), thence: 4 E of an above-water rock from which a light (floodlit) (680698N 134982E) is exhibited, thence: Index NP58A 2 - 131 E of a drying rock, from which Stamsund Havn Light (post, 6 m in height) (680701N 134980E) is exhibited, thence: W of Stamsund Mole (680703N 135016E) from which a light (floodlit) is exhibited. 5 Thence course may be shaped to approach the district boat quay (11.131) on the W side of Stamneset (680724N 135049E), or the W entrance to the inner harbour, S of Stamneset. Useful marks: Drangelholmen Light (680692N 134921E). Joøyskjæran Vestre Light (680691N 134963E). 6 Joøy Vestre Light (680710N 135042E). Tankholmen Vestre Light (680716N 135045E). Norwegian Notices 21/39696, 39677, 39714, 39740, 39754, 39774/11; 03/42574/12 (SDD 2011000 211493; 2012000 032731) [11/12] Lofoten – South coast of Vestvågøya – Stamsund — Anchorage 401 Paragraph 11.131 1 lines 5-7 Delete Norwegian Notices 2/33314/11 (SDD 20110000 019417) [08/11] North side of Vestfjorden – Svolvær — Directions 422 Paragraph 12.80 1 line 3 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 18/10 For Osan Light Read Kleppfiskholmen Light 424 Paragraph 12.96 3 line 4 to 6 line 6 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 18/10 Replace by: 3 The track then leads generally N, and at night within the white sector (008-013) of Kleppfiskholmen Light (68136N 14326E), passing (with positions relative to Stretarneset Light (68132N 14323E)): E of the point from which Stretarneset Light is exhibited, thence: 4 W of Stretarholmen (68132N 14326E) (¾ cable ENE), from the W side of which a light (metal column, floodlit) is exhibited, thence: Between the mainland shore and Nedre Steinvikholmen (68133N 14326E) (1½ cables NE), thence: 5 W of Øvre Steinvikholmen Light (681348N 143269E) (29 cables NNE) exhibited from a small islet, thence: W of Salttønna (68135N 14327E) (3 cables NNE), thence: E of Kleppfiskholmen Light (68136N 14326E) (3½ cables NNE) (3¾ cables NNE). 6 The track then leads into Osanpollen, passing W of Osan Havn Light (681370N 143289E) (5 cables NNE), marking a rock. Attention is drawn to a sunken wreck (68139N 14325E) (7 cables N) lying on the NW side of Osanpollen, with a depth of 10 m, which is marked by a buoy (S cardinal). Norwegian Notices 19/30494/10; 19/30496/10; 19/30487/10; 19/30636/10 (SDDs 2010000 171528) [45/10] North side of Vestfjorden – Svolvær — Directions 424 Paragraph 12.96 1 line 3 to 3 line 3 Replace by: ...SW of Rødholmskallen (68128N 14331E), which is covered by the red sector (319-341) of Stretarneset Light (68132N 14323E). Thence the track leads NNW, passing (with positions relative to Stretarneset Light): ENE of Tennholman (68129N 14320E) (3 cables SSW), and: 2 WSW of an i sl et (6813 1N 1432 8E) (2¼ cables SE), lying off the W side of Rødholman, from which Rødholmen Light (12.60) is exhibited, thence: ENE of a rock (68131N 14322E) (1½ cables SSW), with a depth of 93 m, lying close off the S side of Stretarneset. Norwegian Notice 20/31099/10 (SDD 2010000 179948) [47/10] North side of Vestfjorden – Molldøra – Kjepsøyhamn and Litlmolla — anchorages 429 Paragraph 12.131 including heading Replace by: Spare 12.131 Paragraph 12.132 including heading Replace by: Spare 12.132 Norwegian Notice 3/33376/11 (SDD 2011000 029653) [10/11] Lofoten west side – Ramberg — Anchorage 447 Paragraph 13.32 5 lines 1-5 Delete Norwegian Notice 20/31100/10 (SDD 2010000 179948) [47/10] Index NP58A 2 - 132 Vesterålen – Langøya Northwestwards — Jennegga 492 Paragraph 14.175 and heading Replace by: Spare 14.175 Norwegian Notice 2/26132/10 (SDD 2010000 017977) [16/10] Andøya – Nordmela — Depth; Directions 506 Paragraph 14.255 2 lines 1-3 Replace by: 2 Controlling depth. There is a least charted depth of 50 m in the entrance to the harbour, ¾ cable SSE of Nordmela Mole Head Light (69086N 15405E). Paragraph 14.255 7 lines 5-6 Delete 507 Paragraph 14.255 9 lines 1-2 Replace by: 9 N of Leisteinen Light (iron pole) (69086N 15399E) (3 cables NNW), thence: Norwegian Notices 24/1190/09; 4/26414/10 (SDDs 2010000 000150; 034428) [16/10] NP58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B (1984 Edition) — Supplement 9-2004 Norway, north coast – Vardø to Røst — Routeing system 2 L 38 After existing Supplement amendment Insert: Traffic separation schemes 1.7a A routeing system comprising a series of TSS at salient points off the Norwegian coast, linked by recommended routes, is established off the N and W coasts of Norway, as shown on the charts. The system is IMO-adopted, and applies to tankers of all sizes and other cargo ships of 5000 gt and above, engaged on international voyages. Vessels on international voyages to or from ports in Norway between Vardø and Røst should follow the routeing system until a clear course towards the port can be set. International Maritime Organization (SDD 2006000 406837) [20/07] Norwegian charts — Accuracy 3 R 65-70 Replace by: In the area covered by this volume there are still charts based on surveys that are up to 100 years old. The title notes and source diagrams on Norwegian charts give an indication of the accuracy mariners can expect from them. In particular, surveys completed before about 1960 are likely to be incomplete, and there may well be shoals which are not shown. Navigation in such areas should therefore be conducted with great care, and passages outside the recommended channels shown on the charts should not be attempted. (See 1.7). In digital charts the data quality is given in the Zones of Confidence (ZOC) diagram. For Norwegian coastal waters zones B and C will primarily be used, based on the following classifications: ENCs with source data from older soundings (before around 1960) are given ZOC value ‘C’, while ENCs with more recent source data are given ZOC value ‘B’. The border for the different zones will be added to the chart data so that it is possible to see on screen which zone one is in use at all times. Mariners should take great care when using DGPS and electronic charts with old soundings data since the accuracy and compl eteness of the depth measurements do not correspond with modern standards. Furthermore, mariners should ensure that navigation takes place at all times with good margins and in line with responsible navigation practice. For additional information see The Mariner’s Handbook. 4 L 1-2 Delete Norwegian Notice 10/623/06 (HH. 308/400/02) [33/06] Pilotage – General regulations — Baseline 5 Existing Supplement correction Paragraph 1.38 Add: See diagram 1.38, which shows the baseline, territorial limits, and areas within the baseline which are exempt from compulsory pilotage. See also Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Existing Supplement correction After Paragraph 1.38 Insert: Diagram 1.38 which is printed at Annex H (see page 4 - 23). Den Norske Los Volume 1 (2004) (HH. 078/360/02) [44/08] Index NP58B 2 - 133 Radio navigational warnings; Firing areas 6 L47-64 Paragraph 1.55 Replace by: World-Wide Navigational Warning Service 1.55 1 Coastal navigational warnings and meteorological warnings and forecasts for the area covered by this volume are available via the international NAVTEX service from Bodø, Vardø and Murmansk Coast Radio Stati ons. NAVAREA warni ngs and METAREA warnings for NAVAREA/METAREA XIX are also available via the international SafetyNET service. The service is currently on trial, and is scheduled to become fully operational on 1st June 2011. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3(1) and Volume 5, and the Mariner’s Handbook for details. 47 R68-70 Replace by: Rocket firings take place occasionally from Andøya rocket range (69176N 16013E), as announced through NAVTEX and the World-Wide Navi gati onal Warni ng Servi ce for NAVAREA/METAREA XIX. See also 1.55. United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III (SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10] NOR VTS 6 Existing Section IV Notice Week 04/07 L64 Paragraph 1.55a Replace by: NOR Vessel Traffic Service 1.55a 1 The area covered by this volume lies within the NOR VTS area of operation, which comprises the waters of the Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vessels over 5000 gt and ocean towages in transit are requested to report. In addition NOR VTS covers the the approaches to Melkøya (7041N 2336E) and Hammerfest (7040N 2336E). 2 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Kystverket Norway (SDD 2010000 036503) [14/10] Military prohibited areas 6 R 7-21 Harstad Navy Defence District; Tromsø Sea Defence Area Existing Supplement amendments Delete: Sandsøya (3.157). Gibostadsundet (6.86). Norwegian Notices 17/877/05; 17/881/05 (HH. 309/410/05; HH 309/420/05) [45/05] Reporting requirements for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting goods 6 R 46 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by: Carriage of dangerous or polluting goods. Norwegian regulations require an arrival report and the completion of a check list for vessels carrying dangerous or polluting goods arriving from countries other than the EC and Iceland. All vessels departing from Norway, irrespective of destination, must make a departure report. These regulations apply to vessels of at least 300 grt and to vessels, irrespective of size, carrying dangerous or polluting goods in bulk or packaged form, as defined by the International Maritime Dangerous Goods Code. The regulations do not apply to: Warships and official ships used for non-commercial purposes. Fishing vessels, pleasure vessels, and traditional vessels, provided they are less than 45 m in length. Bunkers of less than 5000 tonnes, stores and equipment for use on board vessels. The regulations, forms and check lists are available from the Norwegian National Coastal Administration as follows: E-mail
[email protected] Telephone +47 33034800 Fax +47 33034680 Website www.kystverket.no Users of the websi te requi re a password. Shipmasters and operators requiring a user name and password should contact the Brevik Vessel Traffic Centre on +47 35572610. 327 Existing Supplement amendment Delete Appendix III in its entirety. Norwegian Notice 12/651/05 (HH. 308/006/03) [30/05] Vardø vessel traffic service 6 L 64 Insert: Vardø vessel traffic service 1.55a On 1 January 2007 a VTS was established for the waters encompassed by the Norwegian Economic Zone (Appendix II) off the coast of N Norway, between 65N, in the vicinity of Rørvik (Norway Pilot Volume IIB), and the border with Russia. All tankers, vessels over 5000 grt, and sea-going tugs are requested to report to Vardø VTS Centre upon entering these waters. In addition Vardø VTS covers the approaches to Melkøya (7041N 2336E) and Hammerfest (7040N 2340E) (11.59). For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Index NP58B 2 - 134 209 R 11 Insert: Vessel traffic service 10.96a A vessel traffic service is in operation for the monitoring of shipping in the approaches to Melkøya (7041N 2336E) and Hammerfest. See 1.55a and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2) for details. 220 R 46 Insert: Vessel traffic service 11.7a A vessel traffic service is in operation for the monitoring of shipping in the approaches to Melkøya (7041N 2336E) and Hammerfest. See 1.55a and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2) for details. 226 R 17 Insert: Vessel traffic service 11.65a A vessel traffic service is in operation for the monitoring of shipping in the approaches to Melkøya (7041N 2336E) and Hammerfest. See 1.55a and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2) for details. 228 L 49 Insert: Vessel traffic service 11.78a A vessel traffic service is in operation for the monitoring of shipping in the approaches to Melkøya (7041N 2336E) and Hammerfest. See 1.55a and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2) for details. Vardø Vessel Traffic Service (SDD 2006000 407084) [04/07] Andfjorden – Andenes — Directions; light 51 Paragraph 3.39 R46 Replace by: NNE of the head (floodlit) (16 cables W) of the E mole of the inner harbour. The track then leads W for a short distance into the inner harbour, passing S of a drying patch (21 cables WNW), marked by iron perches. Norwegian Notice 6/26870/10 (SDD 2010000 059101) [18/10] Andefjorden – Saurabogen – Leading lights; directions 52 R 69-70 Including existing Supplement amendment Replace by: Directions: From seaward the track into the harbour leads WNW through a channel marked by dolphins. 53 L 1-2 Delete Norwegian Notice 16/840/05 (HH. 309/420/05) [40/05] Andfjorden – Risøyrenna — Depth 53 L60-62 Replace by: Depth. There is a least charted depth (685869N 154544E) of 54 m in Risøyrenna, between U Light Beacon and V Light Beacon, at the E end of the channel. Norwegian Notice 15/37474/11 (SDD 2011000 149308) [35/11] Sandsøya — Military prohibited area 60 R 55-56 Existing Supplement amendment Delete Norwegian Notice 17/877/05 (HH. 309/410/05) [41/05] Andfjorden – Nergårdsvika — Anchorage 63-64 R69-70, L1-5 Replace by: Anchorage. Small vessels may anchor SW of Svinøya and secure to the shore; the anchorage is especially suitable when NE winds raise a sea in Nergårdsvika. A mooring buoy is available, moored between Kleppholmen and the shore W. Norwegian Notices 22/31876/10 (SDD 2010000 199675) [51/10] Tjeldsundet – Balstadstraumen — Directions 74 R 14-18 Replace by: S of Balstadgrunnen Light (8¼ cables W), thence: S of Balstadskallen (7 cables W), an unmarked rock on the N side of the fairway, thence: N of Sandskjeret (6 cables WSW). The sector limit 275 of Staksvollholmen Light between white and red sectors, astern, passes close S of Balstadskallen. Norwegian Notice 20/1186/07 (SDD 2007000 080510) [47/07] Tjeldsundet – Sandtorgstraumen — Directions 76 L 28-35 Replace by: Close SE of a spar buoy (75 cables NE), thence: Through the shallowest part of the channel (for depth see 4.28), close NW of Ramstadgrunnen Light Buoy (89 cables ENE) and thence: NWof a spar buoy (105 miles ENE) marking the NW side of Ramstadgrunnen, and: SE of Holsflua Østre Light (105 miles NE), marking the E extremity of Holsflua, thence: SE of Steinsgrunnen Light (125 miles ENE). Index NP58B 2 - 135 L 47-52 Replace by: N of Holsflua Nordre Light (8½ cables WNW), which marks the N side of Holsflua; it lies just within the white sector limit. Thence: Nof Holsflua Østre Light (5½ cables W), marking the E extremity of Holsflua, thence: Close S of Steinsgrunnen Light (4 cables WNW). L 67 For Light-buoy Read Light R 5-9 including existing Supplement correction Replace by: NNW of Nordøygrunnen Light (188 miles SW, thence: SSE of Stornesgrunnen Nordre Light (145 miles WSW), marking a patch, with a depth of 70 m over it, near Stornesgrunnen. R 14-23 Replace by: NW of Stornesgrunnen Søre Light (6 cables NE), exhibitedfromtheNWside of a shoal, with adepth of 55 m over it, thence: SEof thecoastal bank onwhichstands RemmaLight (1 mile NE), thence: NW of Remma Søre Light (11 miles NE), marking shoal water on the Eside of the fairway; two rocks, with a depth of 70 m over them, lie ½ and ¾ cables NE of Remma Søre Light. Thence: NW of Sandtorghella Light (14 miles NE) marking the NW part of shoals surrounding Hellevoren. Norwegian Notices 20/1179-1188/07 (SDD 2007000 080498) [47/07] Vågsfjorden – South-eastern part – Tovikskjeret — Light buoy 85 R 58-59 Delete Norwegian Notice 19/1069/08 (SDD 2008000 084127) [45/08] Mefjorden – Mefjordbotn — Anchorage 98 R22-27 Replace by: Spare 5.61 Norwegian Notices 22/31834/10 (SDD 2010000 199675) [51/10] Senja – Baltsfjord — light 99 R 49-55 Replace by: From the position S of Husfallet (69361N 17427E) the track leads SSE through Baltsfjorden, passing (with positions relative to Nøringa Light (69359N 17413E)): ENE of Renneneset (1 mile SSE), a rounded point, thence: WSW of Pussegrunnen (2¾ miles SE), an isolated unmarked rock, thence: WSW of the shore bank extending S from Opplandshaugen(3½ miles SE) totheheadof the fjord, and: ENE of Selvågneset (3½ miles SSE). The track then leads to the head of the fjord where there is an anchorage. Norwegian Notice 23/40734/11 (SDD 2011000 240191) [04/12] Kattfjorden – Nordre Angstaursundet – Lysgrunnen — Directions; buoyage 106 R32After NNW) Insert: markedby aspar buoy (E cardinal) Norwegian Notice 24/1193/09 (SDD 2010000 000153) [03/10] Kvaløya – Ersfjorden — Directions; marine farm 107 R38 After given from the light): Insert: S of Skamtind (2 miles E), and a marine farm which lies 5 cables farther E with mooring chains which extend Sand SWinto the channel indicated by the white sector. Thence: Norwegian Notice 16/942/08 (SDD 2008000 072124) [38/08] Tranøyfjorden and Solbergfjorden — Marine farms 119 After L 3 Insert: Marine farms 6.8a Marine farms have been established on the W side of Tranøyfjorden in position 690212N 171537E and on the N side of Solbergfjorden in position 690880N 173885E. Ground tackle extends up to 7 cables into the fairway from these farms. L 48 Replace by: ...Dyrøya, and: E of a marine farm (39 miles SW) (6.8a). After R 19 Insert: S of a marine farm (69 miles WSW) (6.8a), thence: Norwegian Notices 15/736/09; 15/737/09 (SDDs 2009000 109960; 109961) [36/09] Index NP58B 2 - 136 Solbergfjorden – Indreleia — Dyrøya Light 119 L 45 Including existing Supplement amendment For 024-041 Read 026-041 L 49 Including existing Supplement amendment For 064-073 Read 064½-074½ L 54 Including existing Supplement amendment For 100-216 Read 100-209½ Norwegian Notice 4/220/05 (HH. 309/410/05) [11/05] Gisundet – Gibostadsundet — Controlling depth 126 Paragraph 6.85 L 39-40 Replace by: Controlling depths. For the depth in the channel (69180N, 17590E) off Leiknesodden see 6.93. In Gibostadsundet (69214N 18056E) (6.96) there is a least charted depth of 100 m. Norwegian Notice 20/39314/11 (SDD 2011000 200655) [47/11] Gibostad — Military prohibited area 126 L 44-47 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by: Military prohibited areas exist in the vicinity of Rødbergsodden (6.89) and Skorliodden (the NW entrance point to Gisundet) (see 1.57). Norwegian Notice 17/881/05 (HH. 309/420/05) [41/05] Tromsø – Tromsøysundet — Anchorage 142 L 59-60 Existing Supplement amendment Replace by: Anchorage (220, 1 mile) depth 14 m, coral. Two recommended anchorage areas (014, 1½ miles and 012, 1¼ miles) are situated ESE and SE of Breidvika as shown on the chart. Attention is drawn to the submarine cable and pipelines (025, 23 miles) which cross Tromsøysundet between Nygård and Kroken. Norwegian Notice 20/958/04; BA Chart 3751 (HH. 309/430/04) [50/04] Southern part of Sandøyfjorden – Approaches to Skagøysundet — Depth 146 R 28 Add: There is a least depth of 80 m in this channel, 3 cables SE of Nyflua. Norwegian Notice 22/1369/06 (SDD 2006000 402023) [01/07] Vannøya – Torsvåg — Marine farm 158 R 16 After SW mole. Insert: A marine farm and associated ground tackle lies inside the harbour, 100 m NNW of the light. Norwegian Notice 23/1155/09 (SDD 2009000 190035) [04/10] Fugløysveet – Burøya — Marine farm 168 After L 13 Insert: Marine farm has been established in the white sector of Burøynakken Light in position 70141N 19558E, as shown on the chart. Norwegian Notice 22/1064/04 (HH. 308/210/11) [10/05] East side of Vannøya – Valavågen — Valabotn anchorage 171 L19-22 Delete Norwegian Notice 15/928/07 (SDD 2007000 059550) [36/07] South side of Arnøya – Akkarvik — Anchorage 177 L 16-17 Replace by: ...ground of shells and sand. Care is needed to avoid a submarine cable laid from Slettnes (70038N20296E), on the Wside of the bay, in a SE direction out into Langfjorden; a marine farm also lies 2½ cables NNW of this anchorage. Norwegian Notice 15/926/07 (SDD 2007000 059548) [36/07] Kvænangenfjorden – Lauksundet — Marine farm 177 L 53 Delete ...is free from dangers in the fairway and... Existing Supplement amendment L55 Replace by: Marine farms are established along both sides of Lauksundet, generally within 1 cable of the shore. R 25 Replace by: ...of the sound, passing close WNW of a large marine farm and its associated ground tackle 2 miles NNE of the light, and clear of the coastal banks abreast... Norwegian Notice 650/13/09 (SDD 2009000 083625) [32/09] Index NP58B 2 - 137 Søndre Bergsfjorden (Sandlandsfjorden) – Sandland — Depth 181 L62-63 Replace by: Depth. A rock, with a depth of 23 m, lies in the middle of the entrance to the harbour, immediately inside the moles. Norwegian Notice 11/35916/11 (SDD 2011000 112779) [30/11] Maursundet – Litle Kobbepollen — Marine farm 191 After L6 Insert: SE of a large marine farm and its associated ground tackle (33 miles NE), thence: L43 After (56 ft). Insert: A large marine farm (9.95) lies in the SE approach to the anchorage; the ground tackle extends NW to within 2 cables of the charted anchorage position. Norwegian Notice 14/714/09 (SDD 2009000 103252) [34/09] Maursundet – Jekthamna — Anchorage removed 191 L 26-37 Replace by: Spare 9.97 Norwegian Notice 1/74/07 (SDD 2007000 006201) [07/07] Breivik — Jetty 203 R 15-16 Delete Norwegian Notice 18/943/05 (HH. 309/450/04) [42/05] Sandøyfjorden – Hønsebyfjorden — Spar buoy 207 R 60-66 Replace by: Directions. Hønsebyfjorden (7044N 2310E) is entered by passing E of Hønsebygrunnen, a 3 m (10 ft) patch; a bar, 3 cables within the entrance, has a least depth of 4 m (13 ft) in mid-channel. Norwegian Notice 23/1118/04 (HH. 309/450/04) [02/05] Sørøysundet – Approaches to Hammerfest and Melkøya — Directions; LNG Terminal 210 L56-57 For Directions for the entrance to Indreleia, NE of Sørøya Read Directions for the entrance to Indreleia and the north-west approach to Hammerfest and the Melkøya LNG Terminal L60 Delete ...from NW L67-70, R1-10 Replace by: From a position about 20 miles W of Fruholmen Light (7106N 2400E) (10.101), the pilot boarding position (helicopter) for large vessels bound for the Melkøya LNG Terminal (11.83a), the track leads SE for 23 miles, passing (with positions relative to Tarhalsen Light (7052N 2319E)): SW of Ytre Tuboen (8¾ miles N), Nordre Tuboen, 1½ miles farther SE and Tubofallet, 2 miles farther SSE, thence: SW of Øvre Tuboen (6 miles N), thence: NE of Rolvsøyskolten (2¾ miles N), thence: NE of Tarhalsfallet (2¼ miles NNE), thence: NE of Tarhalsen, the N tip of the island of Sørøya, from which Tarhalsen Light (10.88) is exhibited, thence: SW of Skipsholmen (8 miles ENE), and Yttergrunnen, 2½ miles farther SW, thence; SW of Revsholmen (7¾ miles E), thence; NE of Litlenæringen Light (column) (6¼ miles SE). To approximate position 7049N 2346E. Useful mark: Mylingen Light (7045N 2342E) (11.69). (Directions continue for Indreleia in Rolvsøysundet at 10.106 and for the approaches to Hammerfest at 11.69) R 13-25 Replace by: Spare 10.104-10.105 224 L12 For Fuglenes Read Fugleneset 226 L1 For HAMMERFEST Read HAMMERFEST AND APPROACHES L16-17 Replace by: Approach from north. From approximate position 7049 N 2346 E i n Indrel ei a, Hammerfest i s approached through the NE part of Sørøysundet, passing E of Håja and S of the Melkøya LNG Terminal (11.83a). R45 Replace by: Directions for entry from north (continued from 10.103) R47 Insert: From approximate position 7049N 2346E, the track leads WSW for 5 miles into the N part of Sørøysundet towards the pilot boarding position for vessels bound for Hammerfest and smaller vessels bound for the Melkøya LNG Terminal, which lies 1½ miles NE of the entrance to Akkarfjorden (11.90). Thence, the track leads S, passing (with positions relative to Mylingen Light (7045N 2342E)): Index NP58B 2 - 138 Eof Sørøya (5½ miles W), which forms the Wside of Sørøysundet, thence: W of Mylingen Light (white lantern on base), thence: W of Fluengrunnen (1 mile SW), thence: W of Melkøya (4 miles SSW). To a position about 1½ miles NE of Håja Light (column) (70393N 23278E). (Directions continue for Melkøya LNG Terminal at 11.83e) Thence the track leads ESE for 3 miles, passing (with positions relative to Fugleneset Light (7040N 2340E)): SSW of the Melkøya LNG Terminal (1½ miles NW), thence: NNE of a patch containing 6 dangerous wrecks (6½ cables SSW), and Molvikbåen, 3½ cables farther SW, marked by a lit iron perch, thence: SSW of Fugleneset Light (11.39), thence: NNE of a rocky patch (5 cables SSW), with a least depth of 45 m over it. Into the harbour. Directions for entry from south-west 11.69a 228 R 50-51 Replace by: ...Mylingen Light (7045N 2342E) (11.69) shows over mainly clear water off the NW... R61 Insert: Melkøya LNG Terminal General information 11.83a Position. Melkøya LNG Terminal occupies the whole of the island of Melkøya (70413N 23359E), 2 miles NW of Hammerfest (11.59). Function. The terminal receives LNG via a 165 km pipeline from the 3 gas fields (Snohvit, Albatross and Askeladd) of the Barents Sea. It is then processed to remove its CO2 content and exported by sea. Operating Authority. Statoil ASA. Limiting conditions 11.83b Under-keel clearance. The minimum permissable under keel clearance is 15 m. Deepest and longest berth. Product Jetty (11.83f). Maximum size of vessel handled: LNG. 300 m in length/160 000 m# capacity. LPG. 180 m in length/38 000 m# capacity. Condensate. 180 m in length/50 000 dwt. Arrival information 11.83c Port operations: Melkøya LNG Terminal operates on a 24 hr basis. Maximum berthing speeds are under ½ kn for vessels over 8000 displacement tonnes, and under ¾ kn for vessels less than 8000 tonnes. The maximum approach angle is 6. Wind speeds and wave heights restrict berthing as follows: Vessel size (up to, m#) Max wind speed (kn) Max wave height (m) 15 000 35 10 30 000 31 10 60 000 29 15 160 000 24 no restriction Vessels will not beallowedtoapproachtheterminal if the visibility is less than 1 mile. Vessels will not be permitted to sail if the wind is in excess of 29 kn. One tug will remain on standby throughout for vessels when loading. Notice of ETA required. For all vessels, ETA is to be reported 96 hrs, 48 hrs, 24 hrs and 5 hrs in advance of arrival. Additionally, for LNG carriers, a report is required 8 days in advance. For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Pilotage is compulsory. For vessels over 20 000 gt, the pilot will board by helicopter in position 7105N 2257E, 20 miles W of Fruholmen Light (7106N 2400E) (10.101). For vessels less than 20 000 gt, the pilot will board by boat in position 7047N 2332E, 1½ miles NE of the entrance to Akkarfjorden (11.90). Pilots should be ordered 24 hours in advance. Changes to ETA/ETD should be reported directly to the pilot booking centre. For further details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Tugs. There are 3 tugs available at Melkøya, based at Rypefjorden, 1½ miles S of Hammerfest. Two are of 70 tonnes bollard pull and are used for berthing and unberthing. The third, of 90 tonnes bollard pull/150 tonnes steering force, is used for both escorting and berthing. Traffic regulations. A Safety Zone has been estasblished around Melkøya inside a line joining the following positions: 704193N 233738E. 704187N 233583E. 704089N 233435E. 704062N 233539E. 704085N 233819E. There is no public access to the area within the Safety Zone. Regulations concerning entry and departure. The minimum tug requirement for berthing/unberthing is as follows: Vessel size (up to, m#) (ballast and loaded) No of tugs 15 000 1 30 000 2 60 000 3 160 000 3 Note. All LNG and LPG vessels over 30 000 m# will take 3 tugs on arrival and departure. Use of an escorting tug is mandatory for vessels over 500 gt carrying dangerous cargo in bulk, and for vessels over 3000 gt carrying polluting cargo in bulk when approaching or departing from Melkøya. Index NP58B 2 - 139 Harbour 11.83d The berthing area is on the SE side of the island. Directions for entering harbour (continued from 11.69) 11.83e Entrance. From a position 1¼ miles NE of Håja Light (70393N 23278E) (11.69), the track leads ENE for 2 miles to the vicinity of the berths. Berths 11.83f Product Jetty. Concrete, 125 m in length, with a least depth alongside of 162 m, faced with 7 Sumitomo rubber fenders, each 8 m by 4 m. The jetty is orientated 228/048. Construction Jetty. At the S end of the island, with a safe berthing depth of 10 m, for the handling of dry cargo. Vessels over 120 m LOA will not be allowed to remain alongside the Construction Jetty while LNG is being loaded at Product Jetty. Port services 11.83g Facilities. Garbage disposal. Supplies. Fresh water. 229 R 14-25 including Supplement amendment Delete Statoil ASA; Norwegian Notice 16/980/07; BA Chart 2315; Norwegian Charts 101, 493 (SDDs 2007000 062402; 2008000 048828) [29/08] Trollsundet – south-east of Ingøya — Depths 212 L 20 Replace by: N of a shoal (18 miles ESE), with a depth of 25 m (8 ft) over it, thence: N of a shoal (23 miles ESE), with a depth of 44 m (14½ ft) over it, and: Sof a pair of 6 m(19 ft) patches (21 miles E), thence: Clear of a patch (22 miles ESE), with a depth of 62 m (20 ft) over it, thence: S of a shoal (23 miles E), with a depth of 45 m (14¾ ft) over it, thence: Clear of a patch (26 miles ESE), with a depth of 84 m (27½ ft) over it. Norwegian Notices 11/653/06 and 16/914/06 (SEP 000380655) [40/06] North-east of Ingøya — Depths 214 L 32 Replace by: W of Litlegrunnen (5 cables N); a rock, with a depth of 90 m over it, lies 2 cables W of Litlegrunnen on the E edge of the white sector. L 41 Replace by: 341-348 astern W of Stein; a rock,with a depth of 53 m over it, lies 3½ cables WNW of Stein on the W edge of the white sector. Thence: E of a rock (9½ cables S), with a depth of 54 m over it, lying 2 cables E of Likholmgrunnan, thence: R 10 Add: A rock, with a depth of 70 m over it, and a rock, withadepthof 50 mover it, lie, respectively, 2½ cables SE and 2 cables SW of the SW point of Store Gasøy. Norwegian Notice 12/702/06 (SDD 2006000 369581) [33/06] Gjesvær – Entrance channel and anchorage — Submarine cable 218 R6 After ...close SW. Insert: A submarine cable has been laid through the harbour entrance channel, coming ashore at Springneset (71061N 25228E), on the N side of the anchorage (10.176). R69 After ...holding ground Insert: , taking care to remain clear of the submarine cable on the N side of the basin (10.170). Norwegian Notice 21/1209/08 (SDD 2008000 091903) [49/08] North-west side of Magerøya – Gjesvær — Depths 219 L 6 Add: Caution. There is a least depth of 09 min the approach to the anchorages in Leirpollen and Vasslia. Norwegian Notice 15/851/06 (SDD 2006000 376424) [36/06] Sørøysundet – Approaches to Hammerfest — Obstruction 228 After L 69 Insert: NE of an obstruction (70396N 23343E) (16 miles WSW), thence: Norwegian Notice 4/223/05 (HH. 309/460/04) [13/05] Index NP58B 2 - 140 Myrfjorden — Anchorage removed 231 R 47-51 Replace by: Spare 11.116 Norwegian Notice 5/354/07 (SDD 2007000 021062) [15/07] Havøysundet — Havøysund Light deleted 232 L 51-55 Including existing Supplement correction Replace by: Useful mark: Light (70596N 24408E) exhibited from the head of a former ferry jetty. Norwegian Notice 5/355/07 (SDD 2007000 021064) [15/07] South side of Magerøya – Kobbholet — Bridge 237 L 54 Add: Abridge, with a vertical clearance of 10 m, spans the entrance to Kobbholet. Norwegian Chart 103 (07/05) (SDD 2006000 376425) [36/06] Kvaløya – Forsøl – Sandbukta — Anchorages 259 L 39-43 Delete Norwegian Notice 21/1206/08 (SDD 2008000 091900) [49/08] Revsbotn – Litlefjorden – Rottnes — Leading lights 260 R 32 For 1245 Read 126 Norwegian Notice 19/952/09 (SDD 2009000 144325) [45/09] North side of Magerøya – Lille Skarsvåg — Depth 265 L 18 Add: There is a least depth of 60 m in this channel 1½ cables SW of the NE entrance point of Lille Skarsvåg. Norwegian Notice 15/852/06 (SDD 2006000 376425) [36/06] Kamøyfjorden – South-west and west of Stora Kamøy — Light sectors and depths 265 R 18 Including existing supplement amendment For 225-234 and 291-304 Read 223½-234 and 289-302 R 22 Add: A patch, with a depth of 33 m over it, lies in the SE approach, within the white sector (289-302) of Kamøyfjord Light, 5 cables from the light. Norwegian Notice 21/1260/06 (SDD 2006000 398020) [49/06] Kamøyfjorden – Kamøyvær eastwards — Anchorage; submarine cable 265 R33 After mooring rings Insert: , noting the presence of a submarine power cable which is laid 1 cable off, and parallel to, the SW shore. Norwegian Notice 17/992/08 (SDD 2008000 076365) [40/08] The head of Porsangen – Kolvik — Anchorage 273 R22-36 Replace by: Spare 13.121 Norwegian Notice 12/36499/11 (SDD 2011000 121570) [30/11] North-east side of Laksefjorden – Kifjorden and Eidsfjorden — Anchorages 275 R55-57 Delete 276 L16-18 Delete Norwegian Notice 04/270/08 (SDD 2008000 021660) [19/08] Northern part of Tanafjorden – Finnkongkeila — Anchorage 285 L21-28 Replace by: Description. Finnkongkeila, a narrow and deep bay, i s entered by passi ng S of Ytre Finnkongkeilnæringen Light (7054N, 2830E). The bay does not afford anchorage as a submarine cable is laid within it. Considerable seas are raised in the inlet by E winds. Norwegian Notice 04/272/08 (SDD 2008000 021662) [19/08] Northern part of Tanafjorden – Hopsfjorden – Hopseidet — Anchorage 286 R21-25 Delete Norwegian Notice 04/273/08 (SDD 2008000 021663) [19/08] Index NP58B 2 - 141 Båtsfjorden – Båtsfjord -— Anchorage 293 R 51-53 Delete Norwegian Notice 24/41236/11 (SDD 2011000 240192) [04/12] Makkaur to Vardø – Hamningberg — Anchorage 295 Paragraph 14.78 Replace by: Spare 14.78 Norwegian Notice 05/355/08 (SDD 2008000 025281) [19/08] Varangerfjorden – Vadsøya — Light 302 L43 For 2744E Read 2944E Kystverket Troms og Finnmark (SDD 2009000 073131) [31/09] Kirkenes – Small craft anchorages 313 Paragraph 14.269 Replace by: Spare 14.269 Norwegian Notice 17/848/09 (SDD 2009000127787) [41/09] NP59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot (2008 Edition) Canada – Sable Island — Directions; light 58 Paragraph 2.19 1 line 3 For East End Light Read East End Light tower 59 Paragraph 2.24 including heading Replace by: Spare 2.24 Canadian Eastern Notice 607/06/12 (SDD 2012000 128379) [29/12] Larrys River — Light 67 Paragraph 3.50 1 lines 4-6 Replace by: ...and covers at HW, and by Ram Island. The small settlement of Larrys... Canadian Eastern Notice 4233/04/09 (SDD 2009000 031547) [44/09] Isaacs Harbour — Directions; light 70 Paragraph 3.70 1 lines 1-5 Replace by: 1 From a position abeam Country Harbour Head, the track leads NNW to the harbour entrance passing, (positioned from Bear Trap Head (4510N 6140W)): Paragraph 3.70 3 line 9 Delete Canadian Eastern Notice 4227/04/09 (SDD 2009000 031546) [44/09] Sambro Harbour — Directions to Anchorage Area; buoyage 93 Paragraph 4.23 2 lines 1-4 Replace by: 2 WSW of Pennel Shoal (8 cables S), the most S danger on the bank surrounding Sambro Island. HS2 Light Buoy (starboard hand) is moored 2 cables SSW. Thence: WSW of Shag Rock (4 cables SW), marked 2¾ cables SSW by HS2/2 Light Buoy (starboard hand), thence: 94 Paragraph 4.23 3 lines 1-5 Replace by: 3 WSW of rocky patches (6 cables WSW) and (9 cables WNW), marked respectively by HS4 and HS4/2 Light Buoys (starboard hand). Thence: Paragraph 4.23 4 lines 1-3 Replace by: 4 ENE of Fairweather Rock (1¾ miles WNW) and a bank extending 1½ cables SSE from the rock. HSE Light Buoy (E cardinal) is moored 2 cables SE of Fairweather Rock. And: Canadian Eastern Notice 4385/11/2011 (SDD 2011000 216118) [50/11] Saint John Harbour and approaches – Limiting conditions — Deepest and longest berths 173 Paragraph 8.32 1 line 1 Replace by: 1 Tankers. Canaport Deep Water Oil Terminal (8.62); Canaport LNG facility (8.62a). Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09 (SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09] Index NP59 2 - 142 Saint John Harbour and approaches – Arrival information — Anchorages 174 Paragraph 8.41 Replace by: 1 Designated anchorage areas A, B and D are established within the port limits in the approach to the harbour, as shown on the chart. Anchorage A, in the SW approaches, centred on 45125N 66047W. Anchorage B, adjoining the Sboundary of A, centred on 45100N66070W. An obstruction has been reported (1997) in approximate position 45105N 66056W. Anchorage D, centred on 45091N 66017W. 2 Pilotage is compulsory in Anchorage A, and in the N parts of Anchorages B and D. Ships at anchor should remain in a state of readiness to proceed or manoeuvre at short notice and maintain continuous listening watch on VHF Radio. Caution. Herring purse seine fishing is carried out in area A between 1st November and 1st of April annually; care is necessary to avoid fouling nets. Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09 (SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09] Saint John Harbour and approaches – Arrival information — Pilots and tugs 174 Paragraph 8.43 1 line 5 Replace by: ...chart. A pilot boarding position for tankers and LNG carriers is located on a line bearing 295 from position 450880N 660365W to position 450950N 660580W. The pilot vessel (black hull with white band and... Atlantic Pilotage Authority (SDD 2009000 000375) [44/09] Saint John Harbour and approaches – Harbour — Canaport LNG facility 174 Paragraph 8.48 3 lines 3-5 Replace by: Canaport LNG jetty is located 6 cables NNE of Canaport Deep Water Oil Terminal SBM. For details see 8.62a. 177 Paragraph 8.55 2 line 3 Replace by: ...conspicuous white oil and LNG storage tanks is... Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09 (SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09] Saint John Harbour and approaches – Berths — Canaport LNG facility 180 After Paragraph 8.62 Add: Canaport LNG facility 8.62a 1 Canaport LNG facility is located at the end of a trestle which extends 300 m from the shore 2 cables ENE of Mispec Point. The facility consists of an unloading platform with four mooring dolphins on each side. Three conspicuous LNG tanks have been constructed to the NE of the unloading platform. A flare tower is situated adjacent to the E most tank, close to the shoreline. 2 The unloading platform and dolphins, linked by catwalks, is 425 m in length overall. The unloading platform itself has a length of 65 m, with a depth alongside of 29 m. The mooring dolphins adjacent to the platform are in line with it, giving an effective berth length of 115 m. Lights (round masts 75 m in height) are exhibited from these and the outermost dolphins. Lesser depths of between 238 and 256 m are reported to be in the vicinity of the mooring dolphins. 3 Sector lights have been established on Mispec Point, Connoly Head and in the vicinity of Cape Spencer for the sole purpose of aiding pilotage to and from the facility. They are operated when needed for berthing and unberthing. Adverse weather may cause vessels to be required to leave the berth and go to anchor. Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09 (SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09] Cape Spencer to Martin Head — Directions; buoy 229 Paragraph 9.77 4 line 4 For Q Read KW Canadian Eastern Notice 4010/08/2010 (SDD 2010000 140044) [38/10] NP60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1 (2007 Edition) Solomon Islands – Manning Strait – Malaghara Island Shoal — Directions; light beacon 125 After Paragraph 2.496 5 Insert: 6 Useful mark: MalagharaIslandShoal Light Beacon (whitecolumn, 10 m in height) (7208S 158012E). EU MIP Project, Solomon Islands (SDD 2010000 000144) [04/10] Index NP60 2 - 143 Solomon Islands – New Georgia Island – Hathorn Sound — Lights 158 Paragraph 4.80 3 lines 4-8 Replace by: The track then continues SW to a position 2 miles NNW of Tunguivili Point (21 miles SW), from where a light (white column, 11 m in height) (8114S 157129E) (see Chart 1735) is exhibited, on the alignment (190) of the leading lights for Hathorn Sound (4.92). 159 Paragraph 4.92 1 lines 2-5 Replace by: Front light (white column, 9 m in height) (8153S 157114E). Rear light (similar structure, 11 m in height) (200 m from front light). Nawae Construction Ltd (SDD 2010000 000144) [12/10] Papua New Guinea – Bonvouloir Islands – East Island — Charts; position 209 Paragraph 5.162 Chart heading For Aus Charts 382, 381 Read Aus Charts 509, 510, 512 Paragraph 5.165 2 lines 1-2 Delete reported To position Australian Chart 512 (SDD 2009000 031590) [50/10] Papua New Guinea – Louisade Archipelago – Deboyne Lagoon — Directions 211 Paragraph 5.181 1 line 6 Delete 211 - 212 Paragraph 5.181 2 Replace by: 2 From a position 105100S 1523100E the track leads NW passing: Clear of a patch (105086S 1523055E) lying in the middle of the channel, with a depth of 96 m (31½ ft). 212 Paragraph 5.181 3 lines 5-6 Replace by: ...is easily navigable with care. Paragraph 5.181 4 lines 5-6 Replace by: ..the NW extremity of Rara Island. Paragraph 5.181 5 lines 5-10 Replace by: North-east side passage is 2 cables wide, passing N of Passage Island (104755S 1522928E), 12 m (40 ft) high; the edges of the reefs on either side are irregular and the tidal streams strong. Paragraph 5.181 6 lines 4-5 Replace by: ...Nibub Islet 9 m (30 ft) high. Paragraph 5.181 6 line 7 For 64 m (21 ft) Read 27 m (8¾ ft) Australian Notice 1229/23/10; Aus Chart 512 (SDD 2010000 195485) [51/10] Republic of Palau – Tobi Island — Charts; position 440 Paragraph 11.206 1 line 1 For (300N 13111E) Read (30013N 1310702E) Paragraph 11.207 Chart heading For Chart 977 Plan of Tobi or Kodgubi Island Read Chart 763 Paragraph 11.207 lines 1-4 Replace by: 1 Description. Tobi Island (30013N 1310702E), is covered with coconut palms and is fringed by... BA Chart 763 [51/10] Papua New Guinea – Nuakata Passage — Directions; depth 235 Paragraph 5.330 2 line 8 For 55 m (18 ft) Read 47 m (14½ ft) Australian Chart 628 (SDD2010000 199568) [50/10] Papua New Guinea – North Coast – Manam Island — Directions; rock 324 After Paragraph 8.147 1 line 5 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 06/09 Delete: SW of a rock (4077S 145162E) which covers and uncovers, thence: Australian Notice 9/539/09 (HH. 532/535/02) [03/11] Papua New Guinea – North-East coast – Lapar Point to Cape Concordia — Directions; light 334 After Paragraph 8.248 1 line 5 Add: 2 Major light: Oinake Light (white structure) (2364S 141001E). Indonesian Notice 19/187/2010 (SDDs 2010000 100663; 106523) [29/10] Index NP60 2 - 144 Bismarck Archipelago – New Britain – Kimbe – Kulungi Roadstead — Wreck 351 Paragraph 9.83 1 line 4 Replace by: ...the roadstead. A wreck, depth 20 m, lies about 1 mile N of Kimbe Wharf (5329S 150092E). Australian Notice 1/46/2009 (HH. 532/525/04) [06/09] Papua New Guinea – Bismark Archipelago – New Britain – Vitu Islands — Charts; position 354 Paragraph 9.119 Chart heading For Aus Charts 395, 386, 387 Read Aus Charts 386, 387, 678 355 Paragraph 9.122 1 lines 3-4 Delete reported To position Australian chart 678 (SDD 2010000 175837) [45/10] Papua New Guinea – Bismark Archipelago – Islands — Positions 358 Paragraph 9.136 Chart heading For Aus Charts 395, 386 Read Aus Chart 386 Paragraph 9.136 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 Narage Island (43273S 1490669E) is a conical-shaped island surrounded by a reef. The.. 359 Paragraph 9.148 Chart heading For Aus Chart 576 (see 1.24) Read Aus Chart 391 Paragraph 9.148 1-2 Replace by: 1 Purdy Islands (25300S 1462000E) consisting of Bat, Rat, Mouse and Mole Islands and Lalent Reef are not permanently inhabited but are occasionally visited. Bat Islands the W-most, consist of two flat islands and an islet, covered with coconut palms and encircled by reef. 368 Paragraph 9.210 Chart heading For Aus Chart 462 Read Aus Chart 392 Paragraph 9.210 1 lines 1-5 Replace by: 1 Description. Ti ngwon Group (237 00S 1494000E) consists of Tingwon, Kolenusa and Beligila, three wooded islands extending in a NE/SW direction. 393 Paragraph 10.50 Chart heading For Aus Charts 461, 462 Read Aus Chart 392, 393, 462, 4622 Paragraph 10.53 1 lines 5-13 Replace by: NNE of Tench (Enus) Island (13885S 1504043E), the E-most of the Saint Matthias group. Tench Island is wooded on its W side, with reefs extending about 1½ cables from its coasts except at one place on the SWside where landing may be effected near the village of Tench. Thence: Paragraph 10.54 Chart heading For Aus Chart 462 Read Aus Chart 392 Paragraph 10.57 1 lines 1-8 Replace by: 1 Description. Emirau Island (13960S 1495740E) is undulating and densely wooded; from NW it appears saddle-shaped towards its N end and flattened towards the S end. There are several disused air strips, one of which is maintained for domestic use, on the N side of the island, and a coconut plantation on the SW end. Paragraph 10.58 1 Replace by: 1 Description. Mussau Isl and (125 00S 1493700E) is the largest of Saint Matthias Group and lies within an unsurveyed area. From W it appears wedge-shaped, the steepest side of the wedge being to the S. Australian charts 386, 391 and 392 (HH. 060/200/01) [44/10] Papua New Guinea – Bismark Archipelago – Sae Islands – Kaniet Islands and Manu Island — Charts; position 368 Paragraph 9.214 Chart heading Replace by: Chart 4622, Aus Charts 390, 462 369 Paragraph 9.218 4 lines 3-4 Replace by: SSW of Sae Islands (04546S 1451825E), reported, in 1992, to lie 18 miles NE of their charted position, as shown on chart Aus 462, but shown in the correct position on chart Aus 390, ... Paragraph 9.219 Chart heading Replace by: Aus Charts 390, 462 Paragraph 9.219 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: 1 Kaniet Islands (05357S 1453241E), reported, in 1999, to lie 3 miles NE of their charted position, as shown on chart Aus 462, but shown in the correct position on chart Aus 390, consist of five low, flat... 370 Paragraph 9.228 Chart heading Replace by: Aus Charts 390, 462 Index NP60 2 - 145 371 Paragraph 9.232 1 Replace by: 1 Manu Island (11880S 1433480E), reported, in 1985, to lie 1½ miles NW of its charted position, as shown on chart Aus 462, but shown in the correct position on chart Aus 390, is wooded and fringed by a reef. Charts Aus 390, 462 [02/11] Federated States of Micronesia – Caroline Islands – Pingelap and Mokil Atolls — Positions; reference charts 418 Paragraph 11.32 1 line 4 For (640N 15947E) Read (64100N 1594500E). Paragraph 11.33 Delete: Charts 761, 978 Plan of Pingelap Atoll Paragraph 11.36 Delete: Charts 761, 978 Plan of Mokil Atoll Paragraph 11.36 1 line 1 For (640N 15947E) Read (64100N 1594500E). Admiralty Notice 07/646/12 (HH. 060/200/01) [09/12] Micronesia – Caroline Islands – Senyavin Islands – Pohnpei Island — Marine farms 419 After Paragraph 11.40 Insert: Marine Farms 11.40a Marine farms around the island are marked by buoys. Their positions are as follows: Payao No 1, 6521N 158039E Payao No 2, 7074N 158182E Payao No 3, 7044N 158028E Payao No 4, 6564N 158276E Payao No 5, 6454N 158260E Payao No 6, 6400N 158131E Payao No 7, 6399N 158032E 420 Paragraph 11.44 4 lines 5–7 Replace by: Marine Farms. See 11.40a. US Chart 81435 (SDD 2009000 002211) [31/09] Micronesia – Caroline Islands – Nukuoro Atoll, Ngatik Atoll, Wat Island and Satawal Island — Charts; positions 424 Paragraph 11.74 Chart heading Replace by: Chart 762 Paragraph 11.74 1 lines 4-7 Replace by: ...(54745N 1570970E) being the largest island situated at the W end. The islands are inhabited. Paragraph 11.75 1 line 4 Replace by: ...(54740N 1572050E), and Ngatik Island 10¾ miles W and... Paragraph 11.77 Chart heading Delete 909 plan of Nukuoro Islands Paragraph 11.77 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 1 Description. Nukuoro Atoll (35100N 1545635E), consists of more than 40 islands situated for the... 432 Paragraph 11.136 Chart heading Replace by: Chart 762 Paragraph 11.136 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: 1 Description. Satawal Isl and (723 20N 1470075E), is a... (Admiralty Notices 49/10 Withdrawn Charts and BA Chart 762) [01/11] Republic of Palau – Tobi Island — Charts; position 440 Paragraph 11.206 1 line 1 For (300N 13111E) Read (30013N 1310702E) Paragraph 11.207 Chart heading For Chart 977 Plan of Tobi or Kodgubi Island Read Chart 763 Paragraph 11.207 lines 1-4 Replace by: 1 Description. Tobi Island (30013N 1310702E), is covered with coconut palms and is fringed by... BA Chart 763 [51/10] NP61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition) Nouvelle-Calédonie – Passe du Duroc — Directions; light beacons 104 Paragraph 3.85 Charts Add: French Chart 6554 Paragraph 3.86 1 line 2 For Pointe Giboudot Read Pointe de Gatope Paragraph 3.86 3 lines 1-3 Replace by: NW of a light beacon (starboard hand) (205985S 1643688E) marking the Npoint of Grand Recifé de Koné, thence: Paragraph 3.86 3 line 6-7 Replace by: NWof Le Grand Ronfleur (205954S1643745E), marked by a light beacon (starboard hand), thence: Index NP61 2 - 146 Paragraph 3.86 4 Replace by: 4 The track then continues to anchorages in Baie Chasseloup (3.115) or to the entrance channel to Anse Vavouto (3.114). (Directions continue for the inshore passage NW at 3.110, Anse de Vavouto at 3.114 and for Bai Chasseloup at 3.115) French Chart 6554-12 (SDD 2012000 210085) [46/12] Nouvelle-Calédonie – Anse Vavouto – Baie Chasseloup — Directions; anchorages; port 108 Paragraph 3.114 Replace by: French Chart 6554 Anse Vavouto 3.114 1 General information. Anse Vavouto (210000S 1643981E) is a port development serving local nickel mines, lying SE of Baie Chasseloup (3.115). 2 Directions. (continued from 3.86). From a position 1½ mi l es WSW of Îl e Gatope (2058 48S 1643864E) the track leads N to the entrance channel to Anse Vavouto. The channel entrance is marked by a light beacon (N cardinal) (205858S 1643772E), a light beacon (S cardinal) lies 13 cables NE. 3 Leading Lights. The alignment (1275) of the following lights leads to the port area. Front light (white upward pointing triangle on pylon) (210014S 1644000E). Middle light (red rectangle on red and white pylon) (260 m from front). Rear light (white downward pointing triangle on pylon) (069 miles from front). 4 The dredged channel leads SE for 26 miles and is marked by light beacons (lateral), passing: Between an extensive area of reefs and dangerous rocks lying on either side of the channel, SWof Île Gatope. Thence: 5 SW of Pointe Vincent (205932S 1643937E), thence: NE of an extensive area of drying reef (210020S 1643950E). The channel then leads to a basin area. A jetty lies on the SW side of Pointe de Vavouto. 6 Anchorage may be obtained in the following positions: V3 (Barge anchorage) - 205958S 1643964E in 4 m. V4 - 205948S 1643860E in 11-14 m. Paragraph 3.115 Replace by: Baie Chasseloup 3.115 1 General information. Baie Chasseloup (205743S 1643940E), NW of Presqu’île de Gatope, is protected from S by Grand Récif de Koné and from W by Grand Récif de Gatope and Plateaux des Massacres. It is well protected from winds from any direction. 2 Directions (continued from 3.86). From a position 1½ mi l es WSW of Îl e Gatope (2058 48S 16438 64E), the track l eads N towards the anchorages, passing: W of a light beacon (N cardinal) (205858S 1643772E) marking the NW entrance to the buoyed channel to Anse Vavouto (3.114), thence: W of Pointe de Gatope (205810S 1643887E) (3.86). The track then continues to the anchorages. 3 Useful mark: Monument (white pyramid) (205798S 1643937E) stands on a hillock on the S side of the bay. 4 Anchorage may be obtained in the bay in the following positions: V1 - 205740S 1643900E in 4-6 m. V2 - 205748S 1643759E in 13-18 m. V5 - 205829S 1643703E in 12-39 m. The beach SE of the monument may be used as a landing place. 5 Facilities. Medical centre at Voh, an agricultural and mining centre 4 km ENE. French Chart 6554-12 (SDD 2012000 210085) [46/12] Vanuatu - Anatom - Anelghowhat Bay — Beacons; leading lines 177 Paragraph 6.41 1 line 2-5 Replace by: Front beacon (white triangular topmark, point up) (201446S 1694693E). Rear beacon (similar construction) (30 m from front beacon). Paragraph 6.42 Replace by: Spare 6.42 Paragraph 6.43 2 line 2-3 Delete ..., on the alignment (060) with the front beacon (6.42) 4 cables distant New Zealand Hydrographic Office (SDD 2012000 106271) [30/12] Vanuatu – Port-Vila — Vertical clearances 184 Paragraph 6.94 1 lines 6-8 Including existing Section IV Notice Week 42/12 Replace by: An overhead power cable with a vertical clearance of 19 m, spans the entrance to Paray Bay (6.95), as shown on the plan. SHOM (SDD 2012000 226968) [51/12] Index NP61 2 - 147 Fiji Islands – Suva — Wrecks 269 Paragraph 8.176 1 line 6 For (180724S 1782490E) Read (180745S 1782543E) After Paragraph 8.176 1 Insert: Two wrecks, with depths of 28 m and 63 m, lie close N and NW of a mooring buoy in position 180848S 1782479E. Fiji Hydrographic Office (SDD 2012000 207975) [47/12] Îles Wallis - Approaches to Halalo and Mata Utu — Directions; buoyage; depths; place name changes 367 Paragraph 11.46 1 line 7 For Nukuaeta Read Nukuatea 369 Paragraph 11.49 1 line 4 For Île Fenua Fou Read Île Fenuafo’ou Paragraph 11.51 1 line 4 For Nukuaeta Read Nukuatea Paragraph 11.51 1 lines 7-8 Replace by: The alignment (0323) of these lights leads through Passe Honikulu, in a least depth of 122 m, passing: Paragraph 11.51 2-3 Replace by: 2 ESE of beacons (port hand) (1323 34S 1761307W and 132320S 1761299W) marking the reef on the NW side, and: WNW of beacons (starboard hand) (132336S 1761294W and 132320S 1761286W) marking the reef on the SE side, and on W end of which lies Île Fenuafo’ou. 3 This alignment leads very close to the beacon NW of Île Fenuafo’ou and, when passing through the narrows, an adjustment of course may be needed to keep in mid-channel. Paragraph 11.52 1 lines 6-7 Delete: ...The recommended track is shown on the chart. Paragraph 11.53 1-3 Replace by: 1 Leading beacons Front light beacon (starboard hand, 4 m in height) (132208S 1761070W). Rear beacon (red and yellow, can topmark, non-IALA) (7¾ cables from front light beacon). The alignment (0648) of these beacons leads from the inner end of Passe Honikulu, across Baie de Mua, to Passe Faïoa, passing: 2 SSE of Pointe Ha’ofa (132281S 1761266W), the SE extremity of Nukuatea (11.46), thence: NNW of a drying reef (132302S 1761249W), thence: SSE of a 25 m patch (132280S 1761254W) which can be distinguished by the green colour of the water, thence: 3 SSE of a 39 m patch (132263S 1761231W), thence: NNW of a drying reef (132274S 1761203W). Mariners may wish to consider giving a bias to the N of the track into safer water until this reef is passed. SSE of Nuku Ta’aki Moa (132217S 1761193W), which has the appearance of a boat under sail. NNW of a 42 m shoal (132263S 1761082W). A dangerous rock lies close N. Paragraph 11.54 1-3 Replace by: 1 The track then leads NE through Passe Faïoa, passing: SE of a light beacon (port hand) (132207S 1761090W) marking the edge of the reef on the NW side of the channel, and: NW of a light beacon (starboard hand) (132208S 1761070W) marking the edge of the reef extending W from Pointe Faka’afu at the N end of Île Faïoa (11.53). 2 From a position close SE of a light beacon (port hand) (132175S 1761052W), the track continues NE, passing: NW a light beacon (starboard hand) (132126S 1760988W) marking the inner edge of the barrier reef on the SEside of the channel. Thence: 3 SE of a light beacon (E cardinal) (132076S 1760970W) marking a drying reef. NW of a beacon (starboard hand) (132091S 1760947W) marking the inner edge of the barrier reef on the SE side of the channel. 370 Paragraph 11.55 Replace by: 1 From a position about 1¼ miles E of Pointe Matalaa (132050S 1761053W), the line of bearing (3405) of Mata Utu Cathedral, leads towards Mouillage de Mata Utu, passing: ENE of a light beacon (port hand) (131996S 1760975W), thence: 2 Between a light beacon (port hand) (131895S 1760975W) and a Light Beacon (starboard hand) (131880S 1760964W). Useful mark: White monument standing on the coast, 2 cables SSW of Pointe Tepako (131602S 1760976W). Paragraph 11.56 1 Replace by: 1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baie de Mua (132270S 1761144W) in 40 m, sand and coral, with Nuku Ta’aki Moa (11.53) bearing 342. However this anchorage is inconveniently far from the shore. Paragraph 11.57 Replace by: Spare 11.57 Index NP61 2 - 148 Paragraph 11.60 2 Replace by: 2 Directions. The channel from Passe Honikulu to Hal al o l eads through Canal du Nord Ouest (132300S 1761300W) rounding Pointe Pa’agogo, the SW extremity of Nukuatea. The reefs on each side of the passage are marked by beacons, are steep-to and easily seen. From the N end of Canal du Nord-Ouest, the track leads NW for 2 miles, passing: SW of Pointe Puko (132227S 1761322W), thence: NE of a 49 m patch (132247S 1761364W), thence: NE of a reef (132221S 1761384W), which dries at 03 m, thence: SWof Nukutapu (132182S 1761347W), thence: SW of a beacon (starboard hand) (132176S 1761373W) which marks a 06 m drying reef. NE of a 42 m patch (132182S 1761416W). SW of a beacon (starboard hand) (132100S 1761400W). The track then continues NW until the alignment of the leading marks is reached. Paragraph 11.60 3 line 2 For (018) Read (0181) Paragraph 11.60 4 line 1 For (103¼) Read (1033) Paragraph 11.60 5 line 3 For statue Read church Paragraph 11.60 5 lines 5-6 Delete French Chart 6876-12 (SDD 2012000 098561) [35/12] NP62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 3 (2010 Edition) Pitcairn Islands – National limits 17 Paragraph 1.120 1 line 1 For 12 mile Read 3 mile. NP247(1) Annual Notice 12/10 (HH. 062/200/01) [33/10] Îles Gambier – Port de Rikitea — Directions 122 Paragraph 5.36 4-6 Replace by: 4 The track then alters NW into the inner bay area of Port de Rikitea passing: Between the beacons (port and starboard hand) (230714S 1345778W), thence: SW of the beacon (starboard hand) standing on a detached reef (230744S1345780W), thence: NW of a beacon (port hand) (230709S 1345795W), thence; SW of the beacon (S cardinal) standing on an unnamed detached reef (230693S 1345788W). French Chart 6418 [03/12] Tahiti – Passe de Taapuna — Directions 163-164 Paragraph 6.93 2 Replace by: 2 Passe de Taapuna to Lagon de Punaauia. From a position W of Passe de Taapuna (173610S 1493760W) the track leads E, through the entrance, following a buoyed channel, passing: 164 Paragraph 6.93 3-5 Replace by: 3 Close N of patches, depths 46 m (173614S 14937 38W) and 1 6 m (1736 12S 1493724W), over which a moderate swell may cause even boats to ground. The track then leads NE to a position SE of a light beacon (E cardinal) (173580S 1493685W) which marks the E extremity of Récif Tepuahono at the entrance to Lagon de Punaauia. Paragraph 6.94 1-5 Replace by: 1 Lagon de Punaauia to Chenal de Faaa. Mariners using this channel must be aware of the possibility of confusing the lighted beacons and buoys with those of the adjacent airport and navigate with caution. 2 From a position at the entrance to Lagon de Punaauia, the track leads NNW following the buoyed channel, passing: ENE of the inner edge of Récif Tepuahono, marked by a light beacon (173571S 1493685W), thence: SSW of a light beacon (173529S 1493700W), marking a detached reef. Thence the track leads generally N for 1 miles to a posi ti on 2 cabl es W of Toa Mao (1734 00S 1493730W), a reef island which divides the channel into two. The use of the E channel is prohibited (6.92). 3 Useful mark: Tower (173415S 1493766W). Charted as an aero light beacon on chart 1382. French NM 09/25-P-03; ENC FR674601 (SDD 2009000 049391) [20/12] Polynésie Française – Moorea – Baie de Cook — Charts; directions; leading lights 184 Paragraph 6.249 Chart heading Replace by: Chart 1436 Baie de Cook and Baie d’Opunohu (Undetermined), ENC FR566570 (See 1.22) Paragraph 6.250 2 lines 6-9 Replace by: Front light (white pylon, 8 m in height) (172936S 1494906W). Rear light (similar construction, 10 m in height) (190 m from front light). Paragraph 6.250 3-5 Replace by: 3 From a position about 3 miles NNW of Passe Avaroa, the alignment (1497) of these lights which are synchronised, leads SSE through the pass, passing: Index NP62 2 - 149 Between the light buoys (lateral) (172858S 1494949W and 172863S 1494957W) which mark the entrance, thence: 4 WSW of No 4 Li ght Buoy (1728 65S 1494946W) which marks the NW edge of a 26 m shoal, lying close to the reef on the E side of the pass, thence: 5 ENE of No 3 Li ght Buoy (1728 94S 1494940W) marking the inner end of the pass on the W side; two beacons standing close W mark the edges of the reef awash, and Toatane, a group of remarkable looking stones lie on the barrier reef 2¼ cables WNW. Thence: WSW of a beacon (port hand) (172889S 1494910W) marking the inner end of the pass on the E side and the N side of the entrance to a boat passage (6.246). French Notice 7/52/11 and French Notice 6/KB2008/11 (SDD 2011000 033391, SDD 2011000 031533) [13/11] Republic of Kiribati — Southern Line Group — Vostock Island — Charts; position 238 Paragraph 9.16 Chart heading Add:4653, 4654 After Paragraph 9.16 1 Insert: Caution. Vostock Island was reported (1985) to lie 4¾ miles ENE from its charted position. BA Chart 979 [50/10] NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2010 Edition) Navigational dangers and hazards — Terrorism 2 After Paragraph 1.10 1 line 8 Insert: Terrorism 1.10a 1 In a Maritime Advisory (MARAD) issued by the US Mari ti me Admi ni strati on i n November 2010, Government and industry sources have confirmed that the claim by a terrorist group of an attack on a tanker transiting Strait of Hormuz in July 2010, is valid. The group remains active and can conduct further attacks on vessels in areas in the Strait of Hormuz, southern Persian Gulf and western Gulf of Oman. 2 It is recommended that all vessels transiting the above waters exercise increased vigilance and caution, particularly during night, with increased monitoring of small craft activity. MARLO, Bahrain (SDD 2010000 195794) [09/11] United Arab Emirates – Fujairah — Pilotage; prohibited area; directions; Vopak ENOC Tanker Terminal 87 Paragraph 3.176 1 lines 1-4 Replace by: 1 Pilotage is compulsory and is available 24 hours. The pilot boards in position 250880N 562400E, for all Port of Fujairah Berths, Oil Terminals 1 and 2, VHFL Terminal and SPMs. After Paragraph 3.177 1 Insert: Prohibited area. An area, marked by light buoys (special) in which navigation is prohibited, lies centred in approximately 251378N 562436E where works are in progress (2011) to lay submarine pipelines and three SPMs. 88 Paragraph 3.181 1 lines 11-15 Delete Paragraph 3.183 1 Replace by: 1 See 3.177. From the vicinity of 250850N 563000E the track leads 5½ miles W in the designated approach channel to the pilot boarding position, 2½ miles SE of the port entrance. The harbour is entered between the heads of the N and S breakwaters from where lights (lateral) (white bands, 4 m high) are exhibited. Paragraph 3.190 section heading Replace by: VOPAK HORIZON FUJAIRAH LIMITED (VHFL) TERMINAL Paragraph 3.190 1 line 1 including Title For Vopak ENOC Tanker Terminal Read Vopak Horizon Fujairah Limited (VHFL) Terminal Paragraph 3.193 1 line 1 For Vopak ENOC Read VHFL 89 Paragraph 3.197 1 lines 2-3 For Vopak ENOC Tanker Read VHFL Paragraph 3.197 1 line 6 For Vopak ENOC Read VHFL Paragraph 3.198 1 line 8 For Vopak ENOC Read VHFL Paragraph 3.199 1 line 3 For Vopak ENOC Read VHFL Paragraph 3.203 1 line 10 For Vopak ENOC Read VHFL 90 Paragraph 3.210 1 line 3 For Vopak ENOC Read VHFL Paragraph 3.210 2 line 9 Delete ; see NO TAG Fujairah Notices to Mariners 145, 147 and 148 (SDDs 2011000 104901; 110084; 112207; 112220) [31/11] Western approaches to Khørºn Strait – Directions — Light buoy 124 Paragraph 5.90 4 line 3 Replace by: ...N end, marked by a light buoy (W Cardinal), thence: Iranian Notice No 5/2010 (SDD 2010000 217505) [09/11] Index NP63 2 - 150 Iran – Bøshehr to Ra’s-e Barkan– Bahregan Oil Terminal—wreck 148 After Paragraph 6.118 1 line 7 Insert: 2 Dangerous wreck. A dangerous wreck (reported 2011), marked by two unlit buoys (non - IALA), lies about 1 mile SW of Berth No 2 in position 294250N 500930E. Master, MT Grand Sea (SDD 2011000 081944) [21/11] Dubai and Jebel Ali – Arrival information — Outer anchorages 168 Paragraph 7.130 1 Replace by: 1 The approved anchorages off Dubai are bounded by the following coordinates: Coordinates Description A 251900N 550100E 251900N 550500E 252200N 550100E 252200N 540500E Port Rashid cargo berth, Dry Dock and short term anchorage. B 252200N 550100E 252200N 540500E 252500N 550100E 252500N 550500E Long term anchorage. C 252500N 550100E 252500N 550500E 252700N 550100E 252700N 550500E Anchorage for vessels awaiting STS and bunkering operations. D 253000N 545300E 253000N 545800E 253300N 545300E 253300N 555800E Anchorage for vessels engaged in STS and bunkering operations. There is no protection from the shamºl in this area which usually blows from WNW with little warning. 2 Anchorages ‘A’ and off Jebel Ali (7.196) may be used for a maximum period of five days with prior permission from the respective Harbour Masters. The use of anchorages ‘B’, ‘C’ and ‘D’ is subject to authorization from DMCA (Dubai Maritime City Authority). Any vessel anchoring outside these anchorages within Dubai’s EEZwithout authorizationfromDMCAwill beliable to prosecution. 174 Paragraph 7.196 1 line 5 Add: See 7.130. Dubai Maritime City Authority (SDD 2011000 201119) [47/11] Dubai to Abu Dhabi — Directions; Khalifa Port 171 After Paragraph 7.163 3 line 4 Insert: NW of Khalifa Port Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (245520N 543560E), thence; 176 After Paragraph 7.212 1 line 10 Insert: KHALIFA PORT General information Chart 3752, Khalifa Port and Approaches Position 7.212a 1 Khalifa Port (MØnº’ KhalØfa) (244900N 544000E) is an island port connected to the coast between Khawr GhurabØ (244891N 544250E) and Ra’s –anjørah (244440N 543850E) by a causeway and trestle bridge. The port lies about 24 miles WSW of Jebel Ali (7.182). Function 7.212b 1 The function of the port is to accommodate traffic bound for MØnº’ Zºyid, when it closes in 2012 as well as facilitate exports from and imports for Khalifa Industrial Zone (KIZAD) which is being developed along the adjacent coast and hinterland. Topography 7.212c 1 See 7.215. Port limits 7.212d 1 The port limits are shown on the chart and include all the waters up to the anchorage area. Approach and entry 7.212e 1 The Khalifa Port Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (245520N 543560E) may be approached from WNW through N to NNE. The port is entered through a buoyed channel. Port Authority 7.212f 1 Abu Dhabi Terminals, PO Box 422, Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates. Internet: www.adpc.ae Limiting conditions Controlling depth 7.212g 1 The entrance channel, width 250 m, has been dredged to 163 m (2010) and the harbour basin to 158 m (2010). Vessels approaching from the outer pilot boarding station, positioned in the anchorage area, should note depths shoaler than 15 m exist between the outer and inner pilot boarding stations. Index NP63 2 - 151 Tidal levels 7.212h 1 Mean spring range about 13 m; mean neap range about 04 m; see Admiralty Tide Tables Vol 3. Arrival information Port radio 7.212i 1 Khalifa Port Control Station controls operations for the port. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4). Notice of ETA required 7.212j 1 Vessels requiring a pilot should send ETA and maximum draught at least 12 hours prior to arrival to Khalifa Port Control Station and a confirmation no later than 4 hours prior to arrival. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4). Outer anchorage 7.212k 1 The anchorage area, centred about 250170N 543720E with a minimum depth of 161 m, lies adjacent to the N boundary of Khalifa Port Limit. Submarine cables 7.212l 1 Submarine cables are laid N and S of the anchorage area; a submarine cable traverses the approach channel close NW of the breakwater head. Pilotage 7.212m 1 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels of LOA 100 m and above, vessels of LOA 60 m and above carrying hazardous cargo in bulk and passenger vessels of LOA 24 m and above carryi ng more than 12 passengers. Pilot boards in the following positions: Outer: 250200N 543900E Inner: 245620N 543561E Pilot boarding arrangements will be confirmed by Khalifa Port Control. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 (4). Regulations concerning entry 7.212n 1 Due to works in progress at Khalifa Port main berth, entry into Khalifa Port limits and anchorage areas is prohibited except for vessels calling at EMAL berth (7.212s) and those vessels used by construction companies subject to the Harbour Master’s approval. Harbour General layout 7.212o 1 The harbour consists of a large basin, 800 m in width, protected by breakwaters. Quayage, 3200 m in length, fronts the N breakwater, joined on its SW side to the shore by a causeway. The EMAL (Emirates Aluminium) Jetty, connected to the shore by a trestle bridge, lies on the S breakwater. Future development 7.212p 1 Reclamation works, marked by light buoys (lateral), are in progress (2011) within the harbour, as shown on the chart. Khalifa Port is to develop further offshore in five phases to 2030, to become one of the largest ports in the world. The first phase is expected to complete by September 2012. Directions for entering harbour Other aid to navigation 7.212q 1 Racon: Khalifa Port Fairway Light Buoy (245520N 543560E). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Entry 7.212r 1 From the outer pilot boarding station (250200N 543900E) the track leads SSW for about 6 miles to the inner pilot boarding station thence S for 1 mile to the fairway light buoy. From the fairway light buoy the track leads SE for 7 miles through a buoyed (lateral) and dredged channel to the harbour. 1 Useful marks: Tower (244819N 544243E) Numerous chimneys (244611N 544130E) Basin and berth 7.212s 1 EMAL berth. Emirates Aluminium (EMAL) has a dedicated berth on the S side of the basin for reception of alumina, which is transported by conveyor to the silos adjacent to the smelter. The berth, 800 m in length, can accommodate two 60,000 dwt vessels. Abu Dhabi Ports Company (SDD 2011000 044257) [21/11] JazØrat Dºs Terminals – Arrival information — Anchorage 183 Paragraph 7.275 1 lines 8-9 Delete: An optional to the island. Capt M. Elharidy, PPA, Abu Dhabi (SDD 2011000 044382) [13/11] Abu Dhabi to Jabal Aþ ¹annah including offshore oilfields and terminals – JazØrat Dºs Terminals — Pilotage 183 Paragraph 7.275 3 lines 1-7 Replace by: 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels; vessels arriving from N using the JazØrat Dºs Deep Water Channel (7.270) or from S using Zaqqøm Channel TSS (7.286) are boarded in position 251000N 525600E. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4). Das Harbour Master (SDD 2011000 074230) [21/11] Index NP63 2 - 152 Al Shaheen Oil Terminal — FSO’s 207 Paragraph 7.473 1 line 5 For Knock Nevis Read Asia. Paragraph 7.473 1 line 7 For Astro Canopus Read Maran Canopus. Paragraph 7.473 2 lines 1-4 Replace by: 2 Port Authority. Maersk Oil Qatar AS, Al Jazi Tower, Asia Street 950, Zone 60, West Bay, PO Box 22050, Doha, Qatar. E-mail:
[email protected] 208 Paragraph 7.473 3 line 4 For Knock Nevis Read Asia. Paragraph 7.473 3 line 8 For Knock Nevis Read Asia. Maersk Oil, Qatar (SDD 2010000 204902) [09/11] Al Rayyan Oil Terminal — FSU 208 Paragraph 7.474 1 line 3 For Pacific Jewel Read Falcon Spirit. (SDD 2010000 219380) [09/11] Qatar – Ra’s Laffºn — Pilotage 209 Paragraph 7.493 1 line 7 Replace by: ...in position 255600N 514300E for the North Channel and in position 255400N 514300E for the South Channel. The... Harbour Master, Ra’s Laffºn (SDD 2010000 186068) [23/11] Bahrain – MØnº’ Salmºn — Tidal streams 221 After Paragraph 8.72 1 line 4 Insert: In 2011 HMS Echo reported that continuous development and reclamation have affected tidal streams in the entrance to Khawr al Qulay’ah and made the current predictions inaccurate. Local authorities should be consulted for the latest information. HMS Echo (SDD 2011000 192210) [44/11] Approaches to Ra’s Tannørah and Ra’s al Ju‘aymah – Hazard — Pipe 225 Paragraph 8.100 heading Replace by: Hazards Paragraph 8.100 1 line 1 Replace by: 1 Crossing traffic. All mariners should be aware that when using Main... After Paragraph 8.100 1 line 12 Insert: 2 Pipe. A conductor pipe (lit), 15 m in height, stabilized by 8 anchors, stands in the approaches to Ra’s Tannørah and Ra’s al Ju‘aymah in position 271680N 510295E. Mariners are rquested to give it a wide berth of at least 1½ miles and avoid anchoring in the vicinity. The pipe is reported (2010) to be radar conspicuous at a range of 5 miles. After Paragraph 8.107 1 line 8 Insert: Clear of a lit platform (271591N 512307E) position approximate, reported 2008, and clear of a pipe (lit) (271680N 510295E). Thence: MV SP5 Eric.G.Gibson; Iranian Notice No 4/2010 (SDD 2010000 199595; 208452) [09/11] Saudi Arabia – Ad Dammºm — Outer anchorages; depth 232 After Paragraph 8.191 1 Add: Caution. In October 2012 an estimated depth of 1185 m was reported in the Inner Holding Anchorage Area 5 cables NW of D15 Light Buoy (263179N 501159E). MV NYK Atlas (SDD 2012000 222913) [48/12] Saudi Arabia – Jubail to Ra’s as SaffºnØyah — Ra’s al Khair Port 241 After Paragraph 8.277 1 Insert: Ra’s al Khair Port Chart 3775 and plan of Ra’s al Khair Port General information 8.277a 2 Position and function. Port of Ra’s al Khair (273335N 491173E) serves more than eighty industrial projects in the region. The principal exports are refined products and minerals including phosphate, low density bauxite, magnesium and carbonate. Topography. See 8.278. 3 Approach and entry. The port is approached from E and entered through a 13 mile long buoyed channel with a navigable width of 175 m. Port authority. Saudi Seaports Authority. Website. www.ports.gov.sa Limiting conditions 8.277b 1 Controlling depth. The approach channel and outer harbour have been dredged to 162 m (2010). Deepest and longest berth. Berth No 3 (8.277f). Tidal levels. See Admiralty Tide Tables Volume 3. Maximum size of vessel handled. The port can handle vessels with a maximum draught of 1350 m at any time or vessels with a maximum draught of 1425 m during HW. Index NP63 2 - 153 Arrival information 8.277c 1 Outer anchorage. Four designated berths, each with a radius of 1000 m; SA1 (274206N 492658E) with a depth of 25 m is the W-most. The outer extent of the anchorage is marked by four light buoys (special). Unsurveyed area. Fasht Al Kashsh (273000N 493000E), a large unsurveyed area with numerous reefs and drying banks, marked by a light beacon (273228N 493345E) lies S of the anchorage. 2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilot boards in 274338N 492445E. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(4). Regulations concerning entry. Deep draught vessels must remain in the centre of the channel. Spoil ground. A spoil ground lies centred in 273494N 491978E. Harbour 8.277d 1 General layout. The harbour, open E, contains a basin, the NE part of which has been dredged (2010) to 162 m. The SE part, dredged (2010) to 150 m, contains three berths. A service jetty extends 121 m N from the S part of the E half of the basin. Development. Works are in progress (2011), in the W part of the basin, to construct additional berths; reclamation is also under way (2011), in both sides of the basin, as shown on the plan. Directions 8.277e 1 Landmark: Refinery (273214N 491162E), situated about 1 mile S of the basin. Major lights: Al FºrisØyah Light (275953N 501037E) (2.22). Racons: Al FºrisØyah (275953N 501037E). TE 1 Light Beacon (274525N 492435E). See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 2 Approach. From a position S of Al FºrisØyah (275953N 501037E) (2.26) the track leads WSW for about 45 miles to the entrance of the dredged channel, passing: NNW of Al ‘ArabØyah (274663N 501047E) from which a light is exhibited (2.22), thence: NNW of Middle Shoal (274950N 495650E); a light buoy (isolated danger) is moored close E of the shoal; further shoal soundings have been reported (1982) to lie SW. Thence: 3 NNW of JazØrat Karºn (274318N 494956E), a low islet covered in brushwood; a light (metal tripod) is exhibited from the islet. JazØrat Kurayn, a low sandy islet (273895N 494926E), lies 4 miles S; a light (metal tripod) is also exhibited from the islet. Thence: SSE of JazØrat –arqøî (275615N 494086E) (8.291), thence: SSE of a detached shoal area (275003N 493647E), least depth 49 m, thence: 4 Between RAZ 1 (274332N 492510E) and RAZ 2 Light Buoys (lateral), thence: SSE of TE 1 Light Beacon (274525N 492435E) and clear of a shoal, least depth 66 m, lying 2½miles S of the beacon, thence: Between RAZ 3 (274268N492419E) and RAZ 4 Light Buoys, thence: Between RAZ 5 (274268N492419E) and RAZ 6 Light Buoys which mark the entrance to the dredged channel. 5 Leading lights. Front light (15 min height) (273324N 491116E). Rear light (29 m in height) (450 m from front). The alignment (231) of the above lights leads for about 13 miles through the centre of the dredged channel to the turning circle. Useful marks. Light Beacon (274293N 492134E), standing on adryingpatchabout 2 miles NWof theentranceto the channel. Berths 8.277f 1 There are three berths in-line with a total length of 783 m, on the E side of the basin; Berth No 3 is the longest with an assigned length of 274 m and depth alongside of 140 m. Berth No 4 is a service jetty with a depth alongside of 60 m. Saudi Ports Authority (SDDs 2011000 034116/155564) [51/11] Iraq – Khawr al Kafka and Al Baîrah (Al Bakr) Oil Terminal — Directions; depth 274 After Paragraph 9.87.4 line 7 Insert: 5 WSW of an obstruction (294053N 484992E), depth 110 m, thence: Offshore Superintendent, MUSC (SDD 2011000 052973) [16/11] NP64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot (2012 Edition) Gulf of Masirah – Ad Duqm Port — Limiting conditions; arrival information; anchorages; pilotage; directions 337 Paragraph 13.99 2 Delete After Paragraph 13.99 Insert: Arrival information 13.99a 1 Notice of ETA required, 48, 24, 12 and 6 hours in advance via email to
[email protected] and update by VHF 2 hours in advance. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 for more information. Outer anchorage berths are allocated by the port authority according to size, draught, type of vessel and nature of cargo. 2 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 200 gt and is available on a 24 hour basis. Pilot boards vessels with a draught of more than 84 m in the vicinity of Fai rway Li ght Buoy (safe water) (1942 70N 574890E). Vessels with a lesser draught are boarded 15 miles ENE of the breakwater in position 194225N 574530E. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6 for more information. Index NP64 2 - 154 Paragraph 13.101 2 Replace by: 2 Approach – Deep draught route. Gulf of Masirah is inhabited by the endangered humpback whale. All mariners should keep a sharp lookout to prevent collision and restrict noise. For mitigation purposes all vessels bound for or from Ad Duqm Port should use the charted deep draught route which has a minimum depth of 19 m LAT. 338 Paragraph 13.101 3 lines 1-3 Replace by: 3 Entry. A channel marked by light buoys (lateral) and dredged to 11.0 m (2012) leads generally W and SSW for about 6 miles to the harbour entrance. Oman Notice 06/2012 (SDD 2012000 134456) [40/12] NP65 St Lawrence Pilot (2012 Edition) Îles de la Madeleine – La Passe — depth 120 Paragraph 6.48 1 line 2 For 47 Read 20 Canada Eastern Notice 4950/08/12 (SDD 2012000 172164) [38/12] Trois-Rivières — vertical clearance 178 Paragraph 9.138 2 line 2 For 50 Read 48 Canada Eastern Notice 1313/08/12 (SDD 2012000 172164) [38/12] Approach to Chedabucto Bay — Directions; Light 228 Paragraph 12.14 1 line 1 For Useful Marks Read Useful Mark Paragraph 12.14 1 lines 2-5 Delete Paragraph 12.18 1 line 5 For Useful Marks Read Useful Mark Paragraph 12.18 1 lines 6-7 Delete Canada Eastern Notice *612/06/12 (SDD 2012000 128379) [38/12] Outer Pilot Position to Eddy Point — Directions; Light 229 Paragraph 12.24 1 lines 2-3 Delete Canada Eastern Notice *612/06/12 (SDD 2012000 128379) [38/12] Baie de Chaleurs — Directions; Light 295 Paragraph 14.104 3 lines 2-4 Delete Canada Eastern Notice *612/06/12 (SDD 2012000 128379) [38/12] NP66 West Coast of ScotlandPilot (2011 Edition) Firth of Clyde – Upper Part — Pilotage 77 Paragraph 2.173 1 lines 7-8 Replace by: A pilot boarding area and a military pilot boarding area are positioned 3½ and 7 cables NW of Kempock Point (555778N 44906W) respectively. HMNB Clyde (SDD 2012000 145310) [35/12] Firth of Clyde – Dunoon — Berth 87 Paragraph 2.217 4 line 4 After berth, Insert Dunoon Pier, Maritime and Coastguard Agency (SDD 2012000 176068) [38/12] Mull of Kintyre – Machrihanish Bay — Directions; depth 136 Paragraph 3.46 4 line 1 Replace by: 4 W of a shoal (552569N 54604W), with a depth of 71 m, which lies close W of Skerrivore (552575N 54545W). Skerrivore is a... Paragraph 3.46 6 line 7 Replace by: ...and the 71 mshoal which lies close W, but passes inside Skerrinagal. Mull of Kintyre Light is... MV Pole Star (SDD 2012000 223584; 223860) [47/12] Islay – Port Ellen — Directions 140 Paragraph 3.63 1 lines 7-8 Delete Index NP66 2 - 155 Paragraph 3.64 7 lines 9-10 Replace by: Thence as required for berthing. Vessels should refrain from anchoring in the approaches to the ferry terminal and maintain a clear approach for RoRo ferries and other large vessels. Harbour Master, Caledonian Maritime Assets Limited Notice 44/12 (SDD 2012000 162083) [35/12] Islay – Port Ellen — Directions 140 Paragraph 3.64 7 line 2 Replace by: ...with a depth of 37 m marked by a light buoy (E cardinal) moored close E, thence: Harbour Master, Caledonian Maritime Assets Limited Notice 59/12 (SDD 2012000 207132) [44/12] Sound of Jura – North Part – Rèisa an t-Sruith — Position 152 Paragraph 3.148 1 line 4 For (560792N53970W) Read (560790N 53870W) 154 Paragraph 3.159 1 line 2 For (560792N53970W) Read (560790N 53870W) 158 Paragraph 3.184 3 line 3 For (560792N53970W) Read (560790N 53870W) Paragraph 3.185 1 line 2 For (560792N53970W) Read (560790N 53870W) Paragraph 3.194 1 line 2 For (560792N53970W) Read (560790N 53870W) Paragraph 3.198 1 line 2 For (560792N53970W) Read (560790N 53870W) 160 Paragraph 3.194 1 line 2 For (560792N53970W) Read (560790N 53870W) Paragraph 3.198 1 line 2 For (560792N53970W) Read (560790N 53870W) UKHO (Chart 2343) [31/12] Sound of Luing and North Approach — Directions; buoy 163 Paragraph 3.211 3 line 3 For (port hand) Read (E cardinal) Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 15/12 (SDD 2012000 149891) [33/12] Scotland – West Coast – Kerrera Sound — Directions; light 184 Paragraph 4.80 3 line 3 Replace by: ...extending SWof Heather Island (562447N53019W) from which a light is exhibited. 185 After Paragraph 4.82 6 line 14 Insert: Heather Island Light (562441N 53024W). Northern Lighthouse Board (SDD 2011000 213023) [04/12] Scotland – West coast – Lynn of Lorn — Directions; light beacon 193 Paragraph 4.136 5 lines 3-4 For black metal framework tower, red band, Read metal framework structure on white column, Northern Lighthouse Board (SDD 2012000 085533) [20/12] Loch Linnhe – Corpach — Directions; position; depths; berths 207 Paragraph 4.231 1 line 8 For Scottish Pulp and Paper Mills Read Timber Pier (565046N 50811W) 208 Paragraph 4.237 3 lines 6-10 Replace by: Eof a drying reef (565000N50714W), extending ¼ cable E from Rubha Dearg (565004N 50722W), the E point of a grassy islet lying ¾ cable E of, and connected to the mainland by a narrow tongue of sand and gravel. 209 Paragraph 4.242 1 line 6 For Scottish Pulp and Paper Mills Read Timber Pier Paragraph 4.245 4 lines 4-5 For Boyd Brothers Berth Read Timber Pier Paragraph 4.246 1 lines 7-8 For (565015N 50765W) Read (565004N 50722W) Index NP66 2 - 156 Paragraph 4.247 1 lines 4-11 Replace by: Alongside berths. New Wharf (5650 38N 50792W extends E from Eilean nan Craobh which is connected to the mainland by a causeway. The berth has a depth alongside of 89 m, is about 60 m in length and its effective berthing length is extended by dolphins to the N and S. Paragraph 4.247 2 line 1 For Boyd Brothers Jetty Read Timber Pier 210 Paragraph 4.253 1 line 8 For (565015N50765W) Read (565004N 50722W) BA Chart 2372 (5th Edition) [50/12] Fort William and Corpach — Directions; buoy; depth 207 Paragraph 4.233 1 line 4 For 55 mRead 27m(565028N 50704W) 209 Paragraph 4.245 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: Clear of a shoal bank (565028N 50704W) with depth 27 m which is marked by a light buoy moored close SE. Paragraph 4.245 2 lines 1-3 Delete Northern Lighthouse Board and BA Chart 2372 (SDD 2012000 193390; 207029) [46/12] Loch Linnhe – Northern part — Directions; buoy 208 Paragraph 4.237 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: WNW of a Light Buoy (starboard hand) (564923N 50714W) which marks a commercial dive site situated close WNW of Underwater Centre Ltd pierhead (564922N 50686W) (4.241), thence: Northern Lighthouse Board (SDD 2012000 174686) [38/12] Loch Boisdale — Directions; light 296-297 Paragraph 5.355 2 lines 7-8 Replace by: ...WNW through the channel N of Gasay in the narrow white sector (292-293) of Loch Boisdale Ferry Terminal Directional Light (570919N 71824W), passing: Paragraph 5.355 3-7 Replace by: 3 NNE of an obstruction (570887N 71693W), position approximate, which lies within the red sector of Gasay Light (5.351), thence: SSW of Loch Boisdale North Side Light (metal post, 2 m in height) (570898N 71704W), thence: 4 NNE of Gasay Rock (570890N 71716W) which, when covered in calm weather, cannot be detected owing to the brownish water and seaweed which covers it. The rock lies within the red sector of Gasay Light (5.351). Thence: NNE of a bank (570898N 71732W) with a depth of 38 m, which fronts Gasay Light (3.351), thence: 5 SSW of two isolated shoal patches (570905N 71749W and 570907N 71760W), with depths of 38 m. Thence the track leads as required for berthing at the pier, passing: 6 SSW of Sgeir Rock (570916N 71770W) marked off its S side by Sgeir Rock Light Buoy (starboard hand). NNE of the bank (570904N 71770W), with depths of less than 5 m, which extends from the NW end of Gasay to the RoRo terminal, and: SSWof a shoal bank (570918N71788W), with a depth of 15 m. 7 Useful marks: Eilean Dubh Light (black column, 2 m in height) (570909N 71811W). Hotel (570920N 71821W), a two-storeyed stone building with gables facing the harbour. Harbour Master, Caledonian Maritime Assets Limited (SDD 2012000 243254) [51/12] The Little Minch – Loch Maddy — Directions; light 336 Paragraph 6.226 7 line 4 Delete reported in 2011 as unreliable, Northern Lighthouse Board (SDD 2012000 045711) [13/12] Sound of Raasay to Rubha Réidh — Directions; shoal 365 Paragraph 7.142 1 lines 6-7 Replace by: E of a shoal bank (574070N 60720W), with a depth of 99 m, thence: 366 Paragraph 7.148 2 line 1 For (575069N60720W) Read (574070N 60720W) BA Chart 2210 [49/12] Index NP67 2 - 157 NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot (2011 Edition) Portugal – Vila do Conde — Bar 135 Paragraph 5.33 2 lines 5-6 Replace by: 2 Depths in the river are about 2 m but are subject to frequent change. The bar is restricted for navigation as it is silted up; all vessels using this bar are requested to do so only in the period three hours either side of high water. Portuguese Notice 351/11 (SDD 2011000 226083) [08/12] Portugal – West coast – Porto de Aveiro — Leading line 146 Paragraph 5.114 1 line 2 For 065.6 Read 063.1 Portuguese Notice 10/325/12 (SDD 2012000 221779) [51/12] Portugal – Foz do Arelho — Buoy 151 Paragraph 5.140 2 lines 5-8 Delete Portuguese Notice 348/11 (SDD 2011000 226083) [08/12] Spain – South West Coast – Puerto de Cádiz — Berth 213 Paragraph 6.205 1 lines 9-10 Replace by: ...de Levante. Cádiz... 214 Paragraph 6.213 1 lines 8-11 including existing Section IV Notice Week 27/12 Delete 215 Paragraph 6.218 including heading Replace by: Spare 6.218 Spanish Notice 26/173/2012 (SDD 2012000 134548) [33/12] Morocco – Baie de Tanger — Light buoy 228 Paragraph 7.56 4 lines 5-7 Replace by: ... lying 5½ cables N of Pointe Malabata. Pointe ... Spanish Notice 16/99/2012 (SDD 2012000 084426) [20/12] Portugal – Arquipélago dos Açores – Princesse Alice Bank — Depth 255 Paragraph 8.6 4 line 10 Add: ...A shoal depth 54 m has been reported (2011) at 373770N 315120W. Portuguese chart 43101 (SDD2011000199976) [11/12] NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 1 (2009 Edition) Casco Bay and Portland Harbor — Recommended routes 99 After Paragraph 3.131 Insert: Recommended routes 3.131a 1 Recommended two-way routes have been established through Hussey Sound (3.162) to Cousins Island (3.166), Broad Sound (3.137) to the berth (3.143) at Harpswell Neck, and the approaches to Portland Harbor. Deep-draught vessels, tugs and barges are requested to follow the designated routes. 2 The routes were designed to reduce the potential for conflict with pleasure craft, fishing gear and other small craft, and to reduce the potential for grounding or collision. Vessels are responsible for their own safety and are not required to remain inside the routes nor are fishermen required to keep fishing gear outside the routes. Other vessels, while not excluded from these routes, should exercise caution in and around these areas and should monitor VHF channels for information concerning deep-draught commercial vessels, tugs and barges transiting these routes. 103 After Paragraph 3.173 Insert: Recommended route 3.173a 1 See 3.131a. US Coast Pilot 1 40th Edition 2010 Change No 3 (HH 078/550/11) [37/10] Portland Harbor — Pilotage 103 Paragraph 3.174 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: 1 See 3.201. Index NP68 2 - 158 106 Paragraph 3.201 1 line 4 Replace by: Pilots embark within a 2 mile radius of P Light Buoy (4332N... US Coast Pilot 1 40th Edition 2010 Change No 3 (HH 078/550/11) [37/10] Massachusetts Bay – Gloucester Harbor — Pilotage 122 Paragraph 4.16 1 lines 8-9 Replace by: ...board 2 miles SSE of the harbour entrance. US Coast Pilot 1 42nd Edition 2012 (SDD 2012000 060707) [27/12] Salem Sound and adjacent waters — Directions; light buoy 125 Paragraph 4.35 2 lines 2-3 Delete US Notice 51/13267/09 (SDD 2009000 189337) [10/10] Seaward approach to Nantucket Shoals — Directions; ODAS buoy 145 Paragraph 5.8 2 line 1 Delete US Notice 32/13203/10 (SDD 2010000 124632) [35/10] Vineyard Sound – South-west approaches — Directions; wreck 155 Paragraph 5.109 2 lines 6-7 Replace by: (5.102). US Chart 13218 (SDD 2009000 179678) [10/10] Nantucket Sound – Woods Hole – Great Harbor — Directions; light 157 Paragraph 5.115 1 lines 6-9 Delete. Paragraph 5.115 2 line 3 Replace by: ...hand), the line of bearing (344) of Great Harbor Directional Light (413165N 704055W) leads NNW ... US Notice 43/13235/11 (SDD 2011000 192820) [44/11] Vineyard Sound and South-west approaches – Woods Hole — Directions; buoy 157 Paragraph 5.115 3 lines 1-2 Replace by: WSW of Great Ledge (3 cables S), marked by No 4 Buoy (starboard hand), thence: US Notice 50/13235/09 (SDD 2009000 185313) [10/10] New Bedford — Regulated navigation area 165 After Paragraph 5.194 1 line 1 Insert: Regulated navigation area. A regulated navigation area has been established close S of the hurricane barrier (5.187). For definition and general regulations concerning regulated navigation areas see Appendix V. 252 After Paragraph §165.122 line 2 Insert: §165.125 Regulated navigation area; EPA Superfund Site, New Bedford Harbor, Massachusetts. US Notice 38/13232/11 (SDD 2011000 170299) [41/11] Narragansett Bay – Old Harbor – Limiting conditions — Depths 168 Paragraph 5.225 1 Replace by: 1 Project depths in the entrance channel, basin and inner harbour anchorage area are 46 m (15 ft). US Coast Pilot 2 39th Edition 2010 Change No 6 (SDD 2010000 021096) [10/10] Great Salt Pond – Limiting conditions — Depths 182 Paragraph 6.24 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: 1 Project depth in the entrance channel is 55 m (18 ft). US Coast Pilot 2 39th Edition 2010 Change No 6 (SDD 2010000 021096) [10/10] Long Island Sound – Plum Gut — Dangerous wreck 187 Paragraph 6.87 1 lines 9-10 Delete US Notice 10/12358/10 (SDD 2010000 035239) [12/10] Index NP68 2 - 159 Bridgeport Harbor — Vertical clearance 194 Paragraph 6.166 1 line 2 For 198 m (65 ft) Read 183 m (60 ft) US Notice 32/12369/11 (SDD 2011000 143892) [35/11] Port Chester Harbor — Depths 202 Paragraph 6.243 2 lines 6-7 Replace by: 1 Project depths are 37 m (12 ft) in the anchorage area and entrance channel, thence 30 m (10 ft) to the turning basin, thence 09 m (3 ft) to the head of the project. US Coast Pilot 2 39th Edition 2010 Change No 2 (SDD 2009000 175372) [10/10] East Approach to New York Harbor — Directions 210 Paragraph 7.15 1 line 6 Delete Paragraph 7.16 4 lines 3-5 Delete , passing To TSS US Notice 30/12326/12 (SDD 2012000 144702) [32/12] East Approach to New York Harbor — Directions; buoy 210 Paragraph 7.16 3 line 7 Delete US Notice 29/12326/12 (SDD 2012000 140213) [31/12] New York Harbor and adjacent waters – Entrance channels and Lower Bay — Racons 216 Paragraph 7.73 1 line 2 Replace by: ‘A’ Light Buoy (4027N 7350W). ‘S’ Light Buoy (4027N 7355W). US Light List Corrections Week 46/09 (SDD 2009000 164502) [10/10] Kill Van Kull — Depths 226 Paragraph 7.129 1 line 3 For 125 m (41 ft) Read 107 m (35 ft) US Coast Pilot 2 39th Edition 2010 Change No 2 (SDD 2009000 175372) [10/10] South Brother Island Channel — Depths 231 Paragraph 7.165 1 and 7.165 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: 1 South Brother Island Channel, project depth 107 m (35 ft), leads from deep water E of North Brother Island (4048N 7354W), and along the W side of Rikers Island to a turning basin on the W side of Bowery Bay. The channel is marked by buoys and light buoys. 2 Vessel Mast Heights. Vessels using South Brother Island Channel and the turning basin at its S end should ballast... US Coast Pilot 2 39th Edition 2010 Change No 4 (SDD 2009000 194556) [10/10] Approaches to Boston Harbor — Regulated Navigation Areas, Safety and Security Zones; Deepwater Ports 252 Paragraph §165.117 including heading Replace by: §165.117 Regulated Navigation Areas, Safety and Security Zones; Deepwater Ports, First Coast Guard District. (a) Location. (1) Regulated navigation areas. All waters within a 1000 meter radius of the geographical positions set forth in paragraph (a)(3) of this section are designated as regulated navigation areas. (2) Safety and security zones. All waters within a 500 meter radius of the geographic positions set forth in paragraph (a)(3) of this section are designated as safety and security zones. (3) Coordinates. (i) The geographic coordinates forming the loci for the regulated navigation areas, safety and security zones for the Northeast Gateway Deepwater Port are: 4223 38N. , 0703531W.; and 422356N., 0703700W. (NAD 83). (ii) The geographic coordinates forming the loci for the regulated navigation areas, safety and security zones for the Neptune Deepwater Port are: 4229123N., 07036297W.; and 4227205N., 07036073W. (b) Definitions. As used in this section– Authorized representative means a Coast Guard commissioned, warrant, or petty officer or a Federal, State, or local law enforcement officer assisting the Captain of the Port (COTP) Boston. Deepwater port means any facility or structure meeting the definition of deepwater port 33 CFR 148.5. Dredge means fishing gear consisting of a mouth frame attached to a holding bag constructed of metal rings or mesh. Support vessel means any vessel meeting the definition of support vessel in 33 CFR 148.5. Trap means a portable, enclosed device with one or more gates or entrances and one or more lines attached to surface floats used for fishing. Also called a pot. Index NP68 2 - 160 (c) Applicability. This section applies to all vessels operating in the regulated navigation areas set forth in paragraph (a) of this section, except– (1) Those vessel s conducti ng cargo transfer operations with the deepwater ports whose coordinates are provided in paragraph (a)(3) of this section. (2) Support vessel s operati ng i n conj uncti on therewith, and (3) Coast Guard vessels or other law enforcement vessels operated by or under the direction of an authorized representative of the COTP Boston. (d) Regulations. (1) No vessel may anchor, engage in diving operations, or commercial fishing using nets, dredges, traps (pots), or use of remotely operated vehicles (ROVs) in the regulated navigation areas set forth in paragraph (a)(1) of this section. (2) In accordance with the general regulations in §§165.23 and 165.33 of this part, entry into or movement within the safety and security zones designated in paragraph (a)(2) of this section is prohibited unless authorized by the COTP Boston, or his/her authorized representative. (3) Notwithstanding paragraph (d)(2) of this section, tankers and support vessels, as defined in 33 CFR 148.5, operating in the vicinity of NEGDWP are authorized to enter and move within such zones in the normal course of their operations following the requirements set forth in 33 CFR 150.340 and 150.345, respectively. (4) All vessels operating within the safety and security zones described in paragraph (a)(2) of this section must comply with the instructions of the COTP or his/her authorized representative. US Coast Pilot 1 40th Edition 2010 Change No 8 (HH 078/550/11) [39/10] NP69 East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition) Delaware – Wilmington – Christina River — Depths 78 Paragraph 3.156 2 lines 1-4 Replace by: 2 Above Lobdell Canal the project depth to the Market Street bascule bridge, about 3 miles above the entrance, is 64 m (21 ft) with a minimum channel width of 60 m. US Notice 34/12311/11 (SDD 2011000 150146) [51/11] Chesapeake Bay – Great Wicomico River — Directions; obstruction; dangerous wreck 134 Paragraph 5.22 2 lines 1-5 Delete. US Chart 12235 New Edition (SDD 2011000 179449) [51/11] Potomac River – Hallowing Point — Directions; beacon 144 Paragraph 5.114 4 lines 5-7 Replace by: E of Hallowing Point (383812N 770784W), thence: US Notice (OCS) 43/12289/11 (SDD 2011000 192820) [51/11] Chesapeake Bay – Choptank River — Directions; fish haven 150 After Paragraph 5.183 4 line 1 Insert: Clear of a fish haven (383927N761697W) with a minimum depth of 24 m (8 ft), thence: US Notice 48/12266/11 (SDD 2011000 215357) [51/11] Georgia – St Marys Entrance — Anchorages and harbours; anchorage 236 Paragraph 9.57 1 lines 3-4 Replace by: One mile N of the entrance channel in depths of about 128 to 140 m (42 to 46 ft), sand and shingle. US Coast Pilot 4/2010 Change 12 (SDD 2011000 144218) [51/11] NP69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2012 Edition) NAVIGATION AND REGULATIONS – Traffic separation schemes 5 Paragraph 1.41 1 lines 3-4 Delete (IMO SN.1/Circ.309) [46/12] The following routeing measures will be implemented at 0000 UTC on 1st December 2012 Index NP69A 2 - 161 Mexico – Bay of Campeche — Routeing Changes 125 Paragraph 6.61 6 lines 4-6 Replace by: Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 39 to 41 m in a charted area 9 miles SE of Cayo Arcas Light. Paragraph 6.65 2 lines 4-5 Replace by: Track. Charted IMO recommended two-way routes should be followed. 126 Paragraph 6.72 2 Replace by: 2 Anchorages for tankers and vessels involved in oil related activities are charted as follows: Mid-position Depths 201450N 915250W 39 to 41 m. 194250N 915250W 49 to 59 m. 191750N 915350W 20 to 29 m. 191975N 922550W 50 to 100 m. 185525N 924650W 46 m. 3 An anchorage centred on 184700N 914750W is established for vessels arriving at, or manoeuvring NE of the port of Isla del Carmen, located NW of the sea buoy. 4 An anchorage centred on 183400N 931300W is established for vessels other than tankers, involved in cargo exportation activities, arriving at or manoeuvring NW to the port of Dos Bocas. Paragraph 6.74 Replace by: 1 Description of routeing system. An IMO-recommended routeing system exists in the area of offshore oil and gas activity primarily for oil exploration and production support vessels. Other vessels are strongly recommended to avoid the recommended system. The system comprises the following: (i) Five ATBA’s containing the oil and gas fields, Cayo Arcas terminal, Rebombeo Oilfield, May Oilfield and Dos Bocas Oilfield. (ii) Recommended tracks NNW, NW, WNW and W in both directions from precautionary area A at the approaches to Ciudad del Carmen. (iii) Recommended tracks S of Cayo Arcas terminal. (iv) Six precautionary areas (A, B, C, D, E, F) at the junctions of the recommended tracks. 2 Areas to be avoided: (i) Most of the associated platforms are in an ATBA centred on 192500M 921000W. (ii) ATBA centred on Cayo Arcas terminal. (iii) ATBA centred on Rebombeo Oilfield. (iv) ATBA centred on May Oilfield. (v) ATBA centred on Dos Bocas terminal. 3 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited wi thi n the charted restri cted areas except i n designated anchorages (6.72). 127 Paragraph 6.80 Replace by: 1 From a position about 13 miles E of Cayo Arcas (6.61) the route leads generally S for about 85 miles, avoiding the restricted areas, to the Precautionary Area 11½ miles N of Punta Atalaya Light (183867N 915065W). 2 Useful Mark: Punta Atalaya Light (white truncated conical masonry tower, red cupola, 23 m in height) (183867M 915065W). (Directions continue at 6.92) BA chart 2626 (IMO SN.1/Circ.309) [46/12] Mexico –Gulf of Campeche – Dos Bocas — Directions; light buoy; AIS 127 After Paragraph 6.77 1 Insert: 2 AIS: Dos Bocas Fairway Light Buoy (182774N 931283W). For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 129 After Paragraph 6.100 1 line 4 Insert: 2 AIS: Dos Bocas Fairway Light Buoy (182774N 931283W). For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 131 After Paragraph 6.117 1 Insert: 2 AIS: Dos Bocas Fairway Light Buoy (182774N 931283W). For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 (HH. 69A/200/02) [27/12] United States of America – Calcasieu Pass to Southwest Pass — Directions; light; AIS 192 After Paragraph 8.12 1 Insert: 2 AIS: Southwest Pass Entrance Light (285436N 892572W). For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Index NP69A 2 - 162 196 After Paragraph 8.56 1 Insert: 2 AIS: Southwest Pass Entrance Light (285436N 892572W). For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 209 After Paragraph 8.153 1 Insert: 2 AIS: Southwest Pass Entrance Light (285436N 892572W). For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 (SDD 2012000 074965) [27/12] NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition) United States of America – Straits of Florida – Miami — Traffic Regulation; restricted area 130 After Paragraph 5.132 5 line 5 Insert: For information on regulations covering danger zones and restricted areas see Appendix VI. 287 After Paragraph §334.600 Insert: §334.605 Meloy Channel, U.S. Coast Guard Base Miami Beach, FL; restricted area. United States Coast Pilot 4 2011 Edition Change 12 (SDD 2012000 165951) [37/12] NP71 West Indies Pilot Volume 2 (2012 Edition) Nil NP72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot (2010 Edition) Radio Navigation Warnings 6 Paragraph 1.31 Replace by: Radio navigational warnings and weather messages 1.31 1 Navigational warnings and weather bulletins for Barents Sea and Beloye More are issued by NAVAREA/METAREA XX. They are broadcast in English on the NAVTEX service by Murmansk and Arkhangel’sk Coast Radio Stations, and on the SafetyNET service. The latter is currently on trial, and enters full operational capability on 1st June 2011. See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 3(1) and 5 and The Mariner’s Handbook for details. Paragraph 1.32 Replace by: Spare 1.32 United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III (SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10] Barents Sea – NE of Kol’skiy Zaliv — submerged mooring buoys 67 Paragraph 2.7 1 lines 4-5 Replace by: Across Skolpen Bank (7050N 3600E) (1.86), passing clear of two submerged mooring buoys above a wreck, depth more than 20 m, in position 6954N 3511E, thence: Russian Notice 218/3/2012 (SDD 2012000 015298) [06/12] Barents Sea – Otmel ’ Pakhtusova — Drilling Platform 186 After Paragraph 6.98 1 line 5 Insert: 2 The drilling platform Prirazlomnaya situated in position 691595N 571729E (2011) has a safety zone of 3 miles radius centred on that position. Vessels should not enter the safety zone of the marine ice-stable platform without permission of the operator of the platform. Russian Notice 6623/51/11 (SDD 2011000 225619) [01/12] Index 3 - 1 UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS PART 3 CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS NP No Title Edition Supplement Published / correct from Weekly Edition Number 100} The Mariner’s Handbook 9th (2009) 50/09 136 Ocean Passages for the World 5th (2004) 24/04 350(1) Admiralty Distance Tables — Atlantic Ocean 2nd (2011) 07/12 350(2) Admiralty Distance Tables — Indian Ocean 3rd (2008) 15/08 350(3) Admiralty Distance Tables — Pacific Ocean 2nd (2009) 39/09 735 IALA Maritime Buoyage System 7th (2012) 50/12 5011 Symbols and Abbreviations used on Admiralty Paper Charts 5th (2011) 12/11 5012 Admiralty Guide to ENC Symbols used in ECDIS 1st (2012) 30/12 133A Paper Chart Maintenance Record 3rd (2008) 46/12 231 Admiralty Guide to the Practical Use of ENCs 1st (2012) 23/12 294 How to Keep your Admiralty Products Up-to-date 6th (2011) 201 Admiralty Tide Tables United Kingdom and Ireland (including Eurpean Channel Ports) Volume 1 2012 & 2013 202 Admiralty Tide Tables Europe (excluding United Kingdom and Ireland), Mediterranean Sea and Atlantic Ocean Volume 2 2012 & 2013 203 Admiralty Tide Tables Indian Ocean and South China Sea (including Tidal Stream Tables) Volume 3 2012 & 2013 204 Admiralty Tide Tables Pacific Ocean (including Tide Stream Tables) Volume 4 2012 & 2013 120 Admiralty Manual of Tides 1941 122(1) Admiralty Tidal Handbook No.1 Harmonic Tidal Analysis for Long Periods 1985 122(2) Admiralty Tidal Handbook No. 2 Datums for Hydrographic surveys 1975 122(3) Admiralty Tidal Handbook No.3 Harmonic Tidal Analysis for Short Periods 1986 160 Tidal Harmonic constants (European Waters) 5th (2010) 164 Dover, Times of High Water and mean ranges (published annually) 2012 & 2013 209 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Orkney and Shetland Islands 4th 218 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas North Coast of Ireland and West Coast of Scotland 5th 219 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Portsmouth Harbour and Approaches 2nd 220 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Rosyth Harbour and Approaches 2nd 221 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Plymouth Harbour and Approaches 2nd 222 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Firth of Clyde and Approaches 1st 233 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Dover Strait 3rd 3 - 2 NP No Published / correct from Weekly Edition Number Supplement Edition Title 249 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Thames Estuary (with Co-Tidal Charts) 2nd 250 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas The English Channel 4th 251 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea, Southern Portion 4th 252 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea North-Western Part 4th 253 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea, Eastern Part 2nd 254 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas The West Country, Falmouth to Teignmouth 1st 255 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Falmouth to Padstow, including Isles of Scilly 1st 256 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Irish Sea and Bristol Channel 4th 257 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Approaches to Portland 3rd 258 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Bristol Channel (Lundy to Avonmouth) 1st 259 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Irish Sea, Eastern Part 1st 263 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Lyme Bay 1st 264 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas The Channel Islands and Adjacent Coasts of France 5th 265 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas France, West Coast 2nd 337 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas The Solent and Adjacent Waters 4th 214 Admiralty Co-Tidal Atlas Persian Gulf 2nd 215 Admiralty Co-Tidal Atlas South-East Asia 1st 303(1) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol I Selected Stars Epoch 2015.0 28/12 303(2) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol II Lat 0 - 40 Dec 0 - 29 2007 303(3) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol III Lat 39 - 89, Dec 0 - 29 2007 314 The Nautical Almanac 2013 13/12 321 The Star Almanac for Land Surveyors 2013 21/12 323 Star Finder and Identifier GP100 The Astronomical Almanac 2013 03/12 GP200 Astronomical Phenomena 2014 12/11 DP330 NavPac and Compact Data 2011 - 2015 } Volumes on an extended cycle of Continuous Revision of 5 or more years. 4 - 1 UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS PART 4 INDEX OF UPDATES IN FORCE ON 31 DECEMBER 2012 (Week 52/12) NP Publication Page 100 The Mariner’s Handbook 4 - 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Ocean Passages for the World 4 - 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201-12 Admiralty Tide Tables 4 - 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201-13 Admiralty Tide Tables 4 - 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202-13 Admiralty Tide Tables 4 - 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 How to Keep Your Admiralty Products Up-to-Date 4 - 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NP100 4 - 2 NP100 The Mariner’s Handbook (2009 Edition) ECDIS 39 Paragraph 2.82 2 lines 10-12 Replace by: ...implications. 3 IMO Safety of Navigation Circular 266 (SN Circ266) warns that ECDIS that is not updated for the latest versions of IHO Standards may not meet the chart carriage requirements set out in SOLAS regulation V/19.2.1.4. It also advises that any ECDIS which is not upgraded to be compatible with the latest version of the Product Specification or the S-52 Presentation Library may be unable to correctly display the latest charted features. 4 Additionally, in some cases, the appropriate alarms and indications may not be activated even though the features have been included in the ENC. An up-to-date list of all the relevant IHO standards relating to ECDIS equipment is maintained within the “About ENCs” section of the IHO website: www.iho.int After Paragraph 2.82 Insert: Software anomalies and feedback from users 2.82a 1 Since 2010, warnings have been issued to alert mariners to anomalies in the operation of some ECDIS systems. To date, these have related to display and alarm behaviour in particular system configurations, in that equipment may not display certain combinations of chart features and attributes correctly, and on rare occasions may fail to display a navigationally significant feature. This appears to be caused by anomalous behaviour in some ECDIS software, especially early versions. 2 The existence of such anomalies is not surprising given that ECDIS is the first complex, safety-related computer-based navigational system, and it is quite possi bl e that further anomal i es remai n to be discovered. In the first instance, mariners are recommended to make appropriate checks with the equi pment manufacturer. Thi s i s of parti cul ar importance where ECDIS is the only source of chart information available to the mariner. 3 As ECDIS is now in widespread use, and its carriage about to become mandatory (2.84), it is important that any anomalies identified by mariners are reported to flag-state Administrations so that the appropriate authorities can investigate them. Mariners are therefore encouraged to make reports in sufficient detail to permit analysis, and, when appropriate, to issue alerts when such anomalies affect the safety of navigation. 4 For UK-flagged vessels, MCA MIN 406 (M+F) has requested that reports be made to the MCA by e-mail to
[email protected] with the following information: ECDIS: Manufacturer, model name/type, serial number (if available), software version. ENC: Issuer (eg UKHO), cell name (eg GB40282A), edition number, and the latest update number applied. Date time group. 5 Description of anomaly, including location (in lat/long or otherwise), and screen-shots (if possible). Details of system settings at the time of occurrence, including display mode and display scale, ideally shown as screen-shots. Rectifying action (if any). Additionally, for vessels irrespective of nationality, it is requested that reports are copied to UKHO via the Customer Servi ce Desk at
[email protected] 6 Further information will be made available through Notices to Mariners and within the UK element of the README.TXT file included on ENC service media. 40 After Paragraph 2.86 2 line 10 Insert: 3 Particular issues. Mariners using ECDIS are reminded not to rely solely on automated voyage planning and monitoring checks and alarms. Some ECDIS appear only to undertake route check functions on larger scale ENCs and therefore alarms might not activate. This may not be clearly indicated on the ECDIS display. Mariners should always undertake careful visual inspection of the entire planned route using the “other/all” display mode to confirm that it, and any deviations from it, is clear of dangers. 4 Some ECDIS may not display certain combinations of chart features and attributes correctly and on rare occasions may fail to display a navigationally significant feature. This appears to be caused by anomalous behaviour in some ECDIS software, especially early versions. It is recommended that appropriate checks are made with the equipment manufacturer. This is of particular importance where ECDIS is the only source of chart information available to the mariner. 5 Further information will be made available through Notices to Mariners and within the UK element of the README.TXT file included on ENC service media. UKHO (HH. 073/200/06) 51/11 Navigational Warnings — Different types 60 Paragraph 4.6 5 lines 4-6 Delete Navigational to local warnings. UKHO (HH. 073/200/06) 10/10 NP100 4 - 3 NAVAREAS/METAREAS 60 - 62 Paragraph 4.7 Replace by: 1 For the purposes of WWNWS, the world is divided into 21 geographical sea areas, termed NAVAREAs, each identified by the roman numerals I - XXI, and one sub-area (the Baltic Sea). The authority charged with coordinating and promulgating long range navigational warnings within a NAVAREA is called the NAVAREA (or Sub-Area) Coordi nator. The Coordinators are listed in Admiralty List of Radio Si gnal s Vol umes 3 and 5 and are shown i n diagram 4.7. 2 The service in NAVAREAs XVII - XXI is currently on trial and is expected to become fully operational in 2011. 61 Diagram 4.7 Caption line 3 Replace by: The service in NAVAREAS XVII - XXI is currently on trial and is expected to become fully operational in 2011 63 Paragraph 4.17 lines 6-7 Replace by: ...almost identical to the 21 NAVAREAs (4.7) within the Worl d-Wi de Navi gati onal Warni ng Servi ce (WWNWS). The service in METAREAs XVII - XXI is currently on trial and is expected to become fully operational in 2011. Each... United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III (SDD 2010000 092655) 41/10 PAGE 65, Chapter 4, Section III – Reprints of Navigational Warnings 4.33 Paragraph 4.33 1 Including existing section VII Notice Week 25/11 Replace by: 2 This section lists the serial numbers of all NAVAREA I messages in force with reprints of those issued during the week. The full text of all NAVAREA I warnings in force is reproduced in Weekly Editions 1, 13, 26 and 39 each year. UKHO 39/12 PAGE 66, Chapter 4, Summary of periodical information 4.40 Paragraph 4.40 1 including table Replace by: 2 Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners and Notices issued at regular intervals provide details of messages, updates and amendments in force. The table shows where this information can be found: Weekly NM Section Subject Recapitulation list details IA Temporary and Preliminary Notices to Mariners Serial numbers of T&P NMs in force published monthly. Full text published in Annual Summary Part 1 (NP247(1)) each year. IB Current Nautical Publications Current edition dates published every 3 months. II Updates to Standard Nautical Charts Cumulative List of Admiralty NMs published in Wk 1 (NP234(A)) and Wk 26 (NP234(B)) each year. III NAVAREA I warnings Serial numbers of warnings in force published weekly. Full text published every 3 months in Wks 1, 13, 26 & 39 each year. IV Updates to Admralty Sailing Directions Serial numbers of updates published every 3 months. Full text published in Annual Summary Part 2 (NP247(2)) each year. VI Updates to Admiralty List of Radio Signals Serial numbers of updates published every 3 months. VII Updates to Mariner’s Handbook (NP100) Serial numbers of updates published every 3 months. Full text published in Annual Summary Part 2 (NP247(2)) each year UKHO 39/12 MARPOL 73/78 — Special Areas 209 Existing Section IV Week 41/10 Paragraph 10.7 Table Column 1 The Wider Caribbean Region Replace by: The Wider Caribbean Region, as defined in article 2, paragraph 1 of the Convention for the Protection and Development of the Marine Environment of the Wider Caribbean Region (Cartagena de Indias, 1983), means the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea proper including the bays and seas therein and that portion of the Atlantic Ocean within the boundary constituted by the 30N parallel from Florida eastward to 7730’W meridian, thence a rhumb line to the intersection of 20N parallel and 59W meridian, thence a rhumb line to the intersection of 720N parallel and 50W meridian, thence a rhumb line drawn south-westerly to the eastern boundary of French Guiana. MARPOL 73/78 Annex V Regulation 5(1)h; Roman Dumala (SDD 2010000 151016, 200597) 50/10 NP100 4 - 4 MARPOL - Environmental Control Areas (ECAs) — North American and US Caribbean Areas 209 After Paragraph 10.7 Table row 14 Insert: The North American Environmental Control Area (ECA) includes waters adjacent to the Pacific coast, the Atlantic/Gulf coast and the eight main Hawaiian islands (Hawaii, Maui, Oahu, Molokai, Niihau, Kauai, Lanai and Kahoolawe). It extends up to 200 miles from the coasts of the United States of America, Canada and the French territory of Saint-Pierre et Miquelon, except that it does not extend into marine areas subject to the sovereignty or jurisdiction of other States. The precise coordinates of the ECA are given in IMO document MEPC.1/Circ.723 dated 13 May 2010. VI The United States Caribbean ECA includes the sea area located off the Atlantic and Caribbean coasts of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the United States Virgin Islands. The precise coordinates of the ECA are given in IMO document MEPC 62/6/2 dated 17 November 2010. VI Paragraph 10.7 Table Note Replace by: Notes. 1. * The Special Area requirements for these areas have not yet taken effect because of a lack of notifications from MARPOL. Parties whose coastlines border the relevant Special Areas on the existence of adequate reception facilities (Regulations 38.6 of MARPOL Annex I and 5(4) of MARPOL Annex V). 2. The North American ECA came into force on 1 August 2011 and will become effective from 1 August 2012. 3. The US Caribbean ECA comes into force on 1 January 2013 and will become effective from 1 January 2014. 211 Paragraph 10.21 1 lines 9-10 Replace by: The Baltic Sea, North Sea, North American waters and US Caribbean waters as defined in the table at 10.7 are designated as SOx Emission Control Areas in the Protocol. North American and US Caribbean waters will also enforce restrictions on the emissions of NOx and Fine Particulate Matter (PM2.5) on becoming effective on 1 August 2012 and 1 January 2014 respectively. IMO MEPC.1/Circ.723 dated 13 May 2010; IMO MEPC 62/6/2 dated 17 November 2010 (HH. 073/200/6) 08/12 MARPOL 73/78 – Annex II — Categorisation of Noxious Liquid Substances 210 Paragraph 10.15 2-6 Replace by: Category X. Noxious Liquid Substances which, if discharged into the sea from tank cleaning or deballasting operations, are deemed to present a major hazard to either marine resources or human health and, therefore, justify the prohibition of the discharge into the marine environment. 3 Category Y. Noxious Liquid Substances which, if discharged into the sea from tank cleaning or deballasting operations, are deemed to present a hazard to either marine resources or human health or cause harm to amenities or other legitimate uses of the sea and therefore justify a limitation on the quality and quantity of the discharge into the marine environment. 4 Category Z. Noxious Liquid Substances which, if discharged into the sea from tank cleaning or deballasting operations, are deemed to present a minor hazard to either marine resources or human health and therefore justify less stringent restrictions on the quality and quantity of the discharge into the marine environment. 5 Other Substances. Substances which have been evaluated and found to fall outside Category X, Y or Z because they are considered to present no harm to marine resources, human health, amenities or other legitimate uses of the sea when discharged into the sea from tank cleaning or deballasting operations. The discharge of bilge or ballast water or other residues or mixtures containing these substances are not subject to any requirements of MARPOL Annex II. MARPOL 73/78 Annex II as amended; MT Magda (HH. 073/200/06) 03/10 NP100 4 - 5 Loran-C — Discontinuation of US and Canadian signals 220 After Paragraph 11.20 1 line 5 Insert: Note. The transmission of the US Loran-C signal ceased with effect from 8 February 2010 and is permanently discontinued. This does not affect US participation in the Russian-American or Canadian chains. It has also been announced that the Canadian signal is to be discontinued from 1 October 2010. This should be considered when using volumes of Sailing Directions which cover the withdrawn chains. Paragraph 11.20 4 lines 5-7 Delete However, on USCharts to this effect is shown. NAVAREA IV 40/10 (SDD 2010000 013752) 07/10 NAVSTAR Global Positioning System (GPS) — Gaps in coverage 224 After Paragraph 11.39 2 line 10 Insert: Persian Gulf (Bahrain) - Approaches to MØnº' Salmºn. HMS Pembroke (SDD 2010000 020481) 08/10 IALA Maritime Buoyage System – Lateral Marks – Region B – Preferred channels — characteristics of buoys 315 Diagram C.16.2 Lateral Marks - Region B PREFERRED CHANNELS After...a preferred channel is indicated by: Left Column Replace by: Preferred channel to starboard Colour: Green with one broad red band. Shape: Conical, pillar or spar. Topmark (when fitted): Single green can. Retroflector: Green band or triangle. Right Column Replace by: Preferred channel to port Colour: Red with one broad green band. Shape: Conical, pillar or spar. Topmark (when fitted): Single red cone point upward. Retroflector: Red band or square. UKHO (HH. 073/200/06) 07/10 IALA Maritime Buoyage System – Lateral Marks – Region B – Preferred channels — characteristics of buoys 315 Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/10 Diagram C.16.2 Lateral Marks - Region BPREFERREDCHANNELSLeft column Preferred channel to starboard line 2 Replace by: Shape: Can, pillar or spar. UKHO; MY Queen K (HH. 073/200/06) 10/10 NP136 Ocean Passages for the World (2004 Edition) Singapore Hong Kong – Routes — Low-powered vessels; distance 168 Paragraph 7.88 2 line 4 For 1460 Read 1925 UKHO (HH. 074/200/01) 26/04 NP201-12 ADMIRALTY TIDE TABLES (2012 Edition) Page xxxix, Table III, Height in metres of Chart Datum relative to Ordnance Datum in the United Kingdom Replace the below data: 322 St. Kilda -4.18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . with: 322 St. Kilda -0.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UKHO 46/12 Page 321, Part II, Time and Height Differences for Predicting the Tide at Secondary Ports Replace the below data: 113a Chelsea Bridge 51 29 0 09 +0015 +0020 +0030 +0030 -0.5 -1.1 0.0 -0.3 3.13 with: 113a Chelsea Bridge 51 29 0 09 +0015 +0020 +0030 +0030 -0.6 -0.7 -0.4 -0.2 3.13 UKHO 46/12 Page xxxix, Table III, Height in metres of Chart Datum relative to Ordnance Datum in the United Kingdom Replace the below data: 322 St. Kilda -4.18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . with: 322 St. Kilda -0.33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UKHO 46/12 ( ) Page 321, Part II, Time and Height Differences for Predicting the Tide at Secondary Ports Replace the below data: 113a Chelsea Bridge 51 29 0 09 +0015 +0020 +0030 +0030 -0.5 -1.1 0.0 -0.3 3.13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . with: 113a Chelsea Bridge 51 29 0 09 +0015 +0020 +0030 +0030 -0.6 -0.7 -0.4 -0.2 3.13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UKHO 46/12 NP201-12 ADMIRALTY TIDE TABLES (2012 Edition) NP201-13 4 - 6 NP201-13 ADMIRALTY TIDE TABLES (2013 Edition) Page 321, Part II, Time and Height Differences for Predicting the Tide at Secondary Ports Replace the below data: 113a Chelsea Bridge 51 290 09 +0015+0020 +0030 +0030 -0.6 -1.1 0.0 -0.3 3.12 with: 113a Chelsea Bridge 51 290 09 +0015 +0020 +0030 +0030 -0.6 -0.7 -0.4 -0.2 3.12 UKHO 46/12 Page 323, Part II, Time and Height Differences for Predicting the Tide at Secondary Ports Replace the below data: 177 Burton Stather 5339 0 42 +0105 +0050 +0240 +0205 -2.1 -2.3 -2.3 +0.9 1.88 c§ 177a Flixborough Wharf 5337 0 42 +0100 +0115 +0305 +0220 -2.3 -2.6 -2.2 -0.9 1.86 c§ 178 Keadby 5336 0 44 +0135 +0120 +0425 +0410 -2.5 -2.8 -2.3 -0.9 1.53 c§ with: 177 Burton Stather 53 390 42 +0105 +0050 +0240 +0205 -2.0 -2.7 -2.2 -1.1 1.88 c§ 177a Flixborough Wharf 53 370 42 +0100 +0115 +0305 +0220 -2.1 -2.8 -2.2 -0.9 1.86 c§ 178 Keadby 53 360 44 +0130 +0115 +0320 +0235 -2.8 -3.3 -2.3 -0.9 1.53 c§ UKHO 46/12 NP202-13 ADMIRALTY TIDE TABLES (2013 Edition) Page xxxvi, Table IV, Height in metres of Chart Datum relative to Land Levelling System in countries outside of the United Kingdom Replace the below data: 1562 ZEEBRUGGE -0.19 TAW . . . . . . . . . . 1564 Oostende -0.39 TAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1565 Nieuwpoort -0.51 TAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . with: 1562 ZEEBRUGGE -0.23 TAW . . . . . . . . . . 1564 Oostende -0.50 TAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1565 Nieuwpoort -0.65 TAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . UKHO 46/12 NP294 HOW TO KEEP YOUR ADMIRALTY PRODUCTS UP-TO-DATE (Sixth Edition 2011) Page 15, Chapter 2, Section III Reprints of Radio Navigational Warnings Delete and Replace by: UKHO 39/12 Section III Reprints of NAVAREA I Navigational Warnings See the note at the start of Section III of the Weekly Edition. Information included in this Section is: • a list of the numbers of all NAVAREA I warnings in force; • a table of all NAVAREA I warnings issued since the last Weekly Edition, with the full text of those that were in force at the time the table was compiled. • the full text of all NAVAREA I warnings in force is reproduced in Weekly Editions 1, 13, 26 and 39 each year. It is recommended that in force warnings should be plotted on in-use charts in pencil and kept in a file or logbook. More details on the World-Wide Navigational Warning Service can be found in the Mariner's Handbook (NP100) and the Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 3 & 5 (NP283(1), NP283(2) & NP285) NP201-13 ADMIRALTY TIDE TABLES (2013 Edition) Page 321, Part II, Time and Height Differences for Predicting the Tide at Secondary Ports Replace the below data: 113a Chelsea Bridge 51 29 0 09 +0015 +0020 +0030 +0030 -0.6 -1.1 0.0 -0.3 3.12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . with: 113a Chelsea Bridge 51 29 0 09 +0015 +0020 +0030 +0030 -0.6 -0.7 -0.4 -0.2 3.12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UKHO 46/12 Page 323, Part II, Time and Height Differences for Predicting the Tide at Secondary Ports Replace the below data: 177 Burton Stather 53 39 0 42 +0105 +0050 +0240 +0205 -2.1 -2.3 -2.3 +0.9 1.88 c§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177a Flixborough Wharf 53 37 0 42 +0100 +0115 +0305 +0220 -2.3 -2.6 -2.2 -0.9 1.86 c§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Keadby 53 36 0 44 +0135 +0120 +0425 +0410 -2.5 -2.8 -2.3 -0.9 1.53 c§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . with: 177 Burton Stather 53 39 0 42 +0105 +0050 +0240 +0205 -2.0 -2.7 -2.2 -1.1 1.88 c§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177a Flixborough Wharf 53 37 0 42 +0100 +0115 +0305 +0220 -2.1 -2.8 -2.2 -0.9 1.86 c§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 Keadby 53 36 0 44 +0130 +0115 +0320 +0235 -2.8 -3.3 -2.3 -0.9 1.53 c§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UKHO 46/12 NP202-13 ADMIRALTY TIDE TABLES (2013 Edition) Page xxxvi, Table IV, Height in metres of Chart Datum relative to Land Levelling System in countries outside of the United Kingdom Replace the below data: 1562 ZEEBRUGGE -0.19 TAW . . . . . . . . . . 1564 Oostende -0.39 TAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1565 Nieuwpoort -0.51 TAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . with: 1562 ZEEBRUGGE -0.23 TAW . . . . . . . . . . 1564 Oostende -0.50 TAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1565 Nieuwpoort -0.65 TAW . . . . . . . . . . . . . UKHO 46/12 NP294 4 - 7 PAGE 15, Chapter 2, Information available from Weekly Edition of Admiralty Notices to Mariners, before Hydrographic Note. Insert: Section VII Amendments to Miscellaneous Admiralty Nautical Publications Amendments to selected miscellaneous Admiralty Nautical Publications are given in Section VII (see Section I of Weekly Bulletin for list of Publications). UKHO 23/12 PAGE 21, Chapter 4, Equipment – Tools, lines 1 to 6, It is recommended ...to... for this purpose. Delete and replace by: UKHO 35/12 PAGE 22, Chapter 4, Equipment – Publications, Paragraph 14. Delete and replace by: UKHO 23/12 Section VII Amendments to Miscellaneous Admiralty Nautical Publications Amendments to selected miscellaneous Admiralty Nautical Publications are given in Section VII (see Section I of Weekly Bulletin for list of Publications). It is recommended that you have the proper tools before you begin to update your charts. 1. Pens You need two pens with different sizes of nib - use a 0.18mm nib to insert information and a 0.25mm nib to delete. 14. NP5011 Symbols and Abbreviations used on Admiralty Charts is based on the Chart Specifications of the International Hydrographic Organization (IHO) adopted in 1982, with later additions and updates. The layout and numbering accords with the official IHO version of INT 1. It explains every symbol used on Admiralty Charts and should be used as a guide during the chart updating process. It is updated by NM in Section VII of the Weekly Admiralty Notices to Mariners when necessary. 4 - 8 ANNEX A (NP41) (See Page 2 - 101) -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 J F M A M J J A S O N D Mean annual maximum = 22°C Mean annual minimum = -13°C Period maximum = 26°C Period minimum = -18°C Mean monthly maximum Mean daily maximum Mean daily minimum Mean monthly minimum Mean maximum and minimum temperatures (°C) 14 yr period 996 1000 1004 1008 1012 1016 1020 1024 1028 1032 J F M A M J J A S O N D MSL pressure (hPa) Annual mean 1009 hPa 14 yr period 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 J F M A M J J A S O N D Cloud cover (oktas) Annual 1100 local mean = 6 1700 local mean = 6 1100 local 1700 local 14 yr period 0 2 4 6 8 10 J F M A M J J A S O N D Days with gales 31 days per year 14 yr period 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 J F M A M J J A S O N D Days with thunder 1 day per year 14 yr period 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 J F M A M J J A S O N D Mean precipitation (mm) 1815 mm per year 11 yr period 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 J F M A M J J A S O N D Mean precipitation days (> 0.1mm) 205 days per year 11 yr period 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 J F M A M J J A S O N D Days with fog 42 days per year 14 yr period 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 J F M A M J J A S O N D Relative humidity (%) Annual 1100 local mean = 75 1700 local mean = 76 1100 local 1700 local 14 yr period WMO No 32215 SEVERO-KURIL’SK SEVERO-KURIL’SK 50°41'N 156°08'E. Height above MSL - 23 m Climate Information for period 1995 - 2008 January February March April May June July August September October November December January February March April May June July August September October November December Station Wind Distribution - 1100 local Station Wind Distribution - 1700 local Wind flow is towards the circle. The figure in the circle gives the percentage of calms. The frequency of wind is given by scale: 0% 10 20 30 40 50% 4 Beaufort force is indicated by: 6 8 8 7 6 6 68 68 52 7 9 69 63 1.181 4 - 9 4 - 10 ANNEX B (NP57A) (See Page 2 - 120) 4° 4° 4° 4° 5° 5° 6° 6° 7° 7° 8° 8° 9° 9° 3° 3° 3° 3° 2° 2° 2° 2° 1° 1° 0° Meridian of 0° Greenwich 62° 62° 61° 61° 60° 60° 59° 59° 58° 58° 57° 57° 56° 56° 55° 55° 54° 54° 53° 53° 52° 52° NP57A NORWAY PILOT VOL 2A NP57B NORWAY PILOT VOL 2B NP56 NORWAY PILOT VOL l S K A G E R R A K NP55 NORTH SEA (EAST) PILOT D ie E l e b R Thames NP54 NORTH SEA (WEST) PILOT N O R T H S E A M o r a y F irth Shet l and I s l ands NP52 NORTH COAST OF SCOTLAND PILOT Firth of Forth 2305 288 2291 299 295 219 1942 115 1954 1239 1409 294 1119 292 275 1402 281 286 2672 1422 291 278 2182C 2182D 2182C 2182B 2 1 8 2 A 2182B 2182A 274 273 268 1423 267 266 1407 1192 1191 272 1187 1190 1503 1632 1633 1635 3767 1630 1631 1406 1408 1233 1234 2674 2673 2 6 7 4 2 8 0 4 1 1 1 6 1 0 xvii Block A for NP57A 4 - 11 4 - 12 ANNEX C (NP57A) (See Page 2 - 120) 62° 62° 61° 61° 60° 60° 59° 59° 58° 58° 3° 3° 4° 4° 5° 5° 6° Longitude 6° East from Greenwich 7° 8° 8° 9° 9° 13 13 NP57B NORWAY PILOT VOL 2B Svinøya Stadlandet Sildegapet Vågsøy Bremanger Måløy F lo r ø Sunnmørsfjordens Nordfjord Ytterøyane 12 11 11 12 Stavfjorden Buefjorden Utvær S o g n e s jø e n M o n g s t a d Fenfsjorden Sognef j or den Årdalstangen 10 10 9 Stora Sotra Selbjørnsfjorden Bergen Sørfjorden Odda 8 8 7 7 6 6 5 4 4 Bømlafjorden Utsira Karmøy S u k e d n e s fjo r d e n Sauda Egersund Lind e s n e s NP56 NORWAY PILOT VOL 1 Norway Pilot Vol 2A NP 57A Haugesund Korsfjorden H a r d a n g e r f j o r d e n Stavanger 2305 2673 288 2 2 9 1 2291 2673 2672 2 6 7 2 281 288 286 286 299 2674 2 6 7 4 275 2 8 0 4 1 1 Chapter Index Diagram xviii Block B for NP57A 4 - 13 4 - 14 ANNEX D (NP57A) (See Page 2 - 122) Bergen Plan B (9.202 - 9.206) N Breiviken Nyhavn Hegreneset Elsero Sandviken Skutevik Vågen Skuteviken Måseskjæret B y f j o r d e n 8 9 ; < = > ? @ KEY The circled numbers relate to the same symbols inserted in the adjacent text. NP57A 4 - 15 4 - 16 ANNEX E (NP57A) (See Page 2 - 124) Måløy Måløyna Ivahavet Kletten Måløystraumen Sildoljefabrikk Morteneset Fureneset Trollebø Industriområde Sæterneset Brulykter N Goteberghammaren Seljehammaren Leistholmen Ul vesundet Vågsf j or den 1 2 3 KEY The circled numbers relate to the same symbols inserted in the adjacent text. 4 5 6 7 8 9 : ; < 12 NP57A Måløy (13.272a) See Plan of Måløystraumen 4 - 17 4 - 18 ANNEX F (NP57A) (See Page 2 - 124) Måløyna Kulen Brulykter N W U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U U L e a d i n g L i n e 0 1 0 · 8 ° L e a d i n g L i n e 1 9 0 ° Måløysundet West passage South West Måløysundet East passage No1 Måløysundet East passage No2 Måløysundet West passage North West Måløysundet West passage North East Måløysundet East passage North West Måløysundet East passage North East Måløysundet West passage West Måløysundet West passage No2 Måløysundet West passage No1 Måløysundet East passage South West Måløysundet East passage South East Måløystraumen (13.272b) NP57A 4 - 19 4 - 20 ANNEX G (NP58A) (See Page 2 - 130) N Key The circled numbers relate to the same symbols inserted in the adjacent text 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Kvalneset F e rry Tjuvneset Kr Fagertun Olsen/Michaelson Municipal quay Shipyard R ø s s n e s v å g e n M Michaelson Concrete quay R R R R W W W W G G G G 3 2 0 · 2 5 ° To accompany Section IV Notice for NP58A 7th Edition Sørlandsvågen (10.73) 4 - 21 4 - 22 Kirkenes Poluostrov Rybachiy Sørøya Hammerfest Senja Narvik Andenes Lødingen Tromsø Honningsvåg Nordkapp Norway Pilot Vol IIIB NP 58B Baseline Territorial limit Areas exempted from compulsory pilotage N O R W A Y S W E D E N F I N L A N D R U S S I A NP 58B NORWAY PILOT VOL IIIB Schematic diagram of the Norwegian baseline and areas exempt from compulsory pilotage (1.38) 4 - 2 3 ANNEX H (NP58B) (See Page 2 - 132)